Figure 3. Different parts of a Searaser; 1) Buoy 2) Chamber 3) Valves 4) Generator 5) Anchor system

데이터 기반 방법을 활용한 재생 가능 에너지 변환기의 전력 및 수소 생성 예측 지속 가능한 스마트 그리드 사례 연구

Fatemehsadat Mirshafiee1, Emad Shahbazi 2, Mohadeseh Safi 3, Rituraj Rituraj 4,*
1Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, K.N. Toosi University of Technology, Tehran 1999143344 , Iran
2Department of Mechatronic, Amirkabir University of Technology, Tehran 158754413, Iran
3Department of Mechatronic, Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Tehran, Tehran 1416634793, Iran
4 Faculty of Informatics, Obuda University, 1023, Budapest, Hungary

  • Correspondence: rituraj88@stud.uni-obuda.hu

ABSTRACT

본 연구는 지속가능한 에너지 변환기의 전력 및 수소 발생 모델링을 위한 데이터 기반 방법론을 제안합니다. 파고와 풍속을 달리하여 파고와 수소생산을 예측합니다.

또한 이 연구는 파도에서 수소를 추출할 수 있는 가능성을 강조하고 장려합니다. FLOW-3D 소프트웨어 시뮬레이션에서 추출한 데이터와 해양 특수 테스트의 실험 데이터를 사용하여 두 가지 데이터 기반 학습 방법의 비교 분석을 수행합니다.

결과는 수소 생산의 양은 생성된 전력의 양에 비례한다는 것을 보여줍니다. 제안된 재생 에너지 변환기의 신뢰성은 지속 가능한 스마트 그리드 애플리케이션으로 추가로 논의됩니다.

This study proposes a data-driven methodology for modeling power and hydrogen generation of a sustainable energy converter. The wave and hydrogen production at different wave heights and wind speeds are predicted. Furthermore, this research emphasizes and encourages the possibility of extracting hydrogen from ocean waves. By using the extracted data from FLOW-3D software simulation and the experimental data from the special test in the ocean, the comparison analysis of two data-driven learning methods is conducted. The results show that the amount of hydrogen production is proportional to the amount of generated electrical power. The reliability of the proposed renewable energy converter is further discussed as a sustainable smart grid application.

Key words

Cavity, Combustion efficiency, hydrogen fuel, Computational Fluent and Gambit.

Figure 1. The process of power and hydrogen production with Searaser.
Figure 1. The process of power and hydrogen production with Searaser.
Figure 2. The cross-section A-A of the two essential parts of a Searaser
Figure 2. The cross-section A-A of the two essential parts of a Searaser
Figure 3. Different parts of a Searaser; 1) Buoy 2) Chamber 3) Valves 4) Generator 5) Anchor system
Figure 3. Different parts of a Searaser; 1) Buoy 2) Chamber 3) Valves 4) Generator 5) Anchor system
Figure 4. The boundary conditions of the control volume
Figure 4. The boundary conditions of the control volume
Figure 5. The wind velocity during the period of the experimental test
Figure 5. The wind velocity during the period of the experimental test

REFERENCES

  1. Kalbasi, R., Jahangiri, M., Dehshiri, S.J.H., Dehshiri, S.S.H., Ebrahimi, S., Etezadi, Z.A.S. and Karimipour, A., 2021. Finding the
    best station in Belgium to use residential-scale solar heating, one-year dynamic simulation with considering all system losses:
    economic analysis of using ETSW. Sustainable Energy Technologies and Assessments, 45, p.101097.
  2. Megura M, Gunderson R. Better poison is the cure? Critically examining fossil fuel companies, climate change framing, and
    corporate sustainability reports. Energy Research & Social Science. 2022 Mar 1;85:102388.
  3. Holechek JL, Geli HM, Sawalhah MN, Valdez R. A global assessment: can renewable energy replace fossil fuels by 2050?.
    Sustainability. 2022 Jan;14(8):4792.
  4. Ahmad M, Kumar A, Ranjan R. Recent Developments of Tidal Energy as Renewable Energy: An Overview. River and Coastal
    Engineering. 2022:329-43.
  5. Amini E, Mehdipour H, Faraggiana E, Golbaz D, Mozaffari S, Bracco G, Neshat M. Optimization of hydraulic power take-off
    system settings for point absorber wave energy converter. Renewable Energy. 2022 Jun 4.
  6. Claywell, R., Nadai, L., Felde, I., Ardabili, S. 2020. Adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference system and a multilayer perceptron model
    trained with grey wolf optimizer for predicting solar diffuse fraction. Entropy, 22(11), p.1192.
  7. McLeod I, Ringwood JV. Powering data buoys using wave energy: a review of possibilities. Journal of Ocean Engineering and
    Marine Energy. 2022 Jun 20:1-6.
  8. Olsson G. Water interactions: A systemic view: Why we need to comprehend the water-climate-energy-food-economics-lifestyle connections.
  9. Malkowska A, Malkowski A. Green Energy in the Political Debate. InGreen Energy 2023 (pp. 17-39). Springer, Cham.
  10. Mayon R, Ning D, Ding B, Sergiienko NY. Wave energy converter systems–status and perspectives. InModelling and Optimisation of Wave Energy Converters (pp. 3-58). CRC Press.
  11. Available online at: https://www.offshore-energy.biz/uk-ecotricity-introduces-wave-power-device-searaser/ (9/27/2022)
  12. Mousavi SM, et al.,. Deep learning for wave energy converter modeling using long short-term memory. Mathematics. 2021 Apr
    15;9(8):871.
  13. Mega V. The Energy Race to Decarbonisation. InHuman Sustainable Cities 2022 (pp. 105-141). Springer, Cham.
  14. Li R, Tang BJ, Yu B, Liao H, Zhang C, Wei YM. Cost-optimal operation strategy for integrating large scale of renewable energy
    in China’s power system: From a multi-regional perspective. Applied Energy. 2022 Nov 1;325:119780.
  15. Ardabili S., Abdolalizadeh L., Mako C., Torok B., Systematic Review of Deep Learning and Machine Learning for Building
    Energy, Frontiers in Energy Research, 10, 2022.
  16. Penalba M, Aizpurua JI, Martinez-Perurena A, Iglesias G. A data-driven long-term metocean data forecasting approach for the
    design of marine renewable energy systems. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews. 2022 Oct 1;167:112751.
  17. Torabi, M., Hashemi, S., Saybani, M.R., 2019. A Hybrid clustering and classification technique for forecasting short‐term energy
    consumption. Environmental progress & sustainable energy, 38(1), pp.66-76.
  18. Rivera FP, Zalamea J, Espinoza JL, Gonzalez LG. Sustainable use of spilled turbinable energy in Ecuador: Three different energy
    storage systems. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews. 2022 Mar 1;156:112005.
  19. Raza SA, Jiang J. Mathematical foundations for balancing single-phase residential microgrids connected to a three-phase distribution system. IEEE Access. 2022 Jan 6;10:5292-303.
  20. Takach M, Sarajlić M, Peters D, Kroener M, Schuldt F, von Maydell K. Review of Hydrogen Production Techniques from Water
    Using Renewable Energy Sources and Its Storage in Salt Caverns. Energies. 2022 Feb 15;15(4):1415.
  21. Lv Z, Li W, Wei J, Ho F, Cao J, Chen X. Autonomous Chemistry Enabling Environment-Adaptive Electrochemical Energy
    Storage Devices. CCS Chemistry. 2022 Jul 7:1-9.
  22. Dehghan Manshadi, Mahsa, Milad Mousavi, M. Soltani, Amir Mosavi, and Levente Kovacs. 2022. “Deep Learning for Modeling
    an Offshore Hybrid Wind–Wave Energy System” Energies 15, no. 24: 9484. https://doi.org/10.3390/en15249484
  23. Ishaq H, Dincer I, Crawford C. A review on hydrogen production and utilization: Challenges and opportunities. International
    Journal of Hydrogen Energy. 2022 Jul 22;47(62):26238-64.
  24. Maguire JF, Woodcock LV. On the Thermodynamics of Aluminum Cladding Oxidation: Water as the Catalyst for Spontaneous
    Combustion. Journal of Failure Analysis and Prevention. 2022 Sep 10:1-5.
  25. Mohammadi, M. R., Hadavimoghaddam, F., Pourmahdi, M., Atashrouz, S., Munir, M. T., Hemmati-Sarapardeh, A., … & Mohaddespour, A. (2021). Modeling hydrogen solubility in hydrocarbons using extreme gradient boosting and equations of state.
    Scientific reports, 11(1).
  26. Ma S, Qin J, Xiu X, Wang S. Design and performance evaluation of an underwater hybrid system of fuel cell and battery. Energy
    Conversion and Management. 2022 Jun 15;262:115672.
  27. Ahamed R, McKee K, Howard I. A Review of the Linear Generator Type of Wave Energy Converters’ Power Take-Off Systems.
    Sustainability. 2022 Jan;14(16):9936.
  28. Nejad, H.D., Nazari, M., Nazari, M., Mardan, M.M.S., 2022. Fuzzy State-Dependent Riccati Equation (FSDRE) Control of the
    Reverse Osmosis Desalination System With Photovoltaic Power Supply. IEEE Access, 10, pp.95585-95603.
  29. Zou S, Zhou X, Khan I, Weaver WW, Rahman S. Optimization of the electricity generation of a wave energy converter using
    deep reinforcement learning. Ocean Engineering. 2022 Jan 15;244:110363.
  30. Wu J, Qin L, Chen N, Qian C, Zheng S. Investigation on a spring-integrated mechanical power take-off system for wave energy
    conversion purpose. Energy. 2022 Apr 15;245:123318.
  31. Papini G, Dores Piuma FJ, Faedo N, Ringwood JV, Mattiazzo G. Nonlinear Model Reduction by Moment-Matching for a Point
    Absorber Wave Energy Conversion System. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering. 2022 May;10(5):656.
  32. Forbush DD, Bacelli G, Spencer SJ, Coe RG, Bosma B, Lomonaco P. Design and testing of a free floating dual flap wave energy
    converter. Energy. 2022 Feb 1;240:122485.
  33. Rezaei, M.A., 2022. A New Hybrid Cascaded Switched-Capacitor Reduced Switch Multilevel Inverter for Renewable Sources
    and Domestic Loads. IEEE Access, 10, pp.14157-14183.
  34. Lin Z, Cheng L, Huang G. Electricity consumption prediction based on LSTM with attention mechanism. IEEJ Transactions on
    Electrical and Electronic Engineering. 2020;15(4):556-562.
  35. Tavoosi, J., Mohammadzadeh, A., Pahlevanzadeh, B., Kasmani, M.B., 2022. A machine learning approach for active/reactive
    power control of grid-connected doubly-fed induction generators. Ain Shams Engineering Journal, 13(2), p.101564.
  36. Ghalandari, M., 2019. Flutter speed estimation using presented differential quadrature method formulation. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 13(1), pp.804-810.
  37. Li Z, Bouscasse B, Ducrozet G, Gentaz L, Le Touzé D, Ferrant P. Spectral wave explicit navier-stokes equations for wavestructure interactions using two-phase computational fluid dynamics solvers. Ocean Engineering. 2021 Feb 1;221:108513.
  38. Zhou Y. Ocean energy applications for coastal communities with artificial intelligencea state-of-the-art review. Energy and AI.
    2022 Jul 29:100189.
  39. Miskati S, Farin FM. Performance evaluation of wave-carpet in wave energy extraction at different coastal regions: an analytical
    approach (Doctoral dissertation, Department of Mechanical and Production Engineering).
  40. Gu C, Li H. Review on Deep Learning Research and Applications in Wind and Wave Energy. Energies. 2022 Feb 17;15(4):1510.
  41. Aazami, R., 2022. Optimal Control of an Energy-Storage System in a Microgrid for Reducing Wind-Power Fluctuations. Sustainability, 14(10), p.6183.
  42. Kabir M, Chowdhury MS, Sultana N, Jamal MS, Techato K. Ocean renewable energy and its prospect for developing economies.
    InRenewable Energy and Sustainability 2022 Jan 1 (pp. 263-298). Elsevier.
  43. Babajani A, Jafari M, Hafezisefat P, Mirhosseini M, Rezania A, Rosendahl L. Parametric study of a wave energy converter
    (Searaser) for Caspian Sea. Energy Procedia. 2018 Aug 1;147:334-42.
  44. He J. Coherence and cross-spectral density matrix analysis of random wind and wave in deep water. Ocean Engineering.
    2020;197:106930
  45. Ijadi Maghsoodi, A., 2018. Renewable energy technology selection problem using integrated h-swara-multimoora approach.
    Sustainability, 10(12), p.4481.
  46. Band, S.S., Ardabili, S., Sookhak, M., Theodore, A., Elnaffar, S., Moslehpour, M., Csaba, M., Torok, B., Pai, H.T., 2022. When
    Smart Cities Get Smarter via Machine Learning: An In-depth Literature Review. IEEE Access.
  47. Shamshirband, S., Rabczuk, T., Nabipour, N. and Chau, K.W., 2020. Prediction of significant wave height; comparison between
    nested grid numerical model, and machine learning models of artificial neural networks, extreme learning and support vector
    machines. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 14(1), pp.805-817.
  48. Liu, Z., Mohammadzadeh, A., Turabieh, H., Mafarja, M., 2021. A new online learned interval type-3 fuzzy control system for
    solar energy management systems. IEEE Access, 9, pp.10498-10508.
  49. Bavili, R.E., Mohammadzadeh, A., Tavoosi, J., Mobayen, S., Assawinchaichote, W., Asad, J.H. 2021. A New Active Fault Tolerant Control System: Predictive Online Fault Estimation. IEEE Access, 9, pp.118461-118471.
  50. Akbari, E., Teimouri, A.R., Saki, M., Rezaei, M.A., Hu, J., Band, S.S., Pai, H.T., 2022. A Fault-Tolerant Cascaded SwitchedCapacitor Multilevel Inverter for Domestic Applications in Smart Grids. IEEE Access.
  51. Band, S.S., Ardabili, S., 2022. Feasibility of soft computing techniques for estimating the long-term mean monthly wind speed.
    Energy Reports, 8, pp.638-648.
  52. Tavoosi, J., Mohammadzadeh, A., Pahlevanzadeh, B., Kasmani, M.B., 2022. A machine learning approach for active/reactive
    power control of grid-connected doubly-fed induction generators. Ain Shams Engineering Journal, 13(2), p.101564.
  53. Ponnusamy, V. K., Kasinathan, P., Madurai Elavarasan, R., Ramanathan, V., Anandan, R. K., Subramaniam, U., … & Hossain,
    E. A Comprehensive Review on Sustainable Aspects of Big Data Analytics for the Smart Grid. Sustainability, 2021; 13(23),
    13322.
  54. Ahmad, T., Zhang, D., Huang, C., Zhang, H., Dai, N., Song, Y., & Chen, H. Artificial intelligence in sustainable energy industry:
    Status Quo, challenges and opportunities. Journal of Cleaner Production, 2021; 289, 125834.
  55. Wang, G., Chao, Y., Cao, Y., Jiang, T., Han, W., & Chen, Z. A comprehensive review of research works based on evolutionary
    game theory for sustainable energy development. Energy Reports, 2022; 8, 114-136.
  56. Iranmehr H., Modeling the Price of Emergency Power Transmission Lines in the Reserve Market Due to the Influence of Renewable Energies, Frontiers in Energy Research, 9, 2022
  57. Farmanbar, M., Parham, K., Arild, Ø., & Rong, C. A widespread review of smart grids towards smart cities. Energies, 2019;
    12(23), 4484.
  58. Quartier, N., Crespo, A. J., Domínguez, J. M., Stratigaki, V., & Troch, P. Efficient response of an onshore Oscillating Water
    Column Wave Energy Converter using a one-phase SPH model coupled with a multiphysics library. Applied Ocean Research,
    2021; 115, 102856.
  59. Mahmoodi, K., Nepomuceno, E., & Razminia, A. Wave excitation force forecasting using neural networks. Energy, 2022; 247,
    123322.
  60. Wang, H., Alattas, K.A., 2022. Comprehensive review of load forecasting with emphasis on intelligent computing approaches.
    Energy Reports, 8, pp.13189-13198.
  61. Clemente, D., Rosa-Santos, P., & Taveira-Pinto, F. On the potential synergies and applications of wave energy converters: A
    review. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 2021; 135, 110162.
  62. Felix, A., V. Hernández-Fontes, J., Lithgow, D., Mendoza, E., Posada, G., Ring, M., & Silva, R. Wave energy in tropical regions:
    deployment challenges, environmental and social perspectives. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering, 2019; 7(7), 219.
  63. Farrok, O., Ahmed, K., Tahlil, A. D., Farah, M. M., Kiran, M. R., & Islam, M. R. Electrical power generation from the oceanic
    wave for sustainable advancement in renewable energy technologies. Sustainability, 2020; 12(6), 2178.
  64. Guo, B., & Ringwood, J. V. A review of wave energy technology from a research and commercial perspective. IET Renewable
    Power Generation, 2021; 15(14), 3065-3090.
  65. López-Ruiz, A., Bergillos, R. J., Lira-Loarca, A., & Ortega-Sánchez, M. A methodology for the long-term simulation and uncertainty analysis of the operational lifetime performance of wave energy converter arrays. Energy, 2018; 153, 126-135.
  66. Safarian, S., Saryazdi, S. M. E., Unnthorsson, R., & Richter, C. Artificial neural network integrated with thermodynamic equilibrium modeling of downdraft biomass gasification-power production plant. Energy, 2020; 213, 118800.
  67. Kushwah, S. An oscillating water column (OWC): the wave energy converter. Journal of The Institution of Engineers (India):
    Series C, 2021; 102(5), 1311-1317.
  68. Pap, J., Mako, C., Illessy, M., Kis, N., 2022. Modeling Organizational Performance with Machine Learning. Journal of Open
    Innovation: Technology, Market, and Complexity, 8(4), p.177.
  69. Pap, J., Mako, C., Illessy, M., Dedaj, Z., Ardabili, S., Torok, B., 2022. Correlation Analysis of Factors Affecting Firm Performance
    and Employees Wellbeing: Application of Advanced Machine Learning Analysis. Algorithms, 15(9), p.300.
  70. Alanazi, A., 2022. Determining Optimal Power Flow Solutions Using New Adaptive Gaussian TLBO Method. Applied Sciences, 12(16), p.7959.
  71. Shakibjoo, A.D., Moradzadeh, M., Din, S.U., 2021. Optimized Type-2 Fuzzy Frequency Control for Multi-Area Power Systems.
    IEEE access, 10, pp.6989-7002.
  72. Zhang, G., 2021. Solar radiation estimation in different climates with meteorological variables using Bayesian model averaging
    and new soft computing models. Energy Reports, 7, pp.8973-8996.
  73. Cao, Y., Raise, A., Mohammadzadeh, A., Rathinasamy, S., 2021. Deep learned recurrent type-3 fuzzy system: Application for
    renewable energy modeling/prediction. Energy Reports, 7, pp.8115-8127.
  74. Tavoosi, J., Suratgar, A.A., Menhaj, M.B., 2021. Modeling renewable energy systems by a self-evolving nonlinear consequent
    part recurrent type-2 fuzzy system for power prediction. Sustainability, 13(6), p.3301.
  75. Bourouis, S., Band, S.S., 2022. Meta-Heuristic Algorithm-Tuned Neural Network for Breast Cancer Diagnosis Using Ultrasound
    Images. Frontiers in Oncology, 12, p.834028.
  76. Mosavi, A.H., Mohammadzadeh, A., Rathinasamy, S., Zhang, C., Reuter, U., Levente, K. and Adeli, H., 2022. Deep learning
    fuzzy immersion and invariance control for type-I diabetes. Computers in Biology and Medicine, 149, p.105975.
  77. Almutairi, K., Algarni, S., Alqahtani, T., Moayedi, H., 2022. A TLBO-Tuned Neural Processor for Predicting Heating Load in
    Residential Buildings. Sustainability, 14(10), p.5924.
  78. Ahmad, Z., Zhong, H., 2020. Machine learning modeling of aerobic biodegradation for azo dyes and hexavalent chromium.
    Mathematics, 8(6), p.913.
  79. Mosavi, A., Shokri, M., Mansor, Z., Qasem, S.N., Band, S.S. and Mohammadzadeh, A., 2020. Machine learning for modeling
    the singular multi-pantograph equations. Entropy, 22(9), p.1041.
  80. Ardabili, S., 2019, September. Deep learning and machine learning in hydrological processes climate change and earth systems
    a systematic review. In International conference on global research and education (pp. 52-62). Springer, Cham.
  81. Moayedi, H., (2021). Suggesting a stochastic fractal search paradigm in combination with artificial neural network for early
    prediction of cooling load in residential buildings. Energies, 14(6), 1649.
  82. Rezakazemi, M., et al., 2019. ANFIS pattern for molecular membranes separation optimization. Journal of Molecular Liquids,
    274, pp.470-476.
  83. Mosavi, A., Faghan, Y., Ghamisi, P., Duan, P., Ardabili, S.F., Salwana, E. and Band, S.S., 2020. Comprehensive review of deep
    reinforcement learning methods and applications in economics. Mathematics, 8(10), p.1640.
  84. Samadianfard, S., Jarhan, S., Salwana, E., 2019. Support vector regression integrated with fruit fly optimization algorithm for
    river flow forecasting in Lake Urmia Basin. Water, 11(9), p.1934.
  85. Moayedi, H., (2021). Double-target based neural networks in predicting energy consumption in residential buildings. Energies,
    14(5), 1331.
  86. Choubin, B., 2019. Earth fissure hazard prediction using machine learning models. Environmental research, 179, p.108770.
  87. Mohammadzadeh S, D., Kazemi, S.F., 2019. Prediction of compression index of fine-grained soils using a gene expression programming model. Infrastructures, 4(2), p.26.
  88. Karballaeezadeh, N., Mohammadzadeh S, D., Shamshirband, S., Hajikhodaverdikhan, P., 2019. Prediction of remaining service
    life of pavement using an optimized support vector machine (case study of Semnan–Firuzkuh road). Engineering Applications
    of Computational Fluid Mechanics, 13(1), pp.188-198.
  89. Rezaei, M. Et al., (2022). Adaptation of A Real-Time Deep Learning Approach with An Analog Fault Detection Technique for
    Reliability Forecasting of Capacitor Banks Used in Mobile Vehicles. IEEE Access v. 21 pp. 89-99.
  90. Khakian, R., et al., (2020). Modeling nearly zero energy buildings for sustainable development in rural areas. Energies, 13(10),
    2593.
Figure 5. Schematic view of flap and support structure [32]

Design Optimization of Ocean Renewable Energy Converter Using a Combined Bi-level Metaheuristic Approach

결합된 Bi-level 메타휴리스틱 접근법을 사용한 해양 재생 에너지 변환기의 설계 최적화

Erfan Amini a1, Mahdieh Nasiri b1, Navid Salami Pargoo a, Zahra Mozhgani c, Danial Golbaz d, Mehrdad Baniesmaeil e, Meysam Majidi Nezhad f, Mehdi Neshat gj, Davide Astiaso Garcia h, Georgios Sylaios i

Abstract

In recent years, there has been an increasing interest in renewable energies in view of the fact that fossil fuels are the leading cause of catastrophic environmental consequences. Ocean wave energy is a renewable energy source that is particularly prevalent in coastal areas. Since many countries have tremendous potential to extract this type of energy, a number of researchers have sought to determine certain effective factors on wave converters’ performance, with a primary emphasis on ambient factors. In this study, we used metaheuristic optimization methods to investigate the effects of geometric factors on the performance of an Oscillating Surge Wave Energy Converter (OSWEC), in addition to the effects of hydrodynamic parameters. To do so, we used CATIA software to model different geometries which were then inserted into a numerical model developed in Flow3D software. A Ribed-surface design of the converter’s flap is also introduced in this study to maximize wave-converter interaction. Besides, a Bi-level Hill Climbing Multi-Verse Optimization (HCMVO) method was also developed for this application. The results showed that the converter performs better with greater wave heights, flap freeboard heights, and shorter wave periods. Additionally, the added ribs led to more wave-converter interaction and better performance, while the distance between the flap and flume bed negatively impacted the performance. Finally, tracking the changes in the five-dimensional objective function revealed the optimum value for each parameter in all scenarios. This is achieved by the newly developed optimization algorithm, which is much faster than other existing cutting-edge metaheuristic approaches.

Keywords

Wave Energy Converter

OSWEC

Hydrodynamic Effects

Geometric Design

Metaheuristic Optimization

Multi-Verse Optimizer

1Introduction

The increase in energy demand, the limitations of fossil fuels, as well as environmental crises, such as air pollution and global warming, are the leading causes of calling more attention to harvesting renewable energy recently [1][2][3]. While still in its infancy, ocean wave energy has neither reached commercial maturity nor technological convergence. In recent decades, remarkable progress has been made in the marine energy domain, which is still in the early stage of development, to improve the technology performance level (TPL) [4][5]and technology readiness level (TRL) of wave energy converters (WECs). This has been achieved using novel modeling techniques [6][7][8][9][10][11][12][13][14] to gain the following advantages [15]: (i) As a source of sustainable energy, it contributes to the mix of energy resources that leads to greater diversity and attractiveness for coastal cities and suppliers. [16] (ii) Since wave energy can be exploited offshore and does not require any land, in-land site selection would be less expensive and undesirable visual effects would be reduced. [17] (iii) When the best layout and location of offshore site are taken into account, permanent generation of energy will be feasible (as opposed to using solar energy, for example, which is time-dependent) [18].

In general, the energy conversion process can be divided into three stages in a WEC device, including primary, secondary, and tertiary stages [19][20]. In the first stage of energy conversion, which is the subject of this study, the wave power is converted to mechanical power by wave-structure interaction (WSI) between ocean waves and structures. Moreover, the mechanical power is transferred into electricity in the second stage, in which mechanical structures are coupled with power take-off systems (PTO). At this stage, optimal control strategies are useful to tune the system dynamics to maximize power output [10][13][12]. Furthermore, the tertiary energy conversion stage revolves around transferring the non-standard AC power into direct current (DC) power for energy storage or standard AC power for grid integration [21][22]. We discuss only the first stage regardless of the secondary and tertiary stages. While Page 1 of 16 WECs include several categories and technologies such as terminators, point absorbers, and attenuators [15][23], we focus on oscillating surge wave energy converters (OSWECs) in this paper due to its high capacity for industrialization [24].

Over the past two decades, a number of studies have been conducted to understand how OSWECs’ structures and interactions between ocean waves and flaps affect converters performance. Henry et al.’s experiment on oscillating surge wave energy converters is considered as one of the most influential pieces of research [25], which demonstrated how the performance of oscillating surge wave energy converters (OSWECs) is affected by seven different factors, including wave period, wave power, flap’s relative density, water depth, free-board of the flap, the gap between the tubes, gap underneath the flap, and flap width. These parameters were assessed in their two models in order to estimate the absorbed energy from incoming waves [26][27]. In addition, Folly et al. investigated the impact of water depth on the OSWECs performance analytically, numerically, and experimentally. According to this and further similar studies, the average annual incident wave power is significantly reduced by water depth. Based on the experimental results, both the surge wave force and the power capture of OSWECs increase in shallow water [28][29]. Following this, Sarkar et al. found that under such circumstances, the device that is located near the coast performs much better than those in the open ocean [30]. On the other hand, other studies are showing that the size of the converter, including height and width, is relatively independent of the location (within similar depth) [31]. Subsequently, Schmitt et al. studied OSWECs numerically and experimentally. In fact, for the simulation of OSWEC, OpenFOAM was used to test the applicability of Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) solvers. Then, the experimental model reproduced the numerical results with satisfying accuracy [32]. In another influential study, Wang et al. numerically assessed the effect of OSWEC’s width on their performance. According to their findings, as converter width increases, its efficiency decreases in short wave periods while increases in long wave periods [33]. One of the main challenges in the analysis of the OSWEC is the coupled effect of hydrodynamic and geometric variables. As a result, numerous cutting-edge geometry studies have been performed in recent years in order to find the optimal structure that maximizes power output and minimizes costs. Garcia et al. reviewed hull geometry optimization studies in the literature in [19]. In addition, Guo and Ringwood surveyed geometric optimization methods to improve the hydrodynamic performance of OSWECs at the primary stage [14]. Besides, they classified the hull geometry of OSWECs based on Figure 1. Subsequently, Whittaker et al. proposed a different design of OSWEC called Oyster2. There have been three examples of different geometries of oysters with different water depths. Based on its water depth, they determined the width and height of the converter. They also found that in the constant wave period the less the converter’s width, the less power captures the converter has [34]. Afterward, O’Boyle et al. investigated a type of OSWEC called Oyster 800. They compared the experimental and numerical models with the prototype model. In order to precisely reproduce the shape, mass distribution, and buoyancy properties of the prototype, a 40th-scale experimental model has been designed. Overall, all the models were fairly accurate according to the results [35].

Inclusive analysis of recent research avenues in the area of flap geometry has revealed that the interaction-based designs of such converters are emerging as a novel approach. An initiative workflow is designed in the current study to maximizing the wave energy extrication by such systems. To begin with, a sensitivity analysis plays its role of determining the best hydrodynamic values for installing the converter’s flap. Then, all flap dimensions and characteristics come into play to finalize the primary model. Following, interactive designs is proposed to increase the influence of incident waves on the body by adding ribs on both sides of the flap as a novel design. Finally, a new bi-level metaheuristic method is proposed to consider the effects of simultaneous changes in ribs properties and other design parameters. We hope this novel approach will be utilized to make big-scale projects less costly and justifiable. The efficiency of the method is also compared with four well known metaheuristic algorithms and out weight them for this application.

This paper is organized as follows. First, the research methodology is introduced by providing details about the numerical model implementation. To that end, we first introduced the primary model’s geometry and software details. That primary model is later verified with a benchmark study with regard to the flap angle of rotation and water surface elevation. Then, governing equations and performance criteria are presented. In the third part of the paper, we discuss the model’s sensitivity to lower and upper parts width (we proposed a two cross-sectional design for the flap), bottom elevation, and freeboard. Finally, the novel optimization approach is introduced in the final part and compared with four recent metaheuristic algorithms.

2. Numerical Methods

In this section, after a brief introduction of the numerical software, Flow3D, boundary conditions are defined. Afterwards, the numerical model implementation, along with primary model properties are described. Finally, governing equations, as part of numerical process, are discussed.

2.1Model Setup

FLOW-3D is a powerful and comprehensive CFD simulation platform for studying fluid dynamics. This software has several modules to solve many complex engineering problems. In addition, modeling complex flows is simple and effective using FLOW-3D’s robust meshing capabilities [36]. Interaction between fluid and moving objects might alter the computational range. Dynamic meshes are used in our modeling to take these changes into account. At each time step, the computational node positions change in order to adapt the meshing area to the moving object. In addition, to choose mesh dimensions, some factors are taken into account such as computational accuracy, computational time, and stability. The final grid size is selected based on the detailed procedure provided in [37]. To that end, we performed grid-independence testing on a CFD model using three different mesh grid sizes of 0.01, 0.015, and 0.02 meters. The problem geometry and boundary conditions were defined the same, and simulations were run on all three grids under the same conditions. The predicted values of the relevant variable, such as velocity, was compared between the grids. The convergence behavior of the numerical solution was analyzed by calculating the relative L2 norm error between two consecutive grids. Based on the results obtained, it was found that the grid size of 0.02 meters showed the least error, indicating that it provided the most accurate and reliable solution among the three grids. Therefore, the grid size of 0.02 meters was selected as the optimal spatial resolution for the mesh grid.

In this work, the flume dimensions are 10 meters long, 0.1 meters wide, and 2.2 meters high, which are shown in figure2. In addition, input waves with linear characteristics have a height of 0.1 meters and a period of 1.4 seconds. Among the linear wave methods included in this software, RNGk-ε and k- ε are appropriate for turbulence model. The research of Lopez et al. shows that RNGk- ε provides the most accurate simulation of turbulence in OSWECs [21]. We use CATIA software to create the flap primary model and other innovative designs for this project. The flap measures 0.1 m x 0.65 m x 0.360 m in x, y and z directions, respectively. In Figure 3, the primary model of flap and its dimensions are shown. In this simulation, five boundaries have been defined, including 1. Inlet, 2. Outlet, 3. Converter flap, 4. Bed flume, and 5. Water surface, which are shown in figure 2. Besides, to avoid wave reflection in inlet and outlet zones, Flow3D is capable of defining some areas as damping zones, the length of which has to be one to one and a half times the wavelength. Therefore, in the model, this length is considered equal to 2 meters. Furthermore, there is no slip in all the boundaries. In other words, at every single time step, the fluid velocity is zero on the bed flume, while it is equal to the flap velocity on the converter flap. According to the wave theory defined in the software, at the inlet boundary, the water velocity is called from the wave speed to be fed into the model.

2.2Verification

In the current study, we utilize the Schmitt experimental model as a benchmark for verification, which was developed at the Queen’s University of Belfast. The experiments were conducted on the flap of the converter, its rotation, and its interaction with the water surface. Thus, the details of the experiments are presented below based up on the experimental setup’s description [38]. In the experiment, the laboratory flume has a length of 20m and a width of 4.58m. Besides, in order to avoid incident wave reflection, a wave absorption source is devised at the end of the left flume. The flume bed, also, includes two parts with different slops. The flap position and dimensions of the flume can be seen in Figure4. In addition, a wave-maker with 6 paddles is installed at one end. At the opposite end, there is a beach with wire meshes. Additionally, there are 6 indicators to extract the water level elevation. In the flap model, there are three components: the fixed support structure, the hinge, and the flap. The flap measures 0.1m x 0.65m x 0.341m in x, y and z directions, respectively. In Figure5, the details are given [32]. The support structure consists of a 15 mm thick stainless steel base plate measuring 1m by 1.4m, which is screwed onto the bottom of the tank. The hinge is supported by three bearing blocks. There is a foam centerpiece on the front and back of the flap which is sandwiched between two PVC plates. Enabling changes of the flap, three metal fittings link the flap to the hinge. Moreover, in this experiment, the selected wave is generated based on sea wave data at scale 1:40. The wave height and the wave period are equal to 0.038 (m) and 2.0625 (s), respectively, which are tantamount to a wave with a period of 13 (s) and a height of 1.5 (m).

Two distinct graphs illustrate the numerical and experi-mental study results. Figure6 and Figure7 are denoting the angle of rotation of flap and surface elevation in computational and experimental models, respectively. The two figures roughly represent that the numerical and experimental models are a good match. However, for the purpose of verifying the match, we calculated the correlation coefficient (C) and root mean square error (RMSE). According to Figure6, correlation coefficient and RMSE are 0.998 and 0.003, respectively, and in Figure7 correlation coefficient and RMSE are respectively 0.999 and 0.001. Accordingly, there is a good match between the numerical and empirical models. It is worth mentioning that the small differences between the numerical and experimental outputs may be due to the error of the measuring devices and the calibration of the data collection devices.

Including continuity equation and momentum conserva- tion for incompressible fluid are given as [32][39]:(1)

where P represents the pressure, g denotes gravitational acceleration, u represents fluid velocity, and Di is damping coefficient. Likewise, the model uses the same equation. to calculate the fluid velocity in other directions as well. Considering the turbulence, we use the two-equation model of RNGK- ε. These equations are:

(3)��t(��)+����(����)=����[�eff�������]+��-��and(4)���(��)+����(����)=����[�eff�������]+�1�∗����-��2��2�Where �2� and �1� are constants. In addition, �� and �� represent the turbulent Prandtl number of � and k, respectively.

�� also denote the production of turbulent kinetic energy of k under the effect of velocity gradient, which is calculated as follows:(5)��=�eff[�����+�����]�����(6)�eff=�+��(7)�eff=�+��where � is molecular viscosity,�� represents turbulence viscosity, k denotes kinetic energy, and ∊∊ is energy dissipation rate. The values of constant coefficients in the two-equation RNGK ∊-∊ model is as shown in the Table 1 [40].Table 2.

Table 1. Constant coefficients in RNGK- model

Factors�0�1�2������
Quantity0.0124.381.421.681.391.390.084

Table 2. Flap properties

Joint height (m)0.476
Height of the center of mass (m)0.53
Weight (Kg)10.77

It is worth mentioning that the volume of fluid method is used to separate water and air phases in this software [41]. Below is the equation of this method [40].(8)����+����(���)=0where α and 1 − α are portion of water phase and air phase, respectively. As a weighting factor, each fluid phase portion is used to determine the mixture properties. Finally, using the following equations, we calculate the efficiency of converters [42][34][43]:(9)�=14|�|2�+�2+(�+�a)2(�n2-�2)2where �� represents natural frequency, I denotes the inertia of OSWEC, Ia is the added inertia, F is the complex wave force, and B denotes the hydrodynamic damping coefficient. Afterward, the capture factor of the converter is calculated by [44]:(10)��=�1/2��2����gw where �� represents the capture factor, which is the total efficiency of device per unit length of the wave crest at each time step [15], �� represent the dimensional amplitude of the incident wave, w is the flap’s width, and Cg is the group velocity of the incident wave, as below:(11)��=��0·121+2�0ℎsinh2�0ℎwhere �0 denotes the wave number, h is water depth, and H is the height of incident waves.

According to previous sections ∊,����-∊ modeling is used for all models simulated in this section. For this purpose, the empty boundary condition is used for flume walls. In order to preventing wave reflection at the inlet and outlet of the flume, the length of wave absorption is set to be at least one incident wavelength. In addition, the structured mesh is chosen, and the mesh dimensions are selected in two distinct directions. In each model, all grids have a length of 2 (cm) and a height of 1 (cm). Afterwards, as an input of the software for all of the models, we define the time step as 0.001 (s). Moreover, the run time of every simulation is 30 (s). As mentioned before, our primary model is Schmitt model, and the flap properties is given in table2. For all simulations, the flume measures 15 meters in length and 0.65 meters in width, and water depth is equal to 0.335 (m). The flap is also located 7 meters from the flume’s inlet.

Finally, in order to compare the results, the capture factor is calculated for each simulation and compared to the primary model. It is worth mentioning that capture factor refers to the ratio of absorbed wave energy to the input wave energy.

According to primary model simulation and due to the decreasing horizontal velocity with depth, the wave crest has the highest velocity. Considering the fact that the wave’s orbital velocity causes the flap to move, the contact between the upper edge of the flap and the incident wave can enhance its performance. Additionally, the numerical model shows that the dynamic pressure decreases as depth increases, and the hydrostatic pressure increases as depth increases.

To determine the OSWEC design, it is imperative to understand the correlation between the capture factor, wave period, and wave height. Therefore, as it is shown in Figure8, we plot the change in capture factor over the variations in wave period and wave height in 3D and 2D. In this diagram, the first axis features changes in wave period, the second axis displays changes in wave height, and the third axis depicts changes in capture factor. According to our wave properties in the numerical model, the wave period and wave height range from 2 to 14 seconds and 2 to 8 meters, respectively. This is due to the fact that the flap does not oscillate if the wave height is less than 2 (m), and it does not reverse if the wave height is more than 8 (m). In addition, with wave periods more than 14 (s), the wavelength would be so long that it would violate the deep-water conditions, and with wave periods less than 2 (s), the flap would not oscillate properly due to the shortness of wavelength. The results of simulation are shown in Figure 8. As it can be perceived from Figure 8, in a constant wave period, the capture factor is in direct proportion to the wave height. It is because of the fact that waves with more height have more energy to rotate the flap. Besides, in a constant wave height, the capture factor increases when the wave period increases, until a given wave period value. However, the capture factor falls after this point. These results are expected since the flap’s angular displacement is not high in lower wave periods, while the oscillating motion of that is not fast enough to activate the power take-off system in very high wave periods.

As is shown in Figure 9, we plot the change in capture factor over the variations in wave period (s) and water depth (m) in 3D. As it can be seen in this diagram, the first axis features changes in water depth (m), the second axis depicts the wave period (s), and the third axis displays OSWEC’s capture factor. The wave period ranges from 0 to 10 seconds based on our wave properties, which have been adopted from Schmitt’s model, while water depth ranges from 0 to 0.5 meters according to the flume and flap dimensions and laboratory limitations. According to Figure9, for any specific water depth, the capture factor increases in a varying rate when the wave period increases, until a given wave period value. However, the capture factor falls steadily after this point. In fact, the maximum capture factor occurs when the wave period is around 6 seconds. This trend is expected since, in a specific water depth, the flap cannot oscillate properly when the wavelength is too short. As the wave period increases, the flap can oscillate more easily, and consequently its capture factor increases. However, the capture factor drops in higher wave periods because the wavelength is too large to move the flap. Furthermore, in a constant wave period, by changing the water depth, the capture factor does not alter. In other words, the capture factor does not depend on the water depth when it is around its maximum value.

3Sensitivity Analysis

Based on previous studies, in addition to the flap design, the location of the flap relative to the water surface (freeboard) and its elevation relative to the flume bed (flap bottom elevation) play a significant role in extracting energy from the wave energy converter. This study measures the sensitivity of the model to various parameters related to the flap design including upper part width of the flap, lower part width of the flap, the freeboard, and the flap bottom elevation. Moreover, as a novel idea, we propose that the flap widths differ in the lower and upper parts. In Figure10, as an example, a flap with an upper thickness of 100 (mm) and a lower thickness of 50 (mm) and a flap with an upper thickness of 50 (mm) and a lower thickness of 100 (mm) are shown. The influence of such discrepancy between the widths of the upper and lower parts on the interaction between the wave and the flap, or in other words on the capture factor, is evaluated. To do so, other parameters are remained constant, such as the freeboard, the distance between the flap and the flume bed, and the wave properties.

In Figure11, models are simulated with distinct upper and lower widths. As it is clear in this figure, the first axis depicts the lower part width of the flap, the second axis indicates the upper part width of the flap, and the colors represent the capture factor values. Additionally, in order to consider a sufficient range of change, the flap thickness varies from half to double the value of the primary model for each part.

According to this study, the greater the discrepancy in these two parts, the lower the capture factor. It is on account of the fact that when the lower part of the flap is thicker than the upper part, and this thickness difference in these two parts is extremely conspicuous, the inertia against the motion is significant at zero degrees of rotation. Consequently, it is difficult to move the flap, which results in a low capture factor. Similarly, when the upper part of the flap is thicker than the lower part, and this thickness difference in these two parts is exceedingly noticeable, the inertia is so great that the flap can not reverse at the maximum degree of rotation. As the results indicate, the discrepancy can enhance the performance of the converter if the difference between these two parts is around 20%. As it is depicted in the Figure11, the capture factor reaches its own maximum amount, when the lower part thickness is from 5 to 6 (cm), and the upper part thickness is between 6 and 7 (cm). Consequently, as a result of this discrepancy, less material will be used, and therefore there will be less cost.

As illustrated in Figure12, this study examines the effects of freeboard (level difference between the flap top and water surface) and the flap bottom elevation (the distance between the flume bed and flap bottom) on the converter performance. In this diagram, the first axis demonstrates the freeboard and the second axis on the left side displays the flap bottom elevation, while the colors indicate the capture factor. In addition, the feasible range of freeboard is between -15 to 15 (cm) due to the limitation of the numerical model, so that we can take the wave slamming and the overtopping into consideration. Additionally, based on the Schmitt model and its scaled model of 1:40 of the base height, the flap bottom should be at least 9 (cm) high. Since the effect of surface waves is distributed over the depth of the flume, it is imperative to maintain a reasonable flap height exposed to incoming waves. Thus, the maximum flap bottom elevation is limited to 19 (cm). As the Figure12 pictures, at constant negative values of the freeboard, the capture factor is in inverse proportion with the flap bottom elevation, although slightly.

Furthermore, at constant positive values of the freeboard, the capture factor fluctuates as the flap bottom elevation decreases while it maintains an overall increasing trend. This is on account of the fact that increasing the flap bottom elevation creates turbulence flow behind the flap, which encumbers its rotation, as well as the fact that the flap surface has less interaction with the incoming waves. Furthermore, while keeping the flap bottom elevation constant, the capture factor increases by raising the freeboard. This is due to the fact that there is overtopping with adverse impacts on the converter performance when the freeboard is negative and the flap is under the water surface. Besides, increasing the freeboard makes the wave slam more vigorously, which improves the converter performance.

Adding ribs to the flap surface, as shown in Figure13, is a novel idea that is investigated in the next section. To achieve an optimized design for the proposed geometry of the flap, we determine the optimal number and dimensions of ribs based on the flap properties as our decision variables in the optimization process. As an example, Figure13 illustrates a flap with 3 ribs on each side with specific dimensions.

Figure14 shows the flow velocity field around the flap jointed to the flume bed. During the oscillation of the flap, the pressure on the upper and lower surfaces of the flap changes dynamically due to the changing angle of attack and the resulting change in the direction of fluid flow. As the flap moves upwards, the pressure on the upper surface decreases, and the pressure on the lower surface increases. Conversely, as the flap moves downwards, the pressure on the upper surface increases, and the pressure on the lower surface decreases. This results in a cyclic pressure variation around the flap. Under certain conditions, the pressure field around the flap can exhibit significant variations in magnitude and direction, forming vortices and other flow structures. These flow structures can affect the performance of the OSWEC by altering the lift and drag forces acting on the flap.

4Design Optimization

We consider optimizing the design parameters of the flap of converter using a nature-based swarm optimization method, that fall in the category of metaheuristic algorithms [45]. Accordingly, we choose four state-of-the-art algorithms to perform an optimization study. Then, based on their performances to achieve the highest capture factor, one of them will be chosen to be combined with the Hill Climb algorithm to carry out a local search. Therefore, in the remainder of this section, we discuss the search process of each algorithm and visualize their performance and convergence curve as they try to find the best values for decision variables.

4.1. Metaheuristic Approaches

As the first considered algorithm, the Gray Wolf Optimizer (GWO) algorithm simulates the natural leadership and hunting performance of gray wolves which tend to live in colonies. Hunters must obey the alpha wolf, the leader, who is responsible for hunting. Then, the beta wolf is at the second level of the gray wolf hierarchy. A subordinate of alpha wolf, beta stands under the command of the alpha. At the next level in this hierarchy, there are the delta wolves. They are subordinate to the alpha and beta wolves. This category of wolves includes scouts, sentinels, elders, hunters, and caretakers. In this ranking, omega wolves are at the bottom, having the lowest level and obeying all other wolves. They are also allowed to eat the prey just after others have eaten. Despite the fact that they seem less important than others, they are really central to the pack survival. Since, it has been shown that without omega wolves, the entire pack would experience some problems like fighting, violence, and frustration. In this simulation, there are three primary steps of hunting including searching, surrounding, and finally attacking the prey. Mathematically model of gray wolves’ hunting technique and their social hierarchy are applied in determined by optimization. this study. As mentioned before, gray wolves can locate their prey and surround them. The alpha wolf also leads the hunt. Assuming that the alpha, beta, and delta have more knowledge about prey locations, we can mathematically simulate gray wolf hunting behavior. Hence, in addition to saving the top three best solutions obtained so far, we compel the rest of the search agents (also the omegas) to adjust their positions based on the best search agent. Encircling behavior can be mathematically modeled by the following equations: [46].(12)�→=|�→·��→(�)-�→(�)|(13)�→(�+1)=��→(�)-�→·�→(14)�→=2.�2→(15)�→=2�→·�1→-�→Where �→indicates the position vector of gray wolf, ��→ defines the vector of prey, t indicates the current iteration, and �→and �→are coefficient vectors. To force the search agent to diverge from the prey, we use �→ with random values greater than 1 or less than -1. In addition, C→ contains random values in the range [0,2], and �→ 1 and �2→ are random vectors in [0,1]. The second considered technique is the Moth Flame Optimizer (MFO) algorithm. This method revolves around the moths’ navigation mechanism, which is realized by positioning themselves and maintaining a fixed angle relative to the moon while flying. This effective mechanism helps moths to fly in a straight path. However, when the source of light is artificial, maintaining an angle with the light leads to a spiral flying path towards the source that causes the moth’s death [47]. In MFO algorithm, moths and flames are both solutions. The moths are actual search agents that fly in hyper-dimensional space by changing their position vectors, and the flames are considered pins that moths drop when searching the search space [48]. The problem’s variables are the position of moths in the space. Each moth searches around a flame and updates it in case of finding a better solution. The fitness value is the return value of each moth’s fitness (objective) function. The position vector of each moth is passed to the fitness function, and the output of the fitness function is assigned to the corresponding moth. With this mechanism, a moth never loses its best solution [49]. Some attributes of this algorithm are as follows:

  • •It takes different values to converge moth in any point around the flame.
  • •Distance to the flame is lowered to be eventually minimized.
  • •When the position gets closer to the flame, the updated positions around the flame become more frequent.

As another method, the Multi-Verse Optimizer is based on a multiverse theory which proposes there are other universes besides the one in which we all live. According to this theory, there are more than one big bang in the universe, and each big bang leads to the birth of a new universe [50]. Multi-Verse Optimizer (MVO) is mainly inspired by three phenomena in cosmology: white holes, black holes, and wormholes. A white hole has never been observed in our universe, but physicists believe the big bang could be considered a white hole [51]. Black holes, which behave completely in contrast to white holes, attract everything including light beams with their extremely high gravitational force [52]. In the multiverse theory, wormholes are time and space tunnels that allow objects to move instantly between any two corners of a universe (or even simultaneously from one universe to another) [53]. Based on these three concepts, mathematical models are designed to perform exploration, exploitation, and local search, respectively. The concept of white and black holes is implied as an exploration phase, while the concept of wormholes is considered as an exploitation phase by MVO. Additionally, each solution is analogous to a universe, and each variable in the solution represents an object in that universe. Furthermore, each solution is assigned an inflation rate, and the time is used instead of iterations. Following are the universe rules in MVO:

  • •The possibility of having white hole increases with the inflation rate.
  • •The possibility of having black hole decreases with the inflation rate.
  • •Objects tend to pass through black holes more frequently in universes with lower inflation rates.
  • •Regardless of inflation rate, wormholes may cause objects in universes to move randomly towards the best universe. [54]

Modeling the white/black hole tunnels and exchanging objects of universes mathematically was accomplished by using the roulette wheel mechanism. With every iteration, the universes are sorted according to their inflation rates, then, based on the roulette wheel, the one with the white hole is selected as the local extremum solution. This is accomplished through the following steps:

Assume that

(16)���=����1<��(��)����1≥��(��)

Where ��� represents the jth parameter of the ith universe, Ui indicates the ith universe, NI(Ui) is normalized inflation rate of the ith universe, r1 is a random number in [0,1], and j xk shows the jth parameter of the kth universe selected by a roulette wheel selection mechanism [54]. It is assumed that wormhole tunnels always exist between a universe and the best universe formed so far. This mechanism is as follows:(17)���=if�2<���:��+���×((���-���)×�4+���)�3<0.5��-���×((���-���)×�4+���)�3≥0.5����:���where Xj indicates the jth parameter of the best universe formed so far, TDR and WEP are coefficients, where Xj indicates the jth parameter of the best universelbjshows the lower bound of the jth variable, ubj is the upper bound of the jth variable, and r2, r3, and r4 are random numbers in [1][54].

Finally, one of the newest optimization algorithms is WOA. The WOA algorithm simulates the movement of prey and the whale’s discipline when looking for their prey. Among several species, Humpback whales have a specific method of hunting [55]. Humpback whales can recognize the location of prey and encircle it before hunting. The optimal design position in the search space is not known a priori, and the WOA algorithm assumes that the best candidate solution is either the target prey or close to the optimum. This foraging behavior is called the bubble-net feeding method. Two maneuvers are associated with bubbles: upward spirals and double loops. A unique behavior exhibited only by humpback whales is bubble-net feeding. In fact, The WOA algorithm starts with a set of random solutions. At each iteration, search agents update their positions for either a randomly chosen search agent or the best solution obtained so far [56][55]. When the best search agent is determined, the other search agents will attempt to update their positions toward that agent. It is important to note that humpback whales swim around their prey simultaneously in a circular, shrinking circle and along a spiral-shaped path. By using a mathematical model, the spiral bubble-net feeding maneuver is optimized. The following equation represents this behavior:(18)�→(�+1)=�′→·�bl·cos(2��)+�∗→(�)

Where:(19)�′→=|�∗→(�)-�→(�)|

X→(t+ 1) indicates the distance of the it h whale to the prey (best solution obtained so far),� is a constant for defining the shape of the logarithmic spiral, l is a random number in [−1, 1], and dot (.) is an element-by-element multiplication [55].

Comparing the four above-mentioned methods, simulations are run with 10 search agents for 400 iterations. In Figure 15, there are 20 plots the optimal values of different parameters in optimization algorithms. The five parameters of this study are freeboard, bottom elevations, number of ribs on the converter, rib thickness, and rib Height. The optimal value for each was found by optimization algorithms, naming WOA, MVO, MFO, and GWO. By looking through the first row, the freeboard parameter converges to its maximum possible value in the optimization process of GWO after 300 iterations. Similarly, MFO finds the same result as GWO. In contrast, the freeboard converges to its minimum possible value in MVO optimizing process, which indicates positioning the converter under the water. Furthermore, WOA found the optimal value of freeboard as around 0.02 after almost 200 iterations. In the second row, the bottom elevation is found at almost 0.11 (m) in all algorithms; however, the curves follow different trends in each algorithm. The third row shows the number of ribs, where results immediately reveal that it should be over 4. All algorithms coincide at 5 ribs as the optimal number in this process. The fourth row displays the trends of algorithms to find optimal rib thickness. MFO finds the optimal value early and sets it to around 0.022, while others find the same value in higher iterations. Finally, regarding the rib height, MVO, MFO, and GWO state that the optimal value is 0.06 meters, but WOA did not find a higher value than 0.039.

4.2. HCMVO Bi-level Approach

Despite several strong search characteristics of MVO and its high performance in various optimization problems, it suffers from a few deficiencies in local and global search mechanisms. For instance, it is trapped in the local optimum when wormholes stochastically generate many solutions near the best universe achieved throughout iterations, especially in solving complex multimodal problems with high dimensions [57]. Furthermore, MVO needs to be modified by an escaping strategy from the local optima to enhance the global search abilities. To address these shortages, we propose a fast and effective meta-algorithm (HCMVO) to combine MVO with a Random-restart hill-climbing local search. This meta-algorithm uses MVO on the upper level to develop global tracking and provide a range of feasible and proper solutions. The hill-climbing algorithm is designed to develop a comprehensive neighborhood search around the best-found solution proposed by the upper-level (MVO) when MVO is faced with a stagnation issue or falling into a local optimum. The performance threshold is formulated as follows.(20)Δ����THD=∑�=1�����TH��-����TH��-1�where BestTHDis the best-found solution per generation, andM is related to the domain of iterations to compute the average performance of MVO. If the proposed best solution by the local search is better than the initial one, the global best of MVO will be updated. HCMVO iteratively runs hill climbing when the performance of MVO goes down, each time with an initial condition to prepare for escaping such undesirable situations. In order to get a better balance between exploration and exploitation, the search step size linearly decreases as follows:(21)��=��-����Ma�iter��+1where iter and Maxiter are the current iteration and maximum number of evaluation, respectively. �� stands for the step size of the neighborhood search. Meanwhile, this strategy can improve the convergence rate of MVO compared with other algorithms.

Algorithm 1 shows the technical details of the proposed optimization method (HCMVO). The initial solution includes freeboard (�), bottom elevation (�), number of ribs (Nr), rib thickness (�), and rib height(�).

5. Conclusion

The high trend of diminishing worldwide energy resources has entailed a great crisis upon vulnerable societies. To withstand this effect, developing renewable energy technologies can open doors to a more reliable means, among which the wave energy converters will help the coastal residents and infrastructure. This paper set out to determine the optimized design for such devices that leads to the highest possible power output. The main goal of this research was to demonstrate the best design for an oscillating surge wave energy converter using a novel metaheuristic optimization algorithm. In this regard, the methodology was devised such that it argued the effects of influential parameters, including wave characteristics, WEC design, and interaction criteria.

To begin with, a numerical model was developed in Flow 3D software to simulate the response of the flap of a wave energy converter to incoming waves, followed by a validation study based upon a well-reputed experimental study to verify the accuracy of the model. Secondly, the hydrodynamics of the flap was investigated by incorporating the turbulence. The effect of depth, wave height, and wave period are also investigated in this part. The influence of two novel ideas on increasing the wave-converter interaction was then assessed: i) designing a flap with different widths in the upper and lower part, and ii) adding ribs on the surface of the flap. Finally, four trending single-objective metaheuristic optimization methods

Empty CellAlgorithm 1: Hill Climb Multiverse Optimization
01:procedure HCMVO
02:�=30,�=5▹���������������������������������
03:�=〈F1,B1,N,R,H1〉,…〈FN,B2,N,R,HN〉⇒lb1N⩽�⩽ubN
04:Initialize parameters�ER,�DR,�EP,Best�,���ite��▹Wormhole existence probability (WEP)
05:��=����(��)
06:��=Normalize the inflation rate��
07:for iter in[1,⋯,���iter]do
08:for�in[1,⋯,�]do
09:Update�EP,�DR,Black����Index=�
10:for���[1,⋯,�]��
11:�1=����()
12:if�1≤��(��)then
13:White HoleIndex=Roulette�heelSelection(-��)
14:�(Black HoleIndex,�)=��(White HoleIndex,�)
15:end if
16:�2=����([0,�])
17:if�2≤�EPthen
18:�3=����(),�4=����()
19:if�3<0.5then
20:�1=((��(�)-��(�))�4+��(�))
21:�(�,�)=Best�(�)+�DR�
22:else
23:�(�,�)=Best�(�)-�DR�
24:end if
25:end if
26:end for
27:end for
28:�HD=����([�1,�2,⋯,�Np])
29:Bes�TH�itr=����HD
30:ΔBestTHD=∑�=1�BestTII��-BestTII��-1�
31:ifΔBestTHD<��then▹Perform hill climbing local search
32:BestTHD=����-�lim��������THD
33:end if
34:end for
35:return�,BestTHD▹Final configuration
36:end procedure

The implementation details of the hill-climbing algorithm applied in HCMPA can be seen in Algorithm 2. One of the critical parameters isg, which denotes the resolution of the neighborhood search around the proposed global best by MVO. If we set a small step size for hill-climbing, the convergence speed will be decreased. On the other hand, a large step size reinforces the exploration ability. Still, it may reduce the exploitation ability and in return increase the act of jumping from a global optimum or surfaces with high-potential solutions. Per each decision variable, the neighborhood search evaluates two different direct searches, incremental or decremental. After assessing the generated solutions, the best candidate will be selected to iterate the search algorithm. It is noted that the hill-climbing algorithm should not be applied in the initial iteration of the optimization process due to the immense tendency for converging to local optima. Meanwhile, for optimizing largescale problems, hill-climbing is not an appropriate selection. In order to improve understanding of the proposed hybrid optimization algorithm’s steps, the flowchart of HCMVO is designed and can be seen in Figure 16.

Figure 17 shows the observed capture factor (which is the absorbed energy with respect to the available energy) by each optimization algorithm from iterations 1 to 400. The algorithms use ten search agents in their modified codes to find the optimal solutions. While GWO and MFO remain roughly constant after iterations 54 and 40, the other three algorithms keep improving the capture factor. In this case, HCMVO and MVO worked very well in the optimizing process with a capture factor obtained by the former as 0.594 and by the latter as 0.593. MFO almost found its highest value before the iteration 50, which means the exploration part of the algorithm works out well. Similarly, HCMVO does the same. However, it keeps finding the better solution during the optimization process until the last iteration, indicating the strong exploitation part of the algorithm. GWO reveals a weakness in exploration and exploitation because not only does it evoke the least capture factor value, but also the curve remains almost unchanged throughout 350 iterations.

Figure 18 illustrates complex interactions between the five optimization parameters and the capture factor for HCMVO (a), MPA (b), and MFO (c) algorithms. The first interesting observation is that there is a high level of nonlinear relationships among the setting parameters that can make a multi-modal search space. The dark blue lines represent the best-found configuration throughout the optimisation process. Based on both HCMVO (a) and MVO (b), we can infer that the dark blue lines concentrate in a specific range, showing the high convergence ability of both HCMVO and MVO. However, MFO (c) could not find the exact optimal range of the decision variables, and the best-found solutions per generation distribute mostly all around the search space.

Empty CellAlgorithm 1: Hill Climb Multiverse Optimization
01:procedure HCMVO
02:Initialization
03:Initialize the constraints��1�,��1�
04:�1�=Mi�1�+���1�/�▹Compute the step size,�is search resolution
05:So�1=〈�,�,�,�,�〉▹���������������
06:�������1=����So�1▹���������ℎ���������
07:Main loop
08:for iter≤���ita=do
09:���=���±��
10:while�≤���(Sol1)do
11:���=���+�,▹����ℎ���ℎ��������ℎ
12:fitness��iter=�������
13:t = t+1
14:end while
15:〈�����,������max〉=����������
16:���itev=���Inde�max▹�������ℎ�������������������������������ℎ�������
17:��=��-����Max��+1▹�����������������
18:end for
19:return���iter,����
20:end procedure

were utilized to illuminate the optimum values of the design parameters, and the best method was chosen to develop a new algorithm that performs both local and global search methods.

The correlation between hydrodynamic parameters and the capture factor of the converter was supported by the results. For any given water depth, the capture factor increases as the wave period increases, until a certain wave period value (6 seconds) is reached, after which the capture factor gradually decreases. It is expected since the flap cannot oscillate effectively when the wavelength is too short for a certain water depth. Conversely, when the wavelength is too long, the capture factor decreases. Furthermore, under a constant wave period, increasing the water depth does not affect the capture factor. Regarding the sensitivity analysis, the study found that increasing the flap bottom elevation causes turbulence flow behind the flap and limitation of rotation, which leads to less interaction with the incoming waves. Furthermore, while keeping the flap bottom elevation constant, increasing the freeboard improves the capture factor. Overtopping happens when the freeboard is negative and the flap is below the water surface, which has a detrimental influence on converter performance. Furthermore, raising the freeboard causes the wave impact to become more violent, which increases converter performance.

In the last part, we discussed the search process of each algorithm and visualized their performance and convergence curves as they try to find the best values for decision variables. Among the four selected metaheuristic algorithms, the Multi-verse Optimizer proved to be the most effective in achieving the best answer in terms of the WEC capture factor. However, the MVO needed modifications regarding its escape approach from the local optima in order to improve its global search capabilities. To overcome these constraints, we presented a fast and efficient meta-algorithm (HCMVO) that combines MVO with a Random-restart hill-climbing local search. On a higher level, this meta-algorithm employed MVO to generate global tracking and present a range of possible and appropriate solutions. Taken together, the results demonstrated that there is a significant degree of nonlinearity among the setup parameters that might result in a multimodal search space. Since MVO was faced with a stagnation issue or fell into a local optimum, we constructed a complete neighborhood search around the best-found solution offered by the upper level. In sum, the newly-developed algorithm proved to be highly effective for the problem compared to other similar optimization methods. The strength of the current findings may encourage future investigation on design optimization of wave energy converters using developed geometry as well as the novel approach.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Erfan Amini: Conceptualization, Methodology, Validation, Data curation, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Mahdieh Nasiri: Conceptualization, Methodology, Validation, Data curation, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Navid Salami Pargoo: Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing. Zahra Mozhgani: Conceptualization, Methodology. Danial Golbaz: Writing – original draft. Mehrdad Baniesmaeil: Writing – original draft. Meysam Majidi Nezhad: . Mehdi Neshat: Supervision, Conceptualization, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Davide Astiaso Garcia: Supervision. Georgios Sylaios: Supervision.

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgement

This research has been carried out within ILIAD (Inte-grated Digital Framework for Comprehensive Maritime Data and Information Services) project that received funding from the European Union’s H2020 programme.

Data availability

Data will be made available on request.

References

Figure 1: Drawing of the experimental set-up, Figure 2: Experimental tank with locations of temperature sensors

실험 및 수치 시뮬레이션에 기반한 극저온 추진제 탱크 가압 분석

Analyses of Cryogenic Propellant Tank Pressurization based upon Experiments and Numerical Simulations
Carina Ludwig? and Michael Dreyer**
*DLR – German Aerospace Center, Space Launcher Systems Analysis (SART),
Institute of Space Systems, 28359 Bremen, Germany, Carina.Ludwig@dlr.de
**ZARM – Center for Applied Space Technology and Microgravity,
University of Bremen, 28359 Bremen, Germany

Abstract

본 연구에서는 발사대 적용을 위한 극저온 추진제 탱크의 능동 가압을 분석하였다. 따라서 지상 실험, 수치 시뮬레이션 및 분석 연구를 수행하여 다음과 같은 중요한 결과를 얻었습니다.

필요한 가압 기체 질량을 최소화하기 위해 더 높은 가압 기체 온도가 유리하거나 헬륨을 가압 기체로 적용하는 것이 좋습니다.

Flow-3D를 사용한 가압 가스 질량의 수치 시뮬레이션은 실험 결과와 잘 일치함을 보여줍니다. 가압 중 지배적인 열 전달은 주입된 가압 가스에서 축방향 탱크 벽으로 나타나고 능동 가압 단계 동안 상 변화의 주된 방식은 가압 가스의 유형에 따라 다릅니다.

가압 단계가 끝나면 상당한 압력 강하가 발생합니다. 이 압력 강하의 분석적 결정을 위해 이론적 모델이 제공됩니다.

The active-pressurization of cryogenic propellant tanks for the launcher application was analyzed in this study. Therefore, ground experiments, numerical simulations and analytical studies were performed with the following important results: In order to minimize the required pressurant gas mass, a higher pressurant gas temperature is advantageous or the application of helium as pressurant gas. Numerical simulations of the pressurant gas mass using Flow-3D show good agreement to the experimental results. The dominating heat transfer during pressurization appears from the injected pressurant gas to the axial tank walls and the predominant way of phase change during the active-pressurization phase depends on the type of the pressurant gas. After the end of the pressurization phase, a significant pressure drop occurs. A theoretical model is presented for the analytical determination of this pressure drop.

Figure 1: Drawing of the experimental set-up, Figure 2: Experimental tank with locations of temperature sensors
Figure 1: Drawing of the experimental set-up, Figure 2: Experimental tank with locations of temperature sensors
Figure 3: Non-dimensional (a) tank pressure, (b) liquid temperatures, (c) vapor temperatures, (d) wall and lid temperatures during pressurization and relaxation of the N300h experiment (for details see Table 2). T14 is the pressurant
gas temperature at the diffuser. Pressurization starts at tp,0 (t
∗ = 0.06·10−4
) and ends at tp, f (t
∗ = 0.84·10−4
). Relaxation
takes place until tp,T (t
∗ = 2.79·10−4
) and ∆p is the characteristic pressure drop
Figure 3: Non-dimensional (a) tank pressure, (b) liquid temperatures, (c) vapor temperatures, (d) wall and lid temperatures during pressurization and relaxation of the N300h experiment (for details see Table 2). T14 is the pressurant gas temperature at the diffuser. Pressurization starts at tp,0 (t ∗ = 0.06·10−4 ) and ends at tp, f (t ∗ = 0.84·10−4 ). Relaxation takes place until tp,T (t ∗ = 2.79·10−4 ) and ∆p is the characteristic pressure drop
Figure 5: Nondimensional vapor mass at pressurization start (m
∗
v,0
), pressurant gas mass (m
∗
pg), condensed vapor mass
from pressurization start to pressurization end (m
∗
cond,0,f
) and condensed vapor mass from pressurization end to relaxation end (m
∗
cond, f,T
) for all GN2 (a) and the GHe (b) pressurized experiments with the relating errors.
Figure 5: Nondimensional vapor mass at pressurization start (m ∗ v,0 ), pressurant gas mass (m ∗ pg), condensed vapor mass from pressurization start to pressurization end (m ∗ cond,0,f ) and condensed vapor mass from pressurization end to relaxation end (m ∗ cond, f,T ) for all GN2 (a) and the GHe (b) pressurized experiments with the relating errors.
Figure 6: Schematical propellant tank with vapor and liquid phase, pressurant gas and condensation mass flow as well as the applied control volumes. ., Figure 7: N300h experiment: wall to fluid heat flux at pressurization end (tp, f) over the tank height.
Figure 6: Schematical propellant tank with vapor and liquid phase, pressurant gas and condensation mass flow as well as the applied control volumes. ., Figure 7: N300h experiment: wall to fluid heat flux at pressurization end (tp, f) over the tank height.

References

[1] M.E. Nein and R.R. Head. Experiences with pressurized discharge of liquid oxygen from large flight vehicle
propellant tanks. In Advances in Cryogenig Engineering, vol. 7, New York, Plenum Press, 244–250.
[2] M.E. Nein and J.F. Thompson. Experimental and analytical studies of cryogenic propellant tank pressurant
requirements: NASA TN D-3177, 1966.
[3] R.J. Stochl, J.E. Maloy, P.A. Masters and R.L. DeWitt. Gaseous-helium requirements for the discharge of liquid
hydrogen from a 1.52-meter- (5-ft-) diameter spherical tank: NASA TN D-5621, 1970.
[4] R.J. Stochl, J.E. Maloy, P.A. Masters and R.L. DeWitt. Gaseous-helium requirements for the discharge of liquid
hydrogen from a 3.96-meter- (13-ft-) diameter spherical tank: NASA TN D-7019, 1970.
[5] R.J. Stochl, P.A. Masters, R.L. DeWitt and J.E. Maloy. Gaseous-hydrogen requirements for the discharge of
liquid hydrogen from a 1.52-meter- (5-ft-) diameter spherical tank: NASA TN D-5336, 1969.
[6] R.J. Stochl, P.A. Masters, R.L. DeWitt and J.E. Maloy. Gaseous-hydrogen requirements for the discharge of
liquid hydrogen from a 3.96-meter- (13-ft-) diameter spherical tank: NASA TN D-5387, 1969.
[7] R.F. Lacovic. Comparison of experimental and calculated helium requirements for pressurization of a Centaur
liquid oxygen tank: NASA TM X-2013, 1970.
[8] N.T. van Dresar and R.J. Stochl. Pressurization and expulsion of a flightweight liquid hydrogen tank: AIAA-93-
1966, 1993.
[9] T.L. Hardy and T.M. Tomsik. Prediction of the ullage gas thermal stratification in a NASP vehicle propellant tank
experimental simulation using Flow-3D: Nasa technical memorandum 103217, 1990.
[10] G.P. Samsal, J.I. Hochstein, M.C. Wendl and T.L. Hardy. Computational modeling of the pressurization process
in a NASP vehicle propellant tank experimental simulation: AIAA 91-2407. AIAA Joint Propulsion Conference
and Exhibit, 1991.
[11] P. Adnani and R.W. Jennings. Pressurization analysis of cryogenic propulsion systems: AIAA 2000-3788. In
36th AIAA/ASME/SAE/ASEE Joint Propulsion Conference & Exhibit, Huntsville, Alabama, USA, 2000.
[12] C. Ludwig and M. Dreyer. Analyses of cryogenic propellant tank pressurization based upon ground experiments:
AIAA 2012-5199. In AIAA Space 2012 Conference & Exhibit, Pasadena, California, USA, 2012.
[13] Flow Science Inc. Flow-3D User Manual – Version 10.0, 2011.
[14] R.F. Barron. Cryogenic heat transfer, 3. ed., Taylor & Francis, Philadelphia, 1999, p. 23
[15] E.W. Lemmon, M.L. Huber and M.O. McLinden. NIST Standard Reference Database 23: Reference Fluid Thermodynamic and Transport Properties-REFPROP, Version 9.0, National Institute of Standards and Technology,
Standard Reference Data Program, Gaithersburg, 2010.
[16] E.J. Hopfinger and S.P. Das. Mass transfer enhancement by capillary waves at a liquid–vapour interface. Experiments in Fluids, Vol. 46, No.4: 597-605, 2009.
[17] S.P. Das and E.J. Hopfinger. Mass transfer enhancement by gravity waves at a liquid–vapour interface. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, Vol. 52, No. 5-6: 1400-1411, 2009.
[18] H.D. Baehr and K. Stephan. Wärme- und Stoffübertragung, 6. ed., Springer, Berlin, 2008, p.491, p.302.

Flow Hydrodynamics Influences Due to Flood Plain Sand Mining in a Meandering Channel

Flow Hydrodynamics Influences Due to Flood Plain Sand Mining in a Meandering Channel

Abstract

Flow hydrodynamics in the main channel due to floodplain sand mining is important for a better understanding of maintaining the natural habitat or the reliance between the flood plain and the main channel for the river’s long-term survival and also facilitates more effective river restoration engineering. Day by day anthropogenic stresses are increasing in the river corridor system, indiscriminate sand mining is one of them. In this study, a computational fluid dynamics (CFD)-based software Flow-3D hydro (renormalized group K-ε turbulence model used) is used to study the flow hydrodynamics of sinuous (sinuosity index = 1.25) channel 18 m long, 1 m width, and 0.3 m height with floodplain sand mining pit. Sand mining additionally increases the secondary current near the outer bank of the channel, therefore leading to scouring or erosion at the outer bank, as a result, rivers migrate laterally. The turbulence kinetic energy (TKE) is concentrated in the mining pit and near the inner bank. This study result can be used to understand the flow hydrodynamic of the river system due to the series of sand mining.

Keywords

  • Flow hydrodynamics
  • Turbulence modeling
  • Flow-3D
  • Sinuosity
  • Sand mining

References

  1. Best, J.: Anthropogenic stresses on the world’s big rivers. Nat. Geosci. 12(1), 7–21 (2019)CrossRef CAS Google Scholar 
  2. Bagnold, R.A.: Some Aspects of the Shape of River Meanders. US Government Printing Office (1960)Google Scholar 
  3. Kondolf, G.M.: Freshwater Gravel Mining and Dredging Issues: White Paper. Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (2002)Google Scholar 
  4. Molnár, P., Ramírez, J.A.: Energy dissipation theories and optimal channel characteristics of river networks. Water Resour. Res. 34(7), 1809–1818 (1998)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  5. Padmalal, D., Maya, K.: Sand Mining: Environmental Impacts and Selected Case Studies. Springer (2014)Google Scholar 
  6. Hübler, M., Pothen, F.: Can smart policies solve the sand mining problem? PLoS ONE 16(4), e0248882 (2021)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  7. Khan, S., Sugie, A.: Sand mining and its social impacts on local society in rural Bangladesh: a case study of a village in Tangail district. J. Urban Reg. Stud. Contemp. India 2(1), 1–11 (2015)Google Scholar 
  8. Daneshfaraz, R. et al.: The experimental study of the effects of river mining holes on the bridge piers. Iranian J. Soil Water Res. 50(7), 1619–1633 (2019)Google Scholar 
  9. Hackney, C. R., Darby, S. E., Parsons, D. R., Leyland, J., Best, J. L., Aalto, R., … & Houseago, R. C.: River bank instability from unsustainable sand mining in the lower Mekong River. Nat. Sustain. 3(3), 217–225 (2020)Google Scholar 
  10. Callander, R.A.: River meandering. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 10(1), 129–158 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  11. Koehnken, L., Rintoul, M.: Impacts of sand mining on ecosystem structure, process and biodiversity in rivers. World Wildlife Fund International (2018)Google Scholar 
  12. Gavriletea, M.D.: Environmental impacts of sand exploitation. Analysis of sand market. Sustainability 9(7), 1118 (2017)Google Scholar 
  13. Koehnken, L., et al.: Impacts of riverine sand mining on freshwater ecosystems: a review of the scientific evidence and guidance for future research. River Res. Appl. 36(3), 362–370 (2020)Google Scholar 
  14. Myers, W.R.C.: Momentum transfer in a compound channel. J. Hydraul. Res. 16(2), 139–150 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  15. Rajaratnam, N., Ahmadi, R.M.: Interaction between main channel and flood-plain flows. J. Hydraul. Div. 105(5), 573–588 (1979)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  16. Sellin, R.H.J.: A laboratory investigation into the interaction between the flow in the channel of a river and that over its flood plain. La Houille Blanche 7, 793–802 (1964)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  17. Karami, H., et al.: Verification of numerical study of scour around spur dikes using experimental data. Water Environ. J. 28(1), 124–134 (2014)Google Scholar 
  18. Bathurst, J.C., et al.: Overbank sediment deposition patterns for straight and meandering flume channels. Earth Surf. Proc. Land. 27(6), 659–665 (2002)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  19. Xu, D., Bai, Y.: Experimental study on the bed topography evolution in alluvial meandering rivers with various sinuousnesses. J. Hydro-Environ. Res. 7(2), 92–102 (2013)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  20. Priego-Hernández, G.A., Rivera-Trejo, F.: Secondary currents: measurement and analysis. Atmósfera 29(1), 23–34 (2016)Google Scholar 
  21. Alshamani, K.M.M.: Correlations among turbulent shear stress, turbulent kinetic energy, and axial turbulence intensity. AIAA J. 16(8), 859–861 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  22. Biron, P.M., et al.: Comparing different methods of bed shear stress estimates in simple and complex flow fields. Earth Surface Process. Landforms: J. British Geomorphol. Res. Group 29(11), 1403–1415 (2004)Google Scholar 
  23. Clark, L.A., Theresa, M.W.: Boundary Shear Stress Along Vegetated Streambanks (2007)Google Scholar 
  24. Kim, S.-C., et al.: Estimating bottom stress in tidal boundary layer from acoustic Doppler velocimeter data. J. Hydraul. Eng. 126(6), 399–406 (2000)CrossRef Google Scholar 

  1. Home  
  2. Sustainable Environment  
  3. Conference paper

Flow Hydrodynamics Influences Due to Flood Plain Sand Mining in a Meandering Channel

  • 14 Accesses

Abstract

Flow hydrodynamics in the main channel due to floodplain sand mining is important for a better understanding of maintaining the natural habitat or the reliance between the flood plain and the main channel for the river’s long-term survival and also facilitates more effective river restoration engineering. Day by day anthropogenic stresses are increasing in the river corridor system, indiscriminate sand mining is one of them. In this study, a computational fluid dynamics (CFD)-based software Flow-3D hydro (renormalized group K-ε turbulence model used) is used to study the flow hydrodynamics of sinuous (sinuosity index = 1.25) channel 18 m long, 1 m width, and 0.3 m height with floodplain sand mining pit. Sand mining additionally increases the secondary current near the outer bank of the channel, therefore leading to scouring or erosion at the outer bank, as a result, rivers migrate laterally. The turbulence kinetic energy (TKE) is concentrated in the mining pit and near the inner bank. This study result can be used to understand the flow hydrodynamic of the river system due to the series of sand mining.

Keywords

  • Flow hydrodynamics
  • Turbulence modeling
  • Flow-3D
  • Sinuosity
  • Sand mining

This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

References

  1. Best, J.: Anthropogenic stresses on the world’s big rivers. Nat. Geosci. 12(1), 7–21 (2019)CrossRef CAS Google Scholar 
  2. Bagnold, R.A.: Some Aspects of the Shape of River Meanders. US Government Printing Office (1960)Google Scholar 
  3. Kondolf, G.M.: Freshwater Gravel Mining and Dredging Issues: White Paper. Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (2002)Google Scholar 
  4. Molnár, P., Ramírez, J.A.: Energy dissipation theories and optimal channel characteristics of river networks. Water Resour. Res. 34(7), 1809–1818 (1998)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  5. Padmalal, D., Maya, K.: Sand Mining: Environmental Impacts and Selected Case Studies. Springer (2014)Google Scholar 
  6. Hübler, M., Pothen, F.: Can smart policies solve the sand mining problem? PLoS ONE 16(4), e0248882 (2021)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  7. Khan, S., Sugie, A.: Sand mining and its social impacts on local society in rural Bangladesh: a case study of a village in Tangail district. J. Urban Reg. Stud. Contemp. India 2(1), 1–11 (2015)Google Scholar 
  8. Daneshfaraz, R. et al.: The experimental study of the effects of river mining holes on the bridge piers. Iranian J. Soil Water Res. 50(7), 1619–1633 (2019)Google Scholar 
  9. Hackney, C. R., Darby, S. E., Parsons, D. R., Leyland, J., Best, J. L., Aalto, R., … & Houseago, R. C.: River bank instability from unsustainable sand mining in the lower Mekong River. Nat. Sustain. 3(3), 217–225 (2020)Google Scholar 
  10. Callander, R.A.: River meandering. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 10(1), 129–158 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  11. Koehnken, L., Rintoul, M.: Impacts of sand mining on ecosystem structure, process and biodiversity in rivers. World Wildlife Fund International (2018)Google Scholar 
  12. Gavriletea, M.D.: Environmental impacts of sand exploitation. Analysis of sand market. Sustainability 9(7), 1118 (2017)Google Scholar 
  13. Koehnken, L., et al.: Impacts of riverine sand mining on freshwater ecosystems: a review of the scientific evidence and guidance for future research. River Res. Appl. 36(3), 362–370 (2020)Google Scholar 
  14. Myers, W.R.C.: Momentum transfer in a compound channel. J. Hydraul. Res. 16(2), 139–150 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  15. Rajaratnam, N., Ahmadi, R.M.: Interaction between main channel and flood-plain flows. J. Hydraul. Div. 105(5), 573–588 (1979)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  16. Sellin, R.H.J.: A laboratory investigation into the interaction between the flow in the channel of a river and that over its flood plain. La Houille Blanche 7, 793–802 (1964)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  17. Karami, H., et al.: Verification of numerical study of scour around spur dikes using experimental data. Water Environ. J. 28(1), 124–134 (2014)Google Scholar 
  18. Bathurst, J.C., et al.: Overbank sediment deposition patterns for straight and meandering flume channels. Earth Surf. Proc. Land. 27(6), 659–665 (2002)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  19. Xu, D., Bai, Y.: Experimental study on the bed topography evolution in alluvial meandering rivers with various sinuousnesses. J. Hydro-Environ. Res. 7(2), 92–102 (2013)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  20. Priego-Hernández, G.A., Rivera-Trejo, F.: Secondary currents: measurement and analysis. Atmósfera 29(1), 23–34 (2016)Google Scholar 
  21. Alshamani, K.M.M.: Correlations among turbulent shear stress, turbulent kinetic energy, and axial turbulence intensity. AIAA J. 16(8), 859–861 (1978)CrossRef Google Scholar 
  22. Biron, P.M., et al.: Comparing different methods of bed shear stress estimates in simple and complex flow fields. Earth Surface Process. Landforms: J. British Geomorphol. Res. Group 29(11), 1403–1415 (2004)Google Scholar 
  23. Clark, L.A., Theresa, M.W.: Boundary Shear Stress Along Vegetated Streambanks (2007)Google Scholar 
  24. Kim, S.-C., et al.: Estimating bottom stress in tidal boundary layer from acoustic Doppler velocimeter data. J. Hydraul. Eng. 126(6), 399–406 (2000)CrossRef Google Scholar 

Download references

Author information

Authors and Affiliations

  1. Department of Civil Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, Guwahati, Assam, IndiaO. P. Maurya, K. K. Nandi, S. Modalavalasa & S. Dutta

Corresponding author

Correspondence to O. P. Maurya .

Editor information

Editors and Affiliations

  1. Centre for the Environment, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, Guwahati, IndiaDeepmoni Deka
  2. Department of Chemical engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, Guwahati, IndiaSubrata Kumar Majumder
  3. Department of Chemical engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, Guwahati, IndiaMihir Kumar Purkait
Figure 1.| Physical models of the vertical drop, backdrop and stepped drop developed in the Technical University of Lisbon.

Numerical modelling of air-water flows in sewer drops

하수구 방울의 공기-물 흐름 수치 모델링

Paula Beceiro (corresponding author)
Maria do Céu Almeida
Hydraulic and Environment Department (DHA), National Laboratory for Civil Engineering, Avenida do Brasil 101, 1700-066 Lisbon, Portugal
E-mail: pbeceiro@lnec.pt
Jorge Matos
Department of Civil Engineering, Arquitecture and Geosources,
Technical University of Lisbon (IST), Avenida Rovisco Pais 1, 1049-001 Lisbon, Portugal

ABSTRACT

물 흐름에 용존 산소(DO)의 존재는 해로운 영향의 발생을 방지하는 데 유익한 것으로 인식되는 호기성 조건을 보장하는 중요한 요소입니다.

하수도 시스템에서 흐르는 폐수에 DO를 통합하는 것은 공기-액체 경계면 또는 방울이나 접합부와 같은 특이점의 존재로 인해 혼입된 공기를 통한 연속 재방출의 영향을 정량화하기 위해 광범위하게 조사된 프로세스입니다. 공기 혼입 및 후속 환기를 향상시키기 위한 하수구 드롭의 위치는 하수구의 호기성 조건을 촉진하는 효과적인 방법입니다.

본 논문에서는 수직 낙하, 배경 및 계단식 낙하를 CFD(전산유체역학) 코드 FLOW-3D®를 사용하여 모델링하여 이러한 유형의 구조물의 존재로 인해 발생하는 난류로 인한 공기-물 흐름을 평가했습니다. 이용 가능한 실험적 연구에 기초한 수력학적 변수의 평가와 공기 혼입의 분석이 수행되었습니다.

이러한 구조물에 대한 CFD 모델의 결과는 Soares(2003), Afonso(2004) 및 Azevedo(2006)가 개발한 해당 물리적 모델에서 얻은 방류, 압력 헤드 및 수심의 측정을 사용하여 검증되었습니다.

유압 거동에 대해 매우 잘 맞았습니다. 수치 모델을 검증한 후 공기 연행 분석을 수행했습니다.

The presence of dissolved oxygen (DO) in water flows is an important factor to ensure the aerobic conditions recognised as beneficial to prevent the occurrence of detrimental effects. The incorporation of DO in wastewater flowing in sewer systems is a process widely investigated in order to quantify the effect of continuous reaeration through the air-liquid interface or air entrained due the presence of singularities such as drops or junctions. The location of sewer drops to enhance air entrainment and subsequently reaeration is an effective practice to promote aerobic conditions in sewers. In the present paper, vertical drops, backdrops and stepped drop was modelled using the computational fluid dynamics (CFD) code FLOW-3D® to evaluate the air-water flows due to the turbulence induced by the presence of this type of structures. The assessment of the hydraulic variables and an analysis of the air entrainment based in the available experimental studies were carried out. The results of the CFD models for these structures were validated using measurements of discharge, pressure head and water depth obtained in the corresponding physical models developed by Soares (2003), Afonso (2004) and Azevedo (2006). A very good fit was obtained for the hydraulic behaviour. After validation of numerical models, analysis of the air entrainment was carried out.

Key words | air entrainment, computational fluid dynamics (CFD), sewer drops

Figure 1.| Physical models of the vertical drop, backdrop and stepped drop developed in the Technical University of Lisbon.
Figure 1.| Physical models of the vertical drop, backdrop and stepped drop developed in the Technical University of Lisbon.
Figure 3. Comparison between the experimental and numerical pressure head along of the invert of the outlet pipe.
Figure 3. Comparison between the experimental and numerical pressure head along of the invert of the outlet pipe.
Figure 4. Average void fraction along the longitudinal axis of the outlet pipe for the lower discharges in the vertical drop and backdrop.
Figure 4. Average void fraction along the longitudinal axis of the outlet pipe for the lower discharges in the vertical drop and backdrop.

REFERENCES

Afonso, J. Dissipação de energia e rearejamento em quedas em colectores. M.Sc. Thesis, UTL/IST, Lisboa, Portugal.
Almeida, M. C., Butler, D. & Matos, J. S. Reaeration by sewer drops. In: 8th Int. Conf. on Urban Storm Drainage, Sydney, Australia.
Azevedo, R. I. Transferência de oxigénio em quedas guiadas em colectores. M.Sc. Thesis, IST, Lisboa, Portugal.
Beceiro, P., Almeida, M. C. & Matos, J. Numerical Modelling of air-water flows in a vertical drop and a backdrop. In: 3rd IAHR Europe Congress, Porto, Portugal.
Bombardelli, F. A., Meireles, I. & Matos, J. S. Laboratory measurements and multi-block numerical simulations of the mean flow and turbulence in the non-aerated skimming flow region of step stepped spillways. Environ. Fluid Mech. 11 (3), 263–288.
Brethour, J. M. & Hirt, C. W. Drift Model for TwoComponent Flows. Flow Science, Inc., Los Alamos, NM, USA.
Chamani, M. R. Jet Flow on Stepped Spillways and Drops. M.Sc. Thesis, University of Alberta, Alberta, Canada.
Chanson, H. Air Bubble Entrainment in Free-Surface Turbulent Shear Flow. Academic Press Inc., California, USA.
Chanson, H. Air bubble entrainment in open channels: flow structure and bubble size distribution. Int. J. Multiphase 23 (1), 193–203.
Chanson, H. Hydraulics of aerated flows: qui pro quo? Journal of Hydraulic Research 51 (3), 223–243.
Dufresne, M., Vazques, J., Terfous, A., Ghenaim, A. & Poulet, J. Experimental investigation and CFD modelling of flow, sedimentation, and solids separation in a combined sewer detention tank. Computer and Fluids 38, 1042–1049.
Durve, A. P. & Patwardhan, A. W. Numerical and experimental investigation of onset of gas entrainment phenomenon. Chemical Engineering Science 73, 140–150.
Felder, S. & Chanson, H. Air–water flows and free-surface profiles on a non-uniform stepped chute. Journal of Hydraulic Research 52 (2), 253–263.
Flow Science FLOW-3D User’s Manuals Version 10.0. Vol.1/2. Flow Science Inc., Los Alamos, NM, USA.
Granata, F., Marinis, G., Gargano, R. & Hager, W. H. Energy loss in circular drop manholes. In: 33rd IAHR Congress: Water Engineering for Sustainable Environment, British
Columbia, Vancouver, Canada. Hirt, C. W. Modeling Turbulent Entrainment of air at A Free Surface. Flow Science Inc., Los Alamos, NM, USA.
Hirt, C. W. & Nichols, B. D. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. Journal of Computational Physics 39, 201–225.
Hirt, C. W. & Sicilian, J. M. A porosity technique for the definition of obstacles in rectangular cell meshes. In: Proc. 4th Int, Conf. Ship Hydro., National Academy of Science, Washington, DC, USA.
Isfahani, A. H. G. & Brethour, J. On the Implementation of Two-Equation Turbulence Models in FLOW-3D. Flow Science Inc., Los Alamos, NM, USA.
Kouyi, G. L., Bret, P., Didier, J. M., Chocat, B. & Billat, C. The use of CFD modelling to optimise measurement of overflow rates in a downstream-controlled dual-overflow structure. Water Science and Technology 64 (2), 521–527.
Lopes, P., Leandro, J., Carvalho, R. F., Páscoa, P. & Martins, R. Numerical and experimental investigation of a gully under surcharge conditions. Urban Water Journal 12 (6), 468–476.
Martins, R., Leandro, J. & Carvalho, R. F. Characterization of the hydraulic performance of a gully under drainage conditions. Water Science and Technology 69 (12), 2423–2430.
Matias, N., Nielsel, A. H., Vollertsen, J., Ferreira, F. & Matos, J. S. Reaeration and hydrogen sulfide release at drop structures. In: 8th International Conference on Sewer Processes and Networks (SPN8), Rotterdam, Netherlands.
Matos, J. S. & Sousa, E. R. Prediction of dissolved oxygen concentration along sanitary sewers. Water Science and Technology 34 (5–6), 525–532.
Mignot, E., Bonakdari, H., Knothe, P., Lipeme Kouyi, G., Bessette, A., Rivière, N. & Bertrand-Krajewski, J. L. Experiments and 3D simulations of flow structures in junctions and of their influence on location of flowmeters. In: 12th International Conference on Urban Drainage, Porto Alegre, Brazil.
Ozmen-Cagatay, H. & Kocaman, S. Dam-break flow in the presence of obstacle: experiment and CFD Simulation. Engineering Applications of Computational Fluid Mechanics 5 (4), 541–552.
Shojaee Fard, M. H. & Boyaghchi, F. A. Studies of the influence of various blade outlet angles in a centrifugal pump when handling viscous fluids. American Journal of Applied Sciences 4 (9), 718–724.
Soares, A. Rearejamento em Quedas em Colectores de Águas Residuais. M.Sc. Thesis, FCTUC, Coimbra, Portugal.
Sousa, C. M. & Lopes, R. R. Hidráulica e rearejamento em quedas verticais em colectores. Estudo Experimental. Research Report, UTL/IST, Lisboa, Portugal.
Sousa, V., Meireles, I., Matos, J. & Almeida, M. C. Numerical modelling of air-water flow in a vertical drop manhole. In: 7th International Conference on Sewer Processes and Networks (SPN7), Shefield, UK.
Stovin, V., Guymer, I. & Lau, S. D. Approaches to validating a 3D CFD manhole model. In: 11th International Conference on Urban Drainage, Edinburgh, Scotland, UK.
Tota, P. V. Turbulent Flow Over A Backward-Facing Step Using the RNG Model. Flow Science Inc., Los Alamos, NM, USA.
Valero, D. & García-Bartual, R. Calibration of an air entrainment model for CFD spillway applications. In: Advances in Hydroinformatics. Springer, Singapore, pp. 571–582.
Versteeg, H. K. & Malalasekera, W. An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics. The Finite Volume Method. Longman Group limited, England.
Yang, Y., Yang, J., Zuo, J., Li, Y., He, S., Yang, X. & Zhang, K. Study on two operating conditions of a full-scale oxidation ditch for optimization of energy consumption and effluent quality by using CFD model. Water Research 45 (11), 3439–3452.
Zhai, A. J., Zhang, Z., Zhang, W. & Chen, Q. Y. Evaluation of various turbulence models in predicting airflow and turbulence in enclosed environments by CFD: part 1— summary of prevalent Turbulence models. HVAC&R Research 13 (6), 853–870.
Zhao, C., Zhu, D. Z. & Rajaratnam, N. Computational and experimental study of surcharged flow at a 90W combining sewer junction. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 134 (6), 688–700.

Figure 2. Different PKW Types.

A review of Piano Key Weir as a superior alternative for dam rehabilitation

댐 복구를 위한 우수한 대안으로서의 Piano Key Weir에 대한 검토

Amiya Abhash &

K. K. Pandey

Pages 541-551 | Received 03 Mar 2020, Accepted 07 May 2020, Published online: 21 May 2020

ABSTRACT

Dams fall in ‘installations containing dangerous forces’ because of their massive impact on the environment and civilian life and property as per International humanitarian law. As such, it becomes vital for hydraulic engineers to refurbish various solutions for dam rehabilitation. This paper presents a review of a new type of weir installation called Piano Key Weir (PKW), which is becoming popular around the world for its higher spillway capacity both for existing and new dam spillway installations. This paper reviews the geometry along with structural integrity, discharging capacity, economic aspects, aeration requirements, sediment transport and erosion aspects of Piano Key Weir (PKW) as compared with other traditional spillway structures and alternatives from literature. The comparison with other alternatives shows PKW to be an excellent alternative for dam risk mitigation owing to its high spillway capabilities and economy, along with its use in both existing and new hydraulic structures.

댐은 국제 인도법에 따라 환경과 민간인 생활 및 재산에 막대한 영향을 미치기 때문에 ‘위험한 힘을 포함하는 시설물’에 속합니다. 따라서 유압 엔지니어는 댐 복구를 위한 다양한 솔루션을 재정비해야 합니다.

이 백서에서는 PKW(Piano Key Weir)라는 새로운 유형의 둑 설치에 대한 검토를 제공합니다. PKW는 기존 및 신규 댐 방수로 설치 모두에서 더 높은 방수로 용량으로 전 세계적으로 인기를 얻고 있습니다.

이 백서에서는 구조적 무결성, 배출 용량, 경제적 측면, 폭기 요구 사항, 퇴적물 운반 및 PKW(Piano Key Weir)의 침식 측면과 함께 다른 전통적인 여수로 구조 및 문헌의 대안과 비교하여 기하학을 검토합니다.

다른 대안과의 비교는 PKW가 높은 여수로 기능과 경제성으로 인해 댐 위험 완화를 위한 탁월한 대안이며 기존 및 새로운 수력 구조물 모두에 사용됨을 보여줍니다.

KEYWORDS: 

Figure 2. Different PKW Types.
Figure 2. Different PKW Types.

References

  • Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2011). Influence of Piano Key Weir geometry on discharge. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2012a). “Piano key weir hydraulics and labyrinth weir comparison”. J. Irrig. Drain. Eng., 139(3), 246–253. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0000530 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2012b). “Piano key weir: Reservoir versus channel application”. J. Irrig. Drain. Eng., 138(8), 773–776. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0000464 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Anderson, R.M. 2011. Piano key weir head discharge relationships, M.S. Thesis, Utah State University, Logan, Utah. [Google Scholar]
  • Bashiri, H., Dewals, B., Pirotton, M., Archambeau, P., and Erpicum, S. (2016). “Towards a new design equation for piano key weirs discharge capacity.” Proc. of the 6th International Symposium on Hydraulic Structures. Portland, USA. [Google Scholar]
  • Bianucci, S.P., Sordo Ward, Á.F., Pérez Díaz, J.I., García-Palacios, J.H., Mediero Orduña, L.J., and Garrote de Marcos, L. (2013). “Risk-based methodology for parameter calibration of a reservoir flood control model”. Natl. Hazard Earth Syst. Sci., 13(4), 965–981. doi:https://doi.org/10.5194/nhess-13-965-2013 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Blancher, B., Montarros, F., and Laugier, F. (2011). Hydraulic comparison between Piano Key Weirs and labyrinth spillways. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Botha, A., Fitz, I., Moore, A., Mulder, F., and Van Deventer, N. 2013. “Application of the Piano Key Weir spillway in the Republic of South Africa”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 185. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Chahartaghi, M.K., Nazari, S., and Shooshtari, M.M. 2019. “Experimental and numerical simulation of arced trapezoidal Piano Key Weirs”. Flow Meas. Instrum., 68, 101576. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101576 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Chi Hien, T., Thanh Son, H., and Ho Ta Khanh, M. (2006). Results of some ‘piano keys’ weir hydraulic model tests in Vietnam. Proc., 22nd Int. Congress of Large Dams, Question 87, Response 39, International Commission on Large Dams (ICOLD). Barcelona, Spain. [Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., Barcouda, M., Luck, M., and Vettori, E. (2011). Study of a piano key morning glory to increase the spillway capacity of the Bage dam. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth Piano Key Weirs-PKW2011, Taylor & Francis, London. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., De Miranda, D., and Luck, M. (2012). “Assessment of the code Wolf 1D PKW for predicting the hydraulic behaviour of PK-Weirs.” Congrès SHF-33èmes journées de l’hydraulique “Grands aménagements hydrauliques 2012”, Paris, France. [Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., and Delisle, J. (2013). “Discharge characteristics of Piano Key weirs under submerged flow”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II–PKW 2013, 101–109. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cicero, G., Delisle, J., Lefebvre, V., and Vermeulen, J. (2013). “Experimental and numerical study of the hydraulic performance of a trapezoidal Piano Key weir.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II: Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 265. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cicéro, G., Guene, C., Luck, M., Pinchard, T., Lochu, A., and Brousse, P. (2010). “Experimental optimization of a Piano Key Weir to increase the spillway capacity of the Malarce dam.” 1st IAHR European Congress, Edinbourgh, Mai 4–6, 2010. [Google Scholar]
  • Crookston, B., Anderson, R., and Tullis, B. (2018). “Free-flow discharge estimation method for Piano Key weir geometries.” J. Hydro. Environ. Res., 19, 160–167. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jher.2017.10.003 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Das Singhal, G., and Sharma, N. 2011. “Rehabilitation of Sawara Kuddu Hydroelectric Project–Model studies of Piano Key Weir in India”. Proc. Int. Workshop on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW 2011. Taylor & Francis, London. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Denys, F., Basson, G., and Strasheim, J. (2017). Fluid Structure Interaction of Piano Key Weirs. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Eichenberger, P. (2013). “The first commercial piano key weir in Switzerland.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 227. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Erpicum, S., Laugier, F., Pfister, M., Pirotton, M., Cicero, G.-M., and Schleiss, A.J. 2013. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, CRC Press. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Erpicum, S., Machiels, O., Dewals, B., Pirotton, M., and Archambeau, P. (2012). “Numerical and physical hydraulic modelling of Piano Key Weirs.” Proceedings of the 4th Int. Conf. on Water Resources and Renewable Energy Development in Asia. Chiang Mai, Thailande. [Google Scholar]
  • Erpicum, S., Nagel, V., and Laugier, F. (2011). “Piano Key Weir design study at Raviege dam”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs–PKW 2011, 43–50. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ervine, D., and Elsawy, E. (1975). “The effect of a falling nappe on river aeration.” Proc. 16th IAHR Congress, Sao Paulo, Brazil. [Google Scholar]
  • Falvey, H.T. 1980. “Air-water flow in hydraulic structures”. NASA STI/Recon Technical Report N, 81. [Google Scholar]
  • Gabriel-Martin, I., Sordo-Ward, A., Garrote, L., and Castillo, L.G. (2017). “Influence of initial reservoir level and gate failure in dam safety analysis. Stochastic approach.” J. Hydrol., 550, 669–684. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2017.05.032 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gebhardt, M., Herbst, J., Merkel, J., and Belzner, F. (2019). “Sedimentation at labyrinth weirs–an experimental study of the self-cleaning process”. J. Hydraulic Res., 57(4), 579–590. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2018.1494053 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Hu, H., Qian, Z., Yang, W., Hou, D., and Du, L. (2018). “Numerical study of characteristics and discharge capacity of piano key weirs.” Flow Meas. Instrum., 62, 27–32. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2018.05.004 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Javaheri, A., and Kabiri-Samani, A. (2012). “Threshold submergence of flow over PK weirs”. Int. J. Civil Geol. Eng., 6, 46–49. [Google Scholar]
  • Jayatillake, H., and Perera, K. (2013). “Design of a Piano-Key Weir for Giritale Dam spillway in Sri Lanka.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 151. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Jayatillake, H., and Perera, K. (2017). “Adoption of a type D Piano Key Weir spillway with tapered noses at Rambawa Tank, Sri Lanka.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Jüstrich, S., Pfister, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2016). “Mobile riverbed scour downstream of a Piano Key weir”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 142(11), 04016043. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001189 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Kabiri-Samani, A., and Javaheri, A. (2012). “Discharge coefficients for free and submerged flow over Piano Key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Res., 50(1), 114–120. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.647888 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Karimi, M., Attari, J., Saneie, M., and Jalili Ghazizadeh, M.R. (2018). “Side weir flow characteristics: comparison of piano key, labyrinth, and linear types”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 144(12), 04018075. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001539 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Karimi, M., Attari, J., Saneie, M., and Jalili-Ghazizadeh, M. (2017). “Experimental study of discharge coefficient of a piano key side weir.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017). Proceedings of the Third International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2017, Qui Nhon, Vietnam, 22–24. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Khanh, M.H.T. (2013). “The Piano Key Weirs: 15 years of Research & Development–Prospect.” Labyrinth and piano key weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 3. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Khanh, M.H.T. (2017). “History and development of Piano Key Weirs in Vietnam from 2004 to 2016.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Google Scholar]
  • Khanh, M.H.T., Hien, T.C., and Hai, N.T. (2011). “Main results of the PK weir model tests in Vietnam (2004 to 2010).” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, 191. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Khassaf, S.I., Aziz, L.J., and Elkatib, Z.A. (2016). “Hydraulic behavior of piano key weir type B under free flow conditions”. Int. J. Sci. Technol. Res., 5(3), 158–163. [Google Scholar]
  • Khassaf, S.I., and Al-Baghdadi, M.B. (2015). “Experimental study of non-rectangular piano key weir discharge coefficient”. J. Homepage, 6(5), 425–436. [Google Scholar]
  • Khassaf, S.I., and Al-Baghdadi, M.B.N. (2018). “Experimental investigation of submerged flow over piano key weir”. Int. J. Energy Environ., 9(3), 249–260. [Google Scholar]
  • Kwon, -H.-H., and Moon, Y.-I. (2006). “Improvement of overtopping risk evaluations using probabilistic concepts for existing dams”. Stochastic Environ. Res. Risk Assess., 20(4), 223. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00477-005-0017-2 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Laugier, F. (2007). “Design and construction of the first Piano Key Weir spillway at Goulours dam”. Int. J. Hydropower Dams, 14(5), 94. [Google Scholar]
  • Laugier, F., Lochu, A., Gille, C., Leite Ribeiro, M., and Boillat, J.-L. (2009). “Design and construction of a labyrinth PKW spillway at Saint-Marc dam, France”. Hydropower Dams, 16(LCH–ARTICLE–2009–023), 100–107. [Google Scholar]
  • Laugier, F., Pralong, J., and Blancher, B. (2011). “Influence of structural thickness of sidewalls on PKW spillway discharge capacity.” Proc. Intl Workshop on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW 2011. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Le Blanc, M., Spinazzola, U., and Kocahan, H. (2011). “Labyrinth fusegate applications on free overflow spillways–Overview of recent projects.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, 261, Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Leite Ribeiro, M., Bieri, M., Boillat, J.-L., Schleiss, A., Delorme, F., and Laugier, F. (2009). “Hydraulic capacity improvement of existing spillways–design of a piano key weirs.” Proc. (on CD) of the 23rd Congress of the Int. Commission on Large Dams CIGB-ICOLD. Brasilia, Brazil. [Google Scholar]
  • Leite Ribeiro, M., Bieri, M., Boillat, J.-L., Schleiss, A., Singhal, G., and Sharma, N. (2011). “Discharge capacity of piano key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 138(2), 199–203. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000490 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lempérière, F., and Ouamane, A. (2003). “The Piano Keys weir: a new cost-effective solution for spillways”. Int. J. Hydropower Dams, 10(5), 144–149. [Google Scholar]
  • Lempérière, F., and Vigny, J. (2011). “General comments on labyrinth and Piano Keys Weirs–The future”. Labyrinth and Piano Key weirs–PKW 2011, 289–294. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lempérière, F., Vigny, J., and Ouamane, A. (2011). General comments on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs: The past and present. Proc. Intl. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs, Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lewin, J., Ballard, G., and Bowles, D.S. (2003). “Spillway gate reliability in the context of overall dam failure risk.” USSD Annual Lecture, Charleston, South Carolina. [Google Scholar]
  • Lodomez, M., Pirotton, M., Dewals, B., Archambeau, P., and Erpicum, S. (2017). “Could piano key weirs be subject to nappe oscillations?” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Archambeau, P., Dewals, B., and Pirotton, M. (2009). “Large scale experimental study of piano key weirs.” Proc. 33rd IAHR Congress: Water Engineering for a Sustainable Environment, IAHR. Vancouver, Canada [Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Archambeau, P., Dewals, B., and Pirotton, M. (2011a). “Piano Key Weir preliminary design method–Application to a new dam project.” Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Dewals, B., Archambeau, P., and Pirotton, M. (2010). “Piano Key Weirs: The experimental study of an efficient solution for rehabilitation”. WIT Trans. Ecol., 133, 95–106. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Erpicum, S., Dewals, B.J., Archambeau, P., and Pirotton, M. (2011b). “Experimental observation of flow characteristics over a Piano Key Weir”. J Hydraulic Res, 49(3), 359–366. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.567761 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Machiels, O., Pirotton, M., Pierre, A., Dewals, B., and Erpicum, S. (2014). “Experimental parametric study and design of Piano Key Weirs”. J. Hydraulic Res., 52(3), 326–335. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2013.875070 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Mehboudi, A., Attari, J., and Hosseini, S. (2016). “Experimental study of discharge coefficient for trapezoidal piano key weirs.” Flow Meas. Instrum., 50, 65–72. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2016.06.005 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Micovic, Z., Hartford, D.N., Schaefer, M.G., and Barker, B.L. (2016). “A non-traditional approach to the analysis of flood hazard for dams”. Stochastic Environ. Res. Risk Assess., 30(2), 559–581. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00477-015-1052-2 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Monjezi, R., Heidarnejad, M., Masjedi, A., Purmohammadi, M.H., and Kamanbedast, A. (2018). “Laboratory investigation of the discharge coefficient of flow in arced labyrinth weirs with triangular plans.” Flow Meas. Instrum., 64, 64–70. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2018.10.011 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Noseda, M., Stojnic, I., Pfister, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2019). “Upstream Erosion and sediment passage at piano key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 145(8), 04019029. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001616 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Oertel, M. (2015). “Discharge coefficients of piano key weirs from experimental and numerical modelS.” E= proceedings of the 36th IAHR world congress. 28 June – 3 July, The Hague, The Netherlands. [Google Scholar]
  • Ouamane, A. (2011). Nine years of study of the Piano Key Weir in the university laboratory of Biskra “lessons and reflections”. Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth Piano Key Weirs-PKW2011, Taylor & Francis, London. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ouamane, A., Debabeche, M., Lempérière, F., and Vigny, J. (2017). Twenty years of research in Biskra University for Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs and associated fuse plugs. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ouamane, A., and Lempérière, F. (2006). Design of a new economic shape of weir. Proc. Int. Symp. on Dams in the Societies of the 21st Century. Barcelona, Spain. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Patev, R., and Putcha, C. (2005). “Development of fault trees for risk assessment of dam gates and associated operating equipment”. Int. J. Modell. Simul., 25(3), 190–201. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/02286203.2005.11442336 [Taylor & Francis Online][Google Scholar]
  • Paxson, G., Tullis, B., and Hertel, D. 2013. “Comparison of Piano Key Weirs with labyrinth and gated spillways: Hydraulics, cost, constructability and operations”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 123–130. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Pfister, M., Capobianco, D., Tullis, B., and Schleiss, A.J. (2013). “Debris-blocking sensitivity of piano key weirs under reservoir-type approach flow”. J. Hydraulic Eng., 139(11), 1134–1141. doi:https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000780 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Phillips, M., and Lesleighter, E. 2013. “Piano Key Weir spillway: Upgrade option for a major dam”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 159–168. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Pinchard, T., Boutet, J., and Cicero, G. (2011). “Spillway capacity upgrade at Malarce dam: design of an additional Piano Key Weir spillway.” Proc. Int. Workshop on Labyrinths and Piano Key Weirs PKW. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Pralong, J., J. Vermeulen, B. Blancher, F. Laugier, S. Erpicum, O. Machiels, M. Pirotton, J.-L. Boillat, M. Leite Ribeiro and A. Schleiss (2011). “A naming convention for the piano key weirs geometrical parameters.” Labyrinth and piano key weirs, 271–278. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ribeiro, M.L., Boillat, J.-L., Schleiss, A., Laugier, F., and Albalat, C. (2007). “Rehabilitation of St-Marc dam.” Experimental optimization of a piano key weir. Proc. of 32nd Congress of IAHR, Vince, Italy. [Google Scholar]
  • Ribeiro, M.L., Pfister, M., and Schleiss, A.J. (2013). “Overview of Piano Key weir prototypes and scientific model investigations”. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 273. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Ribeiro, M.L., Pfister, M., Schleiss, A.J., and Boillat, J.-L. (2012). “Hydraulic design of A-type piano key weirs”. J. Hydraulic Res., 50(4), 400–408. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2012.695041 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Ribi, J., Spahni, B., Dorthe, D., and Pfister, M. (2017). Piano Key Weir as overflow on sedimentation basin of wastewater treatment plant. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Schleiss, A. (2011). “From labyrinth to piano key weirs: a historical review.” Proc. Int. Conf. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs Liège B. Liège, Belgium. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Sharma, N., and Tiwari, H. (2013). “Experimental study on vertical velocity and submergence depth near Piano Key Weir.” Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs II-PKW, Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano key weirs 2013, Chatou, Paris, France, 20–22, 93–100. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Tiwari, H. (2016). Experimental Study of Turbulence Characteristics Near Piano Key Weir. PhD, Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee. [Google Scholar]
  • Tiwari, H., and Sharma, N. 2017. “Empirical and Mathematical Modeling of Head and Discharge Over Piano Key Weir”. Development of Water Resources in India. Springer, Cham. 341–354. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-55125-8_29 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Valley, P., and Blancher, B. (2017). Construction and testing of two Piano Key Weirs at Charmines dam. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), Feb 22–24, 2017, CRC Press, Qui Nhon, Vietnam. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Vermeulen, J., Lassus, C., and Pinchard, T. (2017). Design of a Piano Key Weir aeration network. Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs III: Proceedings of the 3rd International Workshop on Labyrinth and Piano Key Weirs (PKW 2017), February 22- 24,2017, Qui Nhon, Vietnam, CRC Press. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Vermeulen, J., Laugier, F., Faramond, L., and Gille, C. (2011). “Lessons learnt from design and construction of EDF first Piano Key Weirs”. Labyrinth and Piano Key weirs-PKW 2011, 215–224. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
Figure 4. Field gate discharge experiment.

FLOW-3D Model Development for the Analysis of the Flow Characteristics of Downstream Hydraulic Structures

하류 유압 구조물의 유동 특성 분석을 위한 FLOW-3D 모델 개발

Beom-Jin Kim 1, Jae-Hong Hwang 2 and Byunghyun Kim 3,*
1 Advanced Structures and Seismic Safety Research Division, Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute,
Daejeon 34057, Korea
2 Korea Water Resources Corporation (K-Water), Daejeon 34350, Korea
3 Department of Civil Engineering, Kyungpook National University, Daegu 41566, Korea

  • Correspondence: bhkimc@knu.ac.kr; Tel.: +82-53-950-7819

Abstract

Hydraulic structures installed in rivers inevitably create a water level difference between upstream and downstream regions. The potential energy due to this difference in water level is converted into kinetic energy, causing high-velocity flow and hydraulic jumps in the river. As a result, problems such as scouring and sloping downstream may occur around the hydraulic structures. In this study, a FLOW-3D model was constructed to perform a numerical analysis of the ChangnyeongHaman weir in the Republic of Korea. The constructed model was verified based on surface velocity measurements from a field gate operation experiment. In the simulation results, the flow discharge differed from the measured value by 9–15 m3/s, from which the accuracy was evaluated to be 82–87%. The flow velocity was evaluated with an accuracy of 92% from a difference of 0.01 to 0.16 m/s. Following this verification, a flow analysis of the hydraulic structures was performed according to boundary conditions and operation conditions for numerous scenarios. Since 2018, the ChangnyeongHaman weir gate has been fully opened due to the implementation of Korea’s eco-environmental policy; therefore, in this study, the actual gate operation history data prior to 2018 was applied and evaluated. The evaluation conditions were a 50% open gate condition and the flow discharge of two cases with a large difference in water level. As a result of the analysis, the actual operating conditions showed that the velocity and the Froude number were lower than the optimal conditions, confirming that the selected design was appropriate. It was also found that in the bed protection section, the average flow velocity was high when the water level difference was large, whereas the bottom velocity was high when the gate opening was large. Ultimately, through the reviewed status survey data in this study, the downstream flow characteristics of hydraulic structures along with adequacy verification techniques, optimal design techniques such as procedures for design, and important considerations were derived. Based on the current results, the constructed FLOW-3D-based model can be applied to creating or updating flow analysis guidelines for future repair and reinforcement measures as well as hydraulic structure design.

하천에 설치되는 수력구조물은 필연적으로 상류와 하류의 수위차를 발생시킨다. 이러한 수위차로 인한 위치에너지는 운동에너지로 변환되어 하천의 고속유동과 수압점프를 일으킨다. 그 결과 수력구조물 주변에서 하류의 세굴, 경사 등의 문제가 발생할 수 있다.

본 연구에서는 대한민국 창녕함안보의 수치해석을 위해 FLOW-3D 모델을 구축하였다. 구축된 모델은 현장 게이트 작동 실험에서 표면 속도 측정을 기반으로 검증되었습니다.

시뮬레이션 결과에서 유량은 측정값과 9~15 m3/s 차이가 나고 정확도는 82~87%로 평가되었다. 유속은 0.01~0.16m/s의 차이에서 92%의 정확도로 평가되었습니다.

검증 후 다양한 시나리오에 대한 경계조건 및 운전조건에 따른 수리구조물의 유동해석을 수행하였다. 2018년부터 창녕함안보 문은 한국의 친환경 정책 시행으로 전면 개방되었습니다.

따라서 본 연구에서는 2018년 이전의 실제 게이트 운영 이력 데이터를 적용하여 평가하였다. 평가조건은 50% open gate 조건과 수위차가 큰 2가지 경우의 유수방류로 하였다. 해석 결과 실제 운전조건은 속도와 Froude수가 최적조건보다 낮아 선정된 설계가 적합함을 확인하였다.

또한 베드보호구간에서는 수위차가 크면 평균유속이 높고, 수문개구가 크면 저저유속이 높은 것으로 나타났다. 최종적으로 본 연구에서 검토한 실태조사 자료를 통해 적정성 검증기법과 함께 수력구조물의 하류 유동특성, 설계절차 등 최적 설계기법 및 중요 고려사항을 도출하였다.

현재의 결과를 바탕으로 구축된 FLOW-3D 기반 모델은 수력구조 설계뿐만 아니라 향후 보수 및 보강 조치를 위한 유동해석 가이드라인 생성 또는 업데이트에 적용할 수 있습니다.

Figure 1. Effect of downstream riverbed erosion according to the type of weir foundation.
Figure 1. Effect of downstream riverbed erosion according to the type of weir foundation.
Figure 2. Changnyeong-Haman weir depth survey results (June 2015)
Figure 2. Changnyeong-Haman weir depth survey results (June 2015)
Figure 4. Field gate discharge experiment.
Figure 4. Field gate discharge experiment.
Figure 16. Analysis results for Case 7 and Case 8
Figure 16. Analysis results for Case 7 and Case 8

References

  1. Wanoschek, R.; Hager, W.H. Hydraulic jump in trapezoidal channel. J. Hydraul. Res. 1989, 27, 429–446. [CrossRef]
  2. Bohr, T.; Dimon, P.; Putkaradze, V. Shallow-water approach to the circular hydraulic jump. J. Fluid Mech. 1993, 254, 635–648.
    [CrossRef]
  3. Chanson, H.; Brattberg, T. Experimental study of the air–water shear flow in a hydraulic jump. Int. J. Multiph. Flow 2000, 26,
    583–607. [CrossRef]
  4. Dhamotharan, S.; Gulliver, J.S.; Stefan, H.G. Unsteady one-dimensional settling of suspended sediment. Water Resour. Res. 1981,
    17, 1125–1132. [CrossRef]
  5. Ziegler, C.K.; Nisbet, B.S. Long-term simulation of fine-grained sediment transport in large reservoir. J. Hydraul. Eng. 1995, 121,
    773–781. [CrossRef]
  6. Olsen, N.R.B. Two-dimensional numerical modelling of flushing processes in water reservoirs. J. Hydraul. Res. 1999, 37, 3–16.
    [CrossRef]
  7. Saad, N.Y.; Fattouh, E.M. Hydraulic characteristics of flow over weirs with circular openings. Ain Shams Eng. J. 2017, 8, 515–522.
    [CrossRef]
  8. Bagheri, S.; Kabiri-Samani, A.R. Hydraulic Characteristics of flow over the streamlined weirs. Modares Civ. Eng. J. 2018, 17, 29–42.
  9. Hussain, Z.; Khan, S.; Ullah, A.; Ayaz, M.; Ahmad, I.; Mashwani, W.K.; Chu, Y.-M. Extension of optimal homotopy asymptotic
    method with use of Daftardar–Jeffery polynomials to Hirota–Satsuma coupled system of Korteweg–de Vries equations. Open
    Phys. 2020, 18, 916–924. [CrossRef]
  10. Arifeen, S.U.; Haq, S.; Ghafoor, A.; Ullah, A.; Kumam, P.; Chaipanya, P. Numerical solutions of higher order boundary value
    problems via wavelet approach. Adv. Differ. Equ. 2021, 2021, 347. [CrossRef]
  11. Sharafati, A.; Haghbin, M.; Motta, D.; Yaseen, Z.M. The application of soft computing models and empirical formulations for
    hydraulic structure scouring depth simulation: A comprehensive review, assessment and possible future research direction. Arch.
    Comput. Methods Eng. 2021, 28, 423–447. [CrossRef]
  12. Khan, S.; Selim, M.M.; Khan, A.; Ullah, A.; Abdeljawad, T.; Ayaz, M.; Mashwani, W.K. On the analysis of the non-Newtonian
    fluid flow past a stretching/shrinking permeable surface with heat and mass transfer. Coatings 2021, 11, 566. [CrossRef]
  13. Khan, S.; Selim, M.M.; Gepreel, K.A.; Ullah, A.; Ayaz, M.; Mashwani, W.K.; Khan, E. An analytical investigation of the mixed
    convective Casson fluid flow past a yawed cylinder with heat transfer analysis. Open Phys. 2021, 19, 341–351. [CrossRef]
  14. Ullah, A.; Selim, M.M.; Abdeljawad, T.; Ayaz, M.; Mlaiki, N.; Ghafoor, A. A Magnetite–Water-Based Nanofluid Three-Dimensional
    Thin Film Flow on an Inclined Rotating Surface with Non-Linear Thermal Radiations and Couple Stress Effects. Energies 2021,
    14, 5531. [CrossRef]
  15. Aamir, M.; Ahmad, Z.; Pandey, M.; Khan, M.A.; Aldrees, A.; Mohamed, A. The Effect of Rough Rigid Apron on Scour Downstream
    of Sluice Gates. Water 2022, 14, 2223. [CrossRef]
  16. Gharebagh, B.A.; Bazargan, J.; Mohammadi, M. Experimental Investigation of Bed Scour Rate in Flood Conditions. Environ. Water
    Eng. 2022, in press. [CrossRef]
  17. Laishram, K.; Devi, T.T.; Singh, N.B. Experimental Comparison of Hydraulic Jump Characteristics and Energy Dissipation
    Between Sluice Gate and Radial Gate. In Innovative Trends in Hydrological and Environmental Systems; Springer: Berlin/Heidelberg,
    Germany, 2022; pp. 207–218.
  18. Varaki, M.E.; Sedaghati, M.; Sabet, B.S. Effect of apron length on local scour at the downstream of grade control structures with
    labyrinth planform. Arab. J. Geosci. 2022, 15, 1240. [CrossRef]
  19. Rizk, D.; Ullah, A.; Elattar, S.; Alharbi, K.A.M.; Sohail, M.; Khan, R.; Khan, A.; Mlaiki, N. Impact of the KKL Correlation Model on
    the Activation of Thermal Energy for the Hybrid Nanofluid (GO+ ZnO+ Water) Flow through Permeable Vertically Rotating
    Surface. Energies 2022, 15, 2872. [CrossRef]
  20. Kim, K.H.; Choi, G.W.; Jo, J.B. An Experimental Study on the Stream Flow by Discharge Ratio. Korea Water Resour. Assoc. Acad.
    Conf. 2005, 05b, 377–382.
  21. Lee, D.S.; Yeo, H.G. An Experimental Study for Determination of the Material Diameter of Riprap Bed Protection Structure. Korea
    Water Resour. Assoc. Acad. Conf. 2005, 05b, 1036–1039.
  22. Choi, G.W.; Byeon, S.J.; Kim, Y.G.; Cho, S.U. The Flow Characteristic Variation by Installing a Movable Weir having Water
    Drainage Equipment on the Bottom. J. Korean Soc. Hazard Mitig. 2008, 8, 117–122.
  23. Jung, J.G. An Experimental Study for Estimation of Bed Protection Length. J. Korean Wetl. Soc. 2011, 13, 677–686.
  24. Kim, S.H.; Kim, W.; Lee, E.R.; Choi, G.H. Analysis of Hydraulic Effects of Singok Submerged Weir in the Lower Han River. J.
    Korean Water Resour. Assoc. 2005, 38, 401–413. [CrossRef]
  25. Kim, J.H.; Sim, M.P.; Choi, G.W.; Oh, J.M. Hydraulic Analysis of Air Entrainment by Weir Types. J. Korean Water Resour. Assoc.
    2003, 36, 971–984. [CrossRef]
  26. Jeong, S.; Yeo, C.G.; Yun, G.S.; Lee, S.O. Analysis of Characteristics for Bank Scour around Low Dam using 3D Numerical
    Simulation. Korean Soc. Hazard Mitig. Acad. Conf. 2011, 02a, 102.
  27. Son, A.R.; Kim, B.H.; Moon, B.R.; Han, G.Y. An Analysis of Bed Change Characteristics by Bed Protection Work. J. Korean Soc. Civ.
    Eng. 2015, 35, 821–834.
  28. French, R.H.; French, R.H. Open-Channel Hydraulics; McGraw-Hill: New York, NY, USA, 1985; ISBN 0070221340.
Sketch of approach channel and spillway of the Kamal-Saleh dam

CFD modeling of flow pattern in spillway’s approach channel

Sustainable Water Resources Management volume 1, pages245–251 (2015)Cite this article

Abstract

Analysis of behavior and hydraulic characteristics of flow over the dam spillway is a complicated task that takes lots of money and time in water engineering projects planning. To model those hydraulic characteristics, several methods such as physical and numerical methods can be used. Nowadays, by utilizing new methods in computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and by the development of fast computers, the numerical methods have become accessible for use in the analysis of such sophisticated flows. The CFD softwares have the capability to analyze two- and three-dimensional flow fields. In this paper, the flow pattern at the guide wall of the Kamal-Saleh dam was modeled by Flow 3D. The results show that the current geometry of the left wall causes instability in the flow pattern and making secondary and vortex flow at beginning approach channel. This shape of guide wall reduced the performance of weir to remove the peak flood discharge.

댐 여수로 흐름의 거동 및 수리학적 특성 분석은 물 공학 프로젝트 계획에 많은 비용과 시간이 소요되는 복잡한 작업입니다. 이러한 수력학적 특성을 모델링하기 위해 물리적, 수치적 방법과 같은 여러 가지 방법을 사용할 수 있습니다. 요즘에는 전산유체역학(CFD)의 새로운 방법을 활용하고 빠른 컴퓨터의 개발로 이러한 정교한 흐름의 해석에 수치 방법을 사용할 수 있게 되었습니다. CFD 소프트웨어에는 2차원 및 3차원 유동장을 분석하는 기능이 있습니다. 본 논문에서는 Kamal-Saleh 댐 유도벽의 흐름 패턴을 Flow 3D로 모델링하였다. 결과는 왼쪽 벽의 현재 형상이 흐름 패턴의 불안정성을 유발하고 시작 접근 채널에서 2차 및 와류 흐름을 만드는 것을 보여줍니다. 이러한 형태의 안내벽은 첨두방류량을 제거하기 위해 둑의 성능을 저하시켰다.

Introduction

Spillways are one of the main structures used in the dam projects. Design of the spillway in all types of dams, specifically earthen dams is important because the inability of the spillway to remove probable maximum flood (PMF) discharge may cause overflow of water which ultimately leads to destruction of the dam (Das and Saikia et al. 2009; E 2013 and Novak et al. 2007). So study on the hydraulic characteristics of this structure is important. Hydraulic properties of spillway including flow pattern at the entrance of the guide walls and along the chute. Moreover, estimating the values of velocity and pressure parameters of flow along the chute is very important (Chanson 2004; Chatila and Tabbara 2004). The purpose of the study on the flow pattern is the effect of wall geometry on the creation transverse waves, flow instability, rotating and reciprocating flow through the inlet of spillway and its chute (Parsaie and Haghiabi 2015ab; Parsaie et al. 2015; Wang and Jiang 2010). The purpose of study on the values of velocity and pressure is to calculate the potential of the structure to occurrence of phenomena such as cavitation (Fattor and Bacchiega 2009; Ma et al. 2010). Sometimes, it can be seen that the spillway design parameters of pressure and velocity are very suitable, but geometry is considered not suitable for conducting walls causing unstable flow pattern over the spillway, rotating flows at the beginning of the spillway and its design reduced the flood discharge capacity (Fattor and Bacchiega 2009). Study on spillway is usually conducted using physical models (Su et al. 2009; Suprapto 2013; Wang and Chen 2009; Wang and Jiang 2010). But recently, with advances in the field of computational fluid dynamics (CFD), study on hydraulic characteristics of this structure has been done with these techniques (Chatila and Tabbara 2004; Zhenwei et al. 2012). Using the CFD as a powerful technique for modeling the hydraulic structures can reduce the time and cost of experiments (Tabbara et al. 2005). In CFD field, the Navier–Stokes equation is solved by powerful numerical methods such as finite element method and finite volumes (Kim and Park 2005; Zhenwei et al. 2012). In order to obtain closed-form Navier–Stokes equations turbulence models, such k − ε and Re-Normalisation Group (RNG) models have been presented. To use the technique of computational fluid dynamics, software packages such as Fluent and Flow 3D, etc., are provided. Recently, these two software packages have been widely used in hydraulic engineering because the performance and their accuracy are very suitable (Gessler 2005; Kim 2007; Kim et al. 2012; Milési and Causse 2014; Montagna et al. 2011). In this paper, to assess the flow pattern at Kamal-Saleh guide wall, numerical method has been used. All the stages of numerical modeling were conducted in the Flow 3D software.

Materials and methods

Firstly, a three-dimensional model was constructed according to two-dimensional map that was prepared for designing the spillway. Then a small model was prepared with scale of 1:80 and entered into the Flow 3D software; all stages of the model construction was conducted in AutoCAD 3D. Flow 3D software numerically solved the Navier–Stokes equation by finite volume method. Below is a brief reference on the equations that used in the software. Figure 1 shows the 3D sketch of Kamal-Saleh spillway and Fig. 2 shows the uploading file of the Kamal-Saleh spillway in Flow 3D software.

figure 1
Fig. 1
figure 2
Fig. 2

Review of the governing equations in software Flow 3D

Continuity equation at three-dimensional Cartesian coordinates is given as Eq (1).

vf∂ρ∂t+∂∂x(uAx)+∂∂x(vAy)+∂∂x(wAz)=PSORρ,vf∂ρ∂t+∂∂x(uAx)+∂∂x(vAy)+∂∂x(wAz)=PSORρ,

(1)

where uvz are velocity component in the x, y, z direction; A xA yA z cross-sectional area of the flow; ρ fluid density; PSOR the source term; v f is the volume fraction of the fluid and three-dimensional momentum equations given in Eq (2).

∂u∂t+1vf(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂u∂y+wAz∂u∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂x+Gx+fx∂v∂t+1vf(uAx∂v∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂v∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂y+Gy+fy∂w∂t+1vf(uAx∂w∂x+vAy∂w∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂y+Gz+fz,∂u∂t+1vf(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂u∂y+wAz∂u∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂x+Gx+fx∂v∂t+1vf(uAx∂v∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂v∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂y+Gy+fy∂w∂t+1vf(uAx∂w∂x+vAy∂w∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=−1ρ∂P∂y+Gz+fz,

(2)

where P is the fluid pressure; G xG yG z the acceleration created by body fluids; f xf yf z viscosity acceleration in three dimensions and v f is related to the volume of fluid, defined by Eq. (3). For modeling of free surface profile the VOF technique based on the volume fraction of the computational cells has been used. Since the volume fraction F represents the amount of fluid in each cell, it takes value between 0 and 1.

∂F∂t+1vf[∂∂x(FAxu)+∂∂y(FAyv)+∂∂y(FAzw)]=0∂F∂t+1vf[∂∂x(FAxu)+∂∂y(FAyv)+∂∂y(FAzw)]=0

(3)

Turbulence models

Flow 3D offers five types of turbulence models: Prantl mixing length, k − ε equation, RNG models, Large eddy simulation model. Turbulence models that have been proposed recently are based on Reynolds-averaged Navier–Stokes equations. This approach involves statistical methods to extract an averaged equation related to the turbulence quantities.

Steps of solving a problem in Flow 3D software

(1) Preparing the 3D model of spillway by AutoCAD software. (2) Uploading the file of 3D model in Flow 3D software and defining the problem in the software and checking the final mesh. (3) Choosing the basic equations that should be solved. (4) Defining the characteristics of fluid. (5) Defining the boundary conditions; it is notable that this software has a wide range of boundary conditions. (6) Initializing the flow field. (7) Adjusting the output. (8) Adjusting the control parameters, choice of the calculation method and solution formula. (9) Start of calculation. Figure 1 shows the 3D model of the Kamal-Saleh spillway; in this figure, geometry of the left and right guide wall is shown.

Figure 2 shows the uploading of the 3D spillway dam in Flow 3D software. Moreover, in this figure the considered boundary condition in software is shown. At the entrance and end of spillway, the flow rate or fluid elevation and outflow was considered as BC. The bottom of spillway was considered as wall and left and right as symmetry.

Model calibration

Calibration of the Flow 3D for modeling the effect of geometry of guide wall on the flow pattern is included for comparing the results of Flow 3D with measured water surface profile. Calibration the Flow 3D software could be conducted in two ways: first, changing the value of upstream boundary conditions is continued until the results of water surface profile of the Flow 3D along the spillway successfully covered the measurement water surface profile; second is the assessment the mesh sensitivity. Analyzing the size of mesh is a trial-and-error process where the size of mesh is evaluated form the largest to the smallest. With fining the size of mesh the accuracy of model is increased; whereas, the cost of computation is increased. In this research, the value of upstream boundary condition was adjusted with measured data during the experimental studies on the scaled model and the mesh size was equal to 1 × 1 × 1 cm3.

Results and discussion

The behavior of water in spillway is strongly affected by the flow pattern at the entrance of the spillway, the flow pattern formation at the entrance is affected by the guide wall, and choice of an optimized form for the guide wall has a great effect on rising the ability of spillway for easy passing the PMF, so any nonuniformity in flow in the approach channel can cause reduction of spillway capacity, reduction in discharge coefficient of spillway, and even probability of cavitation. Optimizing the flow guiding walls (in terms of length, angle and radius) can cause the loss of turbulence and flow disturbances on spillway. For this purpose, initially geometry proposed for model for the discharge of spillway dam, Kamal-Saleh, 80, 100, and 120 (L/s) were surveyed. These discharges of flow were considered with regard to the flood return period, 5, 100 and 1000 years. Geometric properties of the conducting guidance wall are given in Table 1.Table 1 Characteristics and dimensions of the guidance walls tested

Full size table

Results of the CFD simulation for passing the flow rate 80 (L/s) are shown in Fig. 3. Figure 3 shows the secondary flow and vortex at the left guide wall.

figure 3
Fig. 3

For giving more information about flow pattern at the left and right guide wall, Fig. 4 shows the flow pattern at the right side guide wall and Fig. 5 shows the flow pattern at the left side guide wall.

figure 4
Fig. 4
figure 5
Fig. 5

With regard to Figs. 4 and 5 and observing the streamlines, at discharge equal to 80 (L/s), the right wall has suitable performance but the left wall has no suitable performance and the left wall of the geometric design creates a secondary and circular flow, and vortex motion in the beginning of the entrance of spillway that creates cross waves at the beginning of spillway. By increasing the flow rate (Q = 100 L/s), at the inlet spillway secondary flows and vortex were removed, but the streamline is severely distorted. Results of the guide wall performances at the Q = 100 (L/s) are shown in Fig. 6.

figure 6
Fig. 6

Also more information about the performance of each guide wall can be derived from Figs. 7 and 8. These figures uphold that the secondary and vortex flows were removed, but the streamlines were fully diverted specifically near the left side guide wall.

figure 7
Fig. 7
figure 8
Fig. 8

As mentioned in the past, these secondary and vortex flows and diversion in streamline cause nonuniformity and create cross wave through the spillway. Figure 9 shows the cross waves at the crest of the spillway.

figure 9
Fig. 9

The performance of guide walls at the Q = 120 (L/s) also was assessed. The result of simulation is shown in Fig. 10. Figures 11 and 12 show a more clear view of the streamlines near to right and left side guide wall, respectively. As seen in Fig. 12, the left side wall still causes vortex flow and creation of and diversion in streamline.

figure 10
Fig. 10
figure 11
Fig. 11
figure 12
Fig. 12

The results of the affected left side guide wall shape on the cross wave creation are shown in Fig. 13. As seen from Fig. 3, the left side guide wall also causes cross wave at the spillway crest.

figure 13
Fig. 13

As can be seen clearly in Figs. 9 and 13, by moving from the left side to the right side of the spillway, the cross waves and the nonuniformity in flow is removed. By reviewing Figs. 9 and 13, it is found that the right side guide wall removes the cross waves and nonuniformity. With this point as aim, a geometry similar to the right side guide wall was considered instead of the left side guide wall. The result of simulation for Q = 120 (L/s) is shown in Fig. 14. As seen from this figure, the proposed geometry for the left side wall has suitable performance smoothly passing the flow through the approach channel and spillway.

figure 14
Fig. 14

More information about the proposed shape for the left guide wall is shown in Fig. 15. As seen from this figure, this shape has suitable performance for removing the cross waves and vortex flows.

figure 15
Fig. 15

Figure 16 shows the cross section of flow at the crest of spillway. As seen in this figure, the proposed shape for the left side guide wall is suitable for removing the cross waves and secondary flows.

figure 16
Fig. 16

Conclusion

Analysis of behavior and hydraulic properties of flow over the spillway dam is a complicated task which is cost and time intensive. Several techniques suitable to the purposes of study have been undertaken in this research. Physical modeling, usage of expert experience, usage of mathematical models on simulation flow in one-dimensional, two-dimensional and three-dimensional techniques, are some of the techniques utilized to study this phenomenon. The results of the modeling show that the CFD technique is a suitable tool for simulating the flow pattern in the guide wall. Using this tools helps the designer for developing the optimal shape for hydraulic structure which the flow pattern through them are important.

References

  • Chanson H (2004) 19—Design of weirs and spillways. In: Chanson H (ed) Hydraulics of open channel flow, 2nd edn. Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, pp 391–430Chapter Google Scholar 
  • Chatila J, Tabbara M (2004) Computational modeling of flow over an ogee spillway. Comput Struct 82:1805–1812Article Google Scholar 
  • Das MM, Saikia MD (2009) Irrigation and water power engineering. PHI Learning, New DelhiGoogle Scholar 
  • E, Department Of Army: U.S. Army Corps (2013) Hydraulic Design of Spillways. BiblioBazaar, CharlestonGoogle Scholar 
  • Fattor C, Bacchiega J (2009) Design conditions for morning-glory spillways: application to potrerillos dam spillway. Adv Water Res Hydraul Eng Springer, Berlin, pp 2123–2128Google Scholar 
  • Gessler D (2005) CFD modeling of spillway performance. Impacts Glob Clim Change. doi:10.1061/40792(173)398
  • Kim D-G (2007) Numerical analysis of free flow past a sluice gate. KSCE J Civ Eng 11:127–132Article Google Scholar 
  • Kim D, Park J (2005) Analysis of flow structure over ogee-spillway in consideration of scale and roughness effects by using CFD model. KSCE J Civ Eng 9:161–169Article Google Scholar 
  • Kim S, Yu K, Yoon B, Lim Y (2012) A numerical study on hydraulic characteristics in the ice Harbor-type fishway. KSCE J Civ Eng 16:265–272Article Google Scholar 
  • Ma X-D, Dai G-Q, Yang Q, Li G-J, Zhao L (2010) Analysis of influence factors of cavity length in the spillway tunnel downstream of middle gate chamber outlet with sudden lateral enlargement and vertical drop aerator. J Hydrodyn Ser B 22:680–686Article Google Scholar 
  • Milési G, Causse S (2014) 3D numerical modeling of a side-channel spillway. In: Gourbesville P, Cunge J, Caignaert G (eds) Advances in hydroinformatics. Springer, Singapore, pp 487–498Chapter Google Scholar 
  • Montagna F, Bellotti G, Di Risio M (2011) 3D numerical modeling of landslide-generated tsunamis around a conical island. Nat Hazards 58:591–608Article Google Scholar 
  • Novak P, Moffat AIB, Nalluri C, Narayanan R (2007) Hydraulic structures. Taylor & Francis, LondonGoogle Scholar 
  • Parsaie A, Haghiabi A (2015a) Computational modeling of pollution transmission in rivers. Appl Water Sci. doi:10.1007/s13201-015-0319-6
  • Parsaie A, Haghiabi A (2015b) The effect of predicting discharge coefficient by neural network on increasing the numerical modeling accuracy of flow over side weir. Water Res Manag 29:973–985Article Google Scholar 
  • Parsaie A, Yonesi H, Najafian S (2015) Predictive modeling of discharge in compound open channel by support vector machine technique. Model Earth Syst Environ 1:1–6Article Google Scholar 
  • Su P-L, Liao H-S, Qiu Y, Li CJ (2009) Experimental study on a new type of aerator in spillway with low Froude number and mild slope flow. J Hydrodyn Ser B 21:415–422Article Google Scholar 
  • Suprapto M (2013) Increase spillway capacity using Labyrinth Weir. Procedia Eng 54:440–446Article Google Scholar 
  • Tabbara M, Chatila J, Awwad R (2005) Computational simulation of flow over stepped spillways. Comput Struct 83:2215–2224Article Google Scholar 
  • Wang J, Chen H (2009) Experimental study of elimination of vortices along guide wall of bank spillway. Adv Water Res Hydraul Eng Springer, Berlin, pp 2059–2063Google Scholar 
  • Wang Y, Jiang C (2010) Investigation of the surface vortex in a spillway tunnel intake. Tsinghua Sci Technol 15:561–565Article Google Scholar 
  • Zhenwei MU, Zhiyan Z, Tao Z (2012) Numerical simulation of 3-D flow field of spillway based on VOF method. Procedia Eng 28:808–812Article Google Scholar 

Download references

Author information

Authors and Affiliations

  1. Department of Water Engineering, Lorestan University, Khorram Abad, IranAbbas Parsaie, Amir Hamzeh Haghiabi & Amir Moradinejad

Corresponding author

Correspondence to Abbas Parsaie.

Reprints and Permissions

About this article

Cite this article

Parsaie, A., Haghiabi, A.H. & Moradinejad, A. CFD modeling of flow pattern in spillway’s approach channel. Sustain. Water Resour. Manag. 1, 245–251 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40899-015-0020-9

Download citation

  • Received28 April 2015
  • Accepted28 August 2015
  • Published15 September 2015
  • Issue DateSeptember 2015
  • DOIhttps://doi.org/10.1007/s40899-015-0020-9

Share this article

Anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content:Get shareable link

Provided by the Springer Nature SharedIt content-sharing initiative

Keywords

  • Approach channel
  • Kamal-Saleh dam
  • Guide wall
  • Flow pattern
  • Numerical modeling
  • Flow 3D software
    Extratropical cyclone damage to the seawall in Dawlish, UK: eyewitness accounts, sea level analysis and numerical modelling

    영국 Dawlish의 방파제에 대한 온대 저기압 피해: 목격자 설명, 해수면 분석 및 수치 모델링

    Extratropical cyclone damage to the seawall in Dawlish, UK: eyewitness accounts, sea level analysis and numerical modelling

    Natural Hazards (2022)Cite this article

    Abstract

    2014년 2월 영국 해협(영국)과 특히 Dawlish에 영향을 미친 온대 저기압 폭풍 사슬은 남서부 지역과 영국의 나머지 지역을 연결하는 주요 철도에 심각한 피해를 입혔습니다.

    이 사건으로 라인이 두 달 동안 폐쇄되어 5천만 파운드의 피해와 12억 파운드의 경제적 손실이 발생했습니다. 이 연구에서는 폭풍의 파괴력을 해독하기 위해 목격자 계정을 수집하고 해수면 데이터를 분석하며 수치 모델링을 수행합니다.

    우리의 분석에 따르면 이벤트의 재난 관리는 성공적이고 효율적이었으며 폭풍 전과 도중에 인명과 재산을 구하기 위해 즉각적인 조치를 취했습니다. 파도 부이 분석에 따르면 주기가 4–8, 8–12 및 20–25초인 복잡한 삼중 봉우리 바다 상태가 존재하는 반면, 조위계 기록에 따르면 최대 0.8m의 상당한 파도와 최대 1.5m의 파도 성분이 나타났습니다.

    이벤트에서 가능한 기여 요인으로 결합된 진폭. 최대 286 KN의 상당한 임펄스 파동이 손상의 시작 원인일 가능성이 가장 높았습니다. 수직 벽의 반사는 파동 진폭의 보강 간섭을 일으켜 파고가 증가하고 최대 16.1m3/s/m(벽의 미터 너비당)의 상당한 오버탑핑을 초래했습니다.

    이 정보와 우리의 공학적 판단을 통해 우리는 이 사고 동안 다중 위험 계단식 실패의 가장 가능성 있는 순서는 다음과 같다고 결론을 내립니다. 조적 파괴로 이어지는 파도 충격력, 충전물 손실 및 연속적인 조수에 따른 구조물 파괴.

    The February 2014 extratropical cyclonic storm chain, which impacted the English Channel (UK) and Dawlish in particular, caused significant damage to the main railway connecting the south-west region to the rest of the UK. The incident caused the line to be closed for two months, £50 million of damage and an estimated £1.2bn of economic loss. In this study, we collate eyewitness accounts, analyse sea level data and conduct numerical modelling in order to decipher the destructive forces of the storm. Our analysis reveals that the disaster management of the event was successful and efficient with immediate actions taken to save lives and property before and during the storm. Wave buoy analysis showed that a complex triple peak sea state with periods at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s was present, while tide gauge records indicated that significant surge of up to 0.8 m and wave components of up to 1.5 m amplitude combined as likely contributing factors in the event. Significant impulsive wave force of up to 286 KN was the most likely initiating cause of the damage. Reflections off the vertical wall caused constructive interference of the wave amplitudes that led to increased wave height and significant overtopping of up to 16.1 m3/s/m (per metre width of wall). With this information and our engineering judgement, we conclude that the most probable sequence of multi-hazard cascading failure during this incident was: wave impact force leading to masonry failure, loss of infill and failure of the structure following successive tides.

    Introduction

    The progress of climate change and increasing sea levels has started to have wide ranging effects on critical engineering infrastructure (Shakou et al. 2019). The meteorological effects of increased atmospheric instability linked to warming seas mean we may be experiencing more frequent extreme storm events and more frequent series or chains of events, as well as an increase in the force of these events, a phenomenon called storminess (Mölter et al. 2016; Feser et al. 2014). Features of more extreme weather events in extratropical latitudes (30°–60°, north and south of the equator) include increased gusting winds, more frequent storm squalls, increased prolonged precipitation and rapid changes in atmospheric pressure and more frequent and significant storm surges (Dacre and Pinto 2020). A recent example of these events impacting the UK with simultaneous significant damage to coastal infrastructure was the extratropical cyclonic storm chain of winter 2013/2014 (Masselink et al. 2016; Adams and Heidarzadeh 2021). The cluster of storms had a profound effect on both coastal and inland infrastructure, bringing widespread flooding events and large insurance claims (RMS 2014).

    The extreme storms of February 2014, which had a catastrophic effect on the seawall of the south Devon stretch of the UK’s south-west mainline, caused a two-month closure of the line and significant disruption to the local and regional economy (Fig. 1b) (Network Rail 2014; Dawson et al. 2016; Adams and Heidarzadeh 2021). Restoration costs were £35 m, and economic effects to the south-west region of England were estimated up to £1.2bn (Peninsula Rail Taskforce 2016). Adams and Heidarzadeh (2021) investigated the disparate cascading failure mechanisms which played a part in the failure of the railway through Dawlish and attempted to put these in the context of the historical records of infrastructure damage on the line. Subsequent severe storms in 2016 in the region have continued to cause damage and disruption to the line in the years since 2014 (Met Office 2016). Following the events of 2014, Network Rail Footnote1 who owns the network has undertaken a resilience study. As a result, it has proposed a £400 m refurbishment of the civil engineering assets that support the railway (Fig. 1) (Network Rail 2014). The new seawall structure (Fig. 1a,c), which is constructed of pre-cast concrete sections, encases the existing Brunel seawall (named after the project lead engineer, Isambard Kingdom Brunel) and has been improved with piled reinforced concrete foundations. It is now over 2 m taller to increase the available crest freeboard and incorporates wave return features to minimise wave overtopping. The project aims to increase both the resilience of the assets to extreme weather events as well as maintain or improve amenity value of the coastline for residents and visitors.

    figure 1
    Fig. 1

    In this work, we return to the Brunel seawall and the damage it sustained during the 2014 storms which affected the assets on the evening of the 4th and daytime of the 5th of February and eventually resulted in a prolonged closure of the line. The motivation for this research is to analyse and model the damage made to the seawall and explain the damage mechanisms in order to improve the resilience of many similar coastal structures in the UK and worldwide. The innovation of this work is the multidisciplinary approach that we take comprising a combination of analysis of eyewitness accounts (social science), sea level and wave data analysis (physical science) as well as numerical modelling and engineering judgement (engineering sciences). We investigate the contemporary wave climate and sea levels by interrogating the real-time tide gauge and wave buoys installed along the south-west coast of the English Channel. We then model a typical masonry seawall (Fig. 2), applying the computational fluid dynamics package FLOW3D-Hydro,Footnote2 to quantify the magnitude of impact forces that the seawall would have experienced leading to its failure. We triangulate this information to determine the probable sequence of failures that led to the disaster in 2014.

    figure 2
    Fig. 2

    Data and methods

    Our data comprise eyewitness accounts, sea level records from coastal tide gauges and offshore wave buoys as well as structural details of the seawall. As for methodology, we analyse eyewitness data, process and investigate sea level records through Fourier transform and conduct numerical simulations using the Flow3D-Hydro package (Flow Science 2022). Details of the data and methodology are provided in the following.

    Eyewitness data

    The scale of damage to the seawall and its effects led the local community to document the first-hand accounts of those most closely affected by the storms including residents, local businesses, emergency responders, politicians and engineering contractors involved in the post-storm restoration work. These records now form a permanent exhibition in the local museum in DawlishFootnote3, and some of these accounts have been transcribed into a DVD account of the disaster (Dawlish Museum 2015). We have gathered data from the Dawlish Museum, national and international news reports, social media tweets and videos. Table 1 provides a summary of the eyewitness accounts. Overall, 26 entries have been collected around the time of the incident. Our analysis of the eyewitness data is provided in the third column of Table 1 and is expanded in Sect. 3.Table 1 Eyewitness accounts of damage to the Dawlish railway due to the February 2014 storm and our interpretations

    Full size table

    Sea level data and wave environment

    Our sea level data are a collection of three tide gauge stations (Newlyn, Devonport and Swanage Pier—Fig. 5a) owned and operated by the UK National Tide and Sea Level FacilityFootnote4 for the Environment Agency and four offshore wave buoys (Dawlish, West Bay, Torbay and Chesil Beach—Fig. 6a). The tide gauge sites are all fitted with POL-EKO (www.pol-eko.com.pl) data loggers. Newlyn has a Munro float gauge with one full tide and one mid-tide pneumatic bubbler system. Devonport has a three-channel data pneumatic bubbler system, and Swanage Pier consists of a pneumatic gauge. Each has a sampling interval of 15 min, except for Swanage Pier which has a sampling interval of 10 min. The tide gauges are located within the port areas, whereas the offshore wave buoys are situated approximately 2—3.3 km from the coast at water depths of 10–15 m. The wave buoys are all Datawell Wavemaker Mk III unitsFootnote5 and come with sampling interval of 0.78 s. The buoys have a maximum saturation amplitude of 20.5 m for recording the incident waves which implies that every wave larger than this threshold will be recorded at 20.5 m. The data are provided by the British Oceanographic Data CentreFootnote6 for tide gauges and the Channel Coastal ObservatoryFootnote7 for wave buoys.

    Sea level analysis

    The sea level data underwent quality control to remove outliers and spikes as well as gaps in data (e.g. Heidarzadeh et al. 2022; Heidarzadeh and Satake 2015). We processed the time series of the sea level data using the Matlab signal processing tool (MathWorks 2018). For calculations of the tidal signals, we applied the tidal package TIDALFIT (Grinsted 2008), which is based on fitting tidal harmonics to the observed sea level data. To calculate the surge signals, we applied a 30-min moving average filter to the de-tided data in order to remove all wind, swell and infra-gravity waves from the time series. Based on the surge analysis and the variations of the surge component before the time period of the incident, an error margin of approximately ± 10 cm is identified for our surge analysis. Spectral analysis of the wave buoy data is performed using the fast Fourier transform (FFT) of Matlab package (Mathworks 2018).

    Numerical modelling

    Numerical modelling of wave-structure interaction is conducted using the computational fluid dynamics package Flow3D-Hydro version 1.1 (Flow Science 2022). Flow3D-Hydro solves the transient Navier–Stokes equations of conservation of mass and momentum using a finite difference method and on Eulerian and Lagrangian frameworks (Flow Science 2022). The aforementioned governing equations are:

    ∇.u=0∇.u=0

    (1)

    ∂u∂t+u.∇u=−∇Pρ+υ∇2u+g∂u∂t+u.∇u=−∇Pρ+υ∇2u+g

    (2)

    where uu is the velocity vector, PP is the pressure, ρρ is the water density, υυ is the kinematic viscosity and gg is the gravitational acceleration. A Fractional Area/Volume Obstacle Representation (FAVOR) is adapted in Flow3D-Hydro, which applies solid boundaries within the Eulerian grid and calculates the fraction of areas and volume in partially blocked volume in order to compute flows on corresponding boundaries (Hirt and Nichols 1981). We validated the numerical modelling through comparing the results with Sainflou’s analytical equation for the design of vertical seawalls (Sainflou 1928; Ackhurst 2020), which is as follows:

    pd=ρgHcoshk(d+z)coshkdcosσtpd=ρgHcoshk(d+z)coshkdcosσt

    (3)

    where pdpd is the hydrodynamic pressure, ρρ is the water density, gg is the gravitational acceleration, HH is the wave height, dd is the water depth, kk is the wavenumber, zz is the difference in still water level and mean water level, σσ is the angular frequency and tt is the time. The Sainflou’s equation (Eq. 3) is used to calculate the dynamic pressure from wave action, which is combined with static pressure on the seawall.

    Using Flow3D-Hydro, a model of the Dawlish seawall was made with a computational domain which is 250.0 m in length, 15.0 m in height and 0.375 m in width (Fig. 3a). The computational domain was discretised using a single uniform grid with a mesh size of 0.125 m. The model has a wave boundary at the left side of the domain (x-min), an outflow boundary on the right side (x-max), a symmetry boundary at the bottom (z-min) and a wall boundary at the top (z-max). A wall boundary implies that water or waves are unable to pass through the boundary, whereas a symmetry boundary means that the two edges of the boundary are identical and therefore there is no flow through it. The water is considered incompressible in our model. For volume of fluid advection for the wave boundary (i.e. the left-side boundary) in our simulations, we utilised the “Split Lagrangian Method”, which guarantees the best accuracy (Flow Science, 2022).

    figure 3
    Fig. 3

    The stability of the numerical scheme is controlled and maintained through checking the Courant number (CC) as given in the following:

    C=VΔtΔxC=VΔtΔx

    (4)

    where VV is the velocity of the flow, ΔtΔt is the time step and ΔxΔx is the spatial step (i.e. grid size). For stability and convergence of the numerical simulations, the Courant number must be sufficiently below one (Courant et al. 1928). This is maintained by a careful adjustment of the ΔxΔx and ΔtΔt selections. Flow3D-Hydro applies a dynamic Courant number, meaning the program adjusts the value of time step (ΔtΔt) during the simulations to achieve a balance between accuracy of results and speed of simulation. In our simulation, the time step was in the range ΔtΔt = 0.0051—0.051 s.

    In order to achieve the most efficient mesh resolution, we varied cell size for five values of ΔxΔx = 0.1 m, 0.125 m, 0.15 m, 0.175 m and 0.20 m. Simulations were performed for all mesh sizes, and the results were compared in terms of convergence, stability and speed of simulation (Fig. 3). A linear wave with an amplitude of 1.5 m and a period of 6 s was used for these optimisation simulations. We considered wave time histories at two gauges A and B and recorded the waves from simulations using different mesh sizes (Fig. 3). Although the results are close (Fig. 3), some limited deviations are observed for larger mesh sizes of 0.20 m and 0.175 m. We therefore selected mesh size of 0.125 m as the optimum, giving an extra safety margin as a conservative solution.

    The pressure from the incident waves on the vertical wall is validated in our model by comparing them with the analytical equation of Sainflou (1928), Eq. (3), which is one of the most common set of equations for design of coastal structures (Fig. 4). The model was tested by running a linear wave of period 6 s and wave amplitude of 1.5 m against the wall, with a still water level of 4.5 m. It can be seen that the model results are very close to those from analytical equations of Sainflou (1928), indicating that our numerical model is accurately modelling the wave-structure interaction (Fig. 4).

    figure 4
    Fig. 4

    Eyewitness account analysis

    Contemporary reporting of the 4th and 5th February 2014 storms by the main national news outlets in the UK highlights the extreme nature of the events and the significant damage and disruption they were likely to have on the communities of the south-west of England. In interviews, this was reinforced by Network Rail engineers who, even at this early stage, were forecasting remedial engineering works to last for at least 6 weeks. One week later, following subsequent storms the cascading nature of the events was obvious. Multiple breaches of the seawall had taken place with up to 35 separate landslide events and significant damage to parapet walls along the coastal route also were reported. Residents of the area reported extreme effects of the storm, one likening it to an earthquake and reporting water ingress through doors windows and even through vertical chimneys (Table 1). This suggests extreme wave overtopping volumes and large wave impact forces. One resident described the structural effects as: “the house was jumping up and down on its footings”.

    Disaster management plans were quickly and effectively put into action by the local council, police service and National Rail. A major incident was declared, and decisions regarding evacuation of the residents under threat were taken around 2100 h on the night of 4th February when reports of initial damage to the seawall were received (Table 1). Local hotels were asked to provide short-term refuge to residents while local leisure facilities were prepared to accept residents later that evening. Initial repair work to the railway line was hampered by successive high spring tides and storms in the following days although significant progress was still made when weather conditions permitted (Table 1).

    Sea level observations and spectral analysis

    The results of surge and wave analyses are presented in Figs. 5 and 6. A surge height of up to 0.8 m was recorded in the examined tide gauge stations (Fig. 5b-d). Two main episodes of high surge heights are identified: the first surge started on 3rd February 2014 at 03:00 (UTC) and lasted until 4th of February 2014 at 00:00; the second event occurred in the period 4th February 2014 15:00 to 5th February 2014 at 17:00 (Fig. 5b-d). These data imply surge durations of 21 h and 26 h for the first and the second events, respectively. Based on the surge data in Fig. 5, we note that the storm event of early February 2014 and the associated surges was a relatively powerful one, which impacted at least 230 km of the south coast of England, from Land’s End to Weymouth, with large surge heights.

    figure 5
    Fig. 5
    figure 6
    Fig. 6

    Based on wave buoy records, the maximum recorded amplitudes are at least 20.5 m in Dawlish and West Bay, 1.9 m in Tor Bay and 4.9 m in Chesil (Fig. 6a-b). The buoys at Tor Bay and Chesil recorded dual peak period bands of 4–8 and 8–12 s, whereas at Dawlish and West Bay registered triple peak period bands at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s (Fig. 6c, d). It is important to note that the long-period waves at 20–25 s occur with short durations (approximately 2 min) while the waves at the other two bands of 4–8 and 8–12 s appear to be present at all times during the storm event.

    The wave component at the period band of 4–8 s can be most likely attributed to normal coastal waves while the one at 8–12 s, which is longer, is most likely the swell component of the storm. Regarding the third component of the waves with long period of 20 -25 s, which occurs with short durations of 2 min, there are two hypotheses; it is either the result of a local (port and harbour) and regional (the Lyme Bay) oscillations (eg. Rabinovich 1997; Heidarzadeh and Satake 2014; Wang et al. 1992), or due to an abnormally long swell. To test the first hypothesis, we consider various water bodies such as Lyme Bay (approximate dimensions of 70 km × 20 km with an average water depth of 30 m; Fig. 6), several local bays (approximate dimensions of 3.6 km × 0.6 km with an average water depth of 6 m) and harbours (approximate dimensions of 0.5 km × 0.5 km with an average water depth of 4 m). Their water depths are based on the online Marine navigation website.Footnote8 According to Rabinovich (2010), the oscillation modes of a semi-enclosed rectangle basin are given by the following equation:

    Tmn=2gd−−√[(m2L)2+(nW)2]−1/2Tmn=2gd[(m2L)2+(nW)2]−1/2

    (5)

    where TmnTmn is the oscillation period, gg is the gravitational acceleration, dd is the water depth, LL is the length of the basin, WW is the width of the basin, m=1,2,3,…m=1,2,3,… and n=0,1,2,3,…n=0,1,2,3,…; mm and nn are the counters of the different modes. Applying Eq. (5) to the aforementioned water bodies results in oscillation modes of at least 5 min, which is far longer than the observed period of 20–25 s. Therefore, we rule out the first hypothesis and infer that the long period of 20–25 s is most likely a long swell wave coming from distant sources. As discussed by Rabinovich (1997) and Wang et al. (2022), comparison between sea level spectra before and after the incident is a useful method to distinguish the spectrum of the weather event. A visual inspection of Fig. 6 reveals that the forcing at the period band of 20–25 s is non-existent before the incident.

    Numerical simulations of wave loading and overtopping

    Based on the results of sea level data analyses in the previous section (Fig. 6), we use a dual peak wave spectrum with peak periods of 10.0 s and 25.0 s for numerical simulations because such a wave would be comprised of the most energetic signals of the storm. For variations of water depth (2.0–4.0 m), coastal wave amplitude (0.5–1.5 m) (Fig. 7) and storm surge height (0.5–0.8 m) (Fig. 5), we developed 20 scenarios (Scn) which we used in numerical simulations (Table 2). Data during the incident indicated that water depth was up to the crest level of the seawall (approximately 4 m water depth); therefore, we varied water depth from 2 to 4 m in our simulation scenarios. Regarding wave amplitudes, we referred to the variations at a nearby tide gauge station (West Bay) which showed wave amplitude up to 1.2 m (Fig. 7). Therefore, wave amplitude was varied from 0.5 m to 1.5 m by considering a factor a safety of 25% for the maximum wave amplitude. As for the storm surge component, time series of storm surges calculated at three coastal stations adjacent to Dawlish showed that it was in the range of 0.5 m to 0.8 m (Fig. 5). These 20 scenarios would help to study uncertainties associated with wave amplitudes and pressures. Figure 8 shows snapshots of wave propagation and impacts on the seawall at different times.

    figure 7
    Fig. 7

    Table 2 The 20 scenarios considered for numerical simulations in this study

    Full size table

    figure 8
    Fig. 8

    Results of wave amplitude simulations

    Large wave amplitudes can induce significant wave forcing on the structure and cause overtopping of the seawall, which could eventually cascade to other hazards such as erosion of the backfill and scour (Adams and Heidarzadeh, 2021). The first 10 scenarios of our modelling efforts are for the same incident wave amplitudes of 0.5 m, which occur at different water depths (2.0–4.0 m) and storm surge heights (0.5–0.8 m) (Table 2 and Fig. 9). This is because we aim at studying the impacts of effective water depth (deff—the sum of mean sea level and surge height) on the time histories of wave amplitudes as the storm evolves. As seen in Fig. 9a, by decreasing effective water depth, wave amplitude increases. For example, for Scn-1 with effective depth of 4.5 m, the maximum amplitude of the first wave is 1.6 m, whereas it is 2.9 m for Scn-2 with effective depth of 3.5 m. However, due to intensive reflections and interferences of the waves in front of the vertical seawall, such a relationship is barely seen for the second and the third wave peaks. It is important to note that the later peaks (second or third) produce the largest waves rather than the first wave. Extraordinary wave amplifications are seen for the Scn-2 (deff = 3.5 m) and Scn-7 (deff = 3.3 m), where the corresponding wave amplitudes are 4.5 m and 3.7 m, respectively. This may indicate that the effective water depth of deff = 3.3–3.5 m is possibly a critical water depth for this structure resulting in maximum wave amplitudes under similar storms. In the second wave impact, the combined wave height (i.e. the wave amplitude plus the effective water depth), which is ultimately an indicator of wave overtopping, shows that the largest wave heights are generated by Scn-2, 7 and 8 (Fig. 9a) with effective water depths of 3.5 m, 3.3 m and 3.8 m and combined heights of 8.0 m, 7.0 m and 6.9 m (Fig. 9b). Since the height of seawall is 5.4 m, the combined wave heights for Scn-2, 7 and 8 are greater than the crest height of the seawall by 2.6 m, 1.6 m and 1.5 m, respectively, which indicates wave overtopping.

    figure 9
    Fig. 9

    For scenarios 11–20 (Fig. 10), with incident wave amplitudes of 1.5 m (Table 2), the largest wave amplitudes are produced by Scn-17 (deff = 3.3 m), Scn-13 (deff = 2.5 m) and Scn-12 (deff = 3.5 m), which are 5.6 m, 5.1 m and 4.5 m. The maximum combined wave heights belong to Scn-11 (deff = 4.5 m) and Scn-17 (deff = 3.3 m), with combined wave heights of 9.0 m and 8.9 m (Fig. 10b), which are greater than the crest height of the seawall by 4.6 m and 3.5 m, respectively.

    figure 10
    Fig. 10

    Our simulations for all 20 scenarios reveal that the first wave is not always the largest and wave interactions, reflections and interferences play major roles in amplifying the waves in front of the seawall. This is primarily because the wall is fully vertical and therefore has a reflection coefficient of close to one (i.e. full reflection). Simulations show that the combined wave height is up to 4.6 m higher than the crest height of the wall, implying that severe overtopping would be expected.

    Results of wave loading calculations

    The pressure calculations for scenarios 1–10 are given in Fig. 11 and those of scenarios 11–20 in Fig. 12. The total pressure distribution in Figs. 1112 mostly follows a triangular shape with maximum pressure at the seafloor as expected from the Sainflou (1928) design equations. These pressure plots comprise both static (due to mean sea level in front of the wall) and dynamic (combined effects of surge and wave) pressures. For incident wave amplitudes of 0.5 m (Fig. 11), the maximum wave pressure varies in the range of 35–63 kPa. At the sea surface, it is in the range of 4–20 kPa (Fig. 11). For some scenarios (Scn-2 and 7), the pressure distribution deviates from a triangular shape and shows larger pressures at the top, which is attributed to the wave impacts and partial breaking at the sea surface. This adds an additional triangle-shaped pressure distribution at the sea surface elevation consistent with the design procedure developed by Goda (2000) for braking waves. The maximum force on the seawall due to scenarios 1–10, which is calculated by integrating the maximum pressure distribution over the wave-facing surface of the seawall, is in the range of 92–190 KN (Table 2).

    figure 11
    Fig. 11
    figure 12
    Fig. 12

    For scenarios 11–20, with incident wave amplitude of 1.5 m, wave pressures of 45–78 kPa and 7–120 kPa, for  the bottom and top of the wall, respectively, were observed (Fig. 12). Most of the plots show a triangular pressure distribution, except for Scn-11 and 15. A significant increase in wave impact pressure is seen for Scn-15 at the top of the structure, where a maximum pressure of approximately 120 kPa is produced while other scenarios give a pressure of 7–32 kPa for the sea surface. In other words, the pressure from Scn-15 is approximately four times larger than the other scenarios. Such a significant increase of the pressure at the top is most likely attributed to the breaking wave impact loads as detailed by Goda (2000) and Cuomo et al. (2010). The wave simulation snapshots in Fig. 8 show that the wave breaks before reaching the wall. The maximum force due to scenarios 11–20 is 120–286 KN.

    The breaking wave impacts peaking at 286 KN in our simulations suggest destabilisation of the upper masonry blocks, probably by grout malfunction. This significant impact force initiated the failure of the seawall which in turn caused extensive ballast erosion. Wave impact damage was proposed by Adams and Heidarzadeh (2021) as one of the primary mechanisms in the 2014 Dawlish disaster. In the multi-hazard risk model proposed by these authors, damage mechanism III (failure pathway 5 in Adams and Heidarzadeh, 2021) was characterised by wave impact force causing damage to the masonry elements, leading to failure of the upper sections of the seawall and loss of infill material. As blocks were removed, access to the track bed was increased for inbound waves allowing infill material from behind the seawall to be fluidised and subsequently removed by backwash. The loss of infill material critically compromised the stability of the seawall and directly led to structural failure. In parallel, significant wave overtopping (discussed in the next section) led to ballast washout and cascaded, in combination with masonry damage, to catastrophic failure of the wall and suspension of the rails in mid-air (Fig. 1b), leaving the railway inoperable for two months.

    Wave Overtopping

    The two most important factors contributing to the 2014 Dawlish railway catastrophe were wave impact forces and overtopping. Figure 13 gives the instantaneous overtopping rates for different scenarios, which experienced overtopping. It can be seen that the overtopping rates range from 0.5 m3/s/m to 16.1 m3/s/m (Fig. 13). Time histories of the wave overtopping rates show that the phenomenon occurs intermittently, and each time lasts 1.0–7.0 s. It is clear that the longer the overtopping time, the larger the volume of the water poured on the structure. The largest wave overtopping rates of 16.1 m3/s/m and 14.4 m3/s/m belong to Scn-20 and 11, respectively. These are the two scenarios that also give the largest combined wave heights (Fig. 10b).

    figure 13
    Fig. 13

    The cumulative overtopping curves (Figs. 1415) show the total water volume overtopped the structure during the entire simulation time. This is an important hazard factor as it determines the level of soil saturation, water pore pressure in the soil and soil erosion (Van der Meer et al. 2018). The maximum volume belongs to Scn-20, which is 65.0 m3/m (m-cubed of water per metre length of the wall). The overtopping volumes are 42.7 m3/m for Scn-11 and 28.8 m3/m for Scn-19. The overtopping volume is in the range of 0.7–65.0 m3/m for all scenarios.

    figure 14
    Fig. 14
    figure 15
    Fig. 15

    For comparison, we compare our modelling results with those estimated using empirical equations. For the case of the Dawlish seawall, we apply the equation proposed by Van Der Meer et al. (2018) to estimate wave overtopping rates, based on a set of decision criteria which are the influence of foreshore, vertical wall, possible breaking waves and low freeboard:

    qgH3m−−−−√=0.0155(Hmhs)12e(−2.2RcHm)qgHm3=0.0155(Hmhs)12e(−2.2RcHm)

    (6)

    where qq is the mean overtopping rate per metre length of the seawall (m3/s/m), gg is the acceleration due to gravity, HmHm is the incident wave height at the toe of the structure, RcRc is the wall crest height above mean sea level, hshs is the deep-water significant wave height and e(x)e(x) is the exponential function. It is noted that Eq. (6) is valid for 0.1<RcHm<1.350.1<RcHm<1.35. For the case of the Dawlish seawall and considering the scenarios with larger incident wave amplitude of 1.5 m (hshs= 1.5 m), the incident wave height at the toe of the structure is HmHm = 2.2—5.6 m, and the wall crest height above mean sea level is RcRc = 0.6–2.9 m. As a result, Eq. (6) gives mean overtopping rates up to approximately 2.9 m3/s/m. A visual inspection of simulated overtopping rates in Fig. 13 for Scn 11–20 shows that the mean value of the simulated overtopping rates (Fig. 13) is close to estimates using Eq. (6).

    Discussion and conclusions

    We applied a combination of eyewitness account analysis, sea level data analysis and numerical modelling in combination with our engineering judgement to explain the damage to the Dawlish railway seawall in February 2014. Main findings are:

    • Eyewitness data analysis showed that the extreme nature of the event was well forecasted in the hours prior to the storm impact; however, the magnitude of the risks to the structures was not well understood. Multiple hazards were activated simultaneously, and the effects cascaded to amplify the damage. Disaster management was effective, exemplified by the establishment of an emergency rendezvous point and temporary evacuation centre during the storm, indicating a high level of hazard awareness and preparedness.
    • Based on sea level data analysis, we identified triple peak period bands at 4–8, 8–12 and 20–25 s in the sea level data. Storm surge heights and wave oscillations were up to 0.8 m and 1.5 m, respectively.
    • Based on the numerical simulations of 20 scenarios with different water depths, incident wave amplitudes, surge heights and peak periods, we found that the wave oscillations at the foot of the seawall result in multiple wave interactions and interferences. Consequently, large wave amplitudes, up to 4.6 m higher than the height of the seawall, were generated and overtopped the wall. Extreme impulsive wave impact forces of up to 286 KN were generated by the waves interacting with the seawall.
    • We measured maximum wave overtopping rates of 0.5–16.1 m3/s/m for our scenarios. The cumulative overtopping water volumes per metre length of the wall were 0.7–65.0 m3/m.
    • Analysis of all the evidence combined with our engineering judgement suggests that the most likely initiating cause of the failure was impulsive wave impact forces destabilising one or more grouted joints between adjacent masonry blocks in the wall. Maximum observed pressures of 286 KN in our simulations are four times greater in magnitude than background pressures leading to block removal and initiating failure. Therefore, the sequence of cascading events was :1) impulsive wave impact force causing damage to masonry, 2) failure of the upper sections of the seawall, 3) loss of infill resulting in a reduction of structural strength in the landward direction, 4) ballast washout as wave overtopping and inbound wave activity increased and 5) progressive structural failure following successive tides.

    From a risk mitigation point of view, the stability of the seawall in the face of future energetic cyclonic storm events and sea level rise will become a critical factor in protecting the rail network. Mitigation efforts will involve significant infrastructure investment to strengthen the civil engineering assets combined with improved hazard warning systems consisting of meteorological forecasting and real-time wave observations and instrumentation. These efforts must take into account the amenity value of coastal railway infrastructure to local communities and the significant number of tourists who visit every year. In this regard, public awareness and active engagement in the planning and execution of the project will be crucial in order to secure local stakeholder support for the significant infrastructure project that will be required for future resilience.

    Notes

    1. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/..
    2. https://www.flow3d.com/products/flow-3d-hydro/.
    3. https://www.devonmuseums.net/Dawlish-Museum/Devon-Museums/.
    4. https://ntslf.org/.
    5. https://www.datawell.nl/Products/Buoys/DirectionalWaveriderMkIII.aspx.
    6. https://www.bodc.ac.uk/.
    7. https://coastalmonitoring.org/cco/.
    8. https://webapp.navionics.com/#boating@8&key=iactHlwfP.

    References

    Download references

    Acknowledgements

    We are grateful to Brunel University London for administering the scholarship awarded to KA. The Flow3D-Hydro used in this research for numerical modelling is licenced to Brunel University London through an academic programme contract. We sincerely thank Prof Harsh Gupta (Editor-in-Chief) and two anonymous reviewers for their constructive review comments.

    Funding

    This project was funded by the UK Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) through a PhD scholarship to Keith Adams.

    Author information

    Authors and Affiliations

    1. Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Brunel University London, Uxbridge, UB8 3PH, UKKeith Adams
    2. Department of Architecture and Civil Engineering, University of Bath, Bath, BA2 7AY, UKMohammad Heidarzadeh

    Corresponding author

    Correspondence to Keith Adams.

    Ethics declarations

    Conflict of interest

    The authors have no relevant financial or non-financial interests to disclose.

    Availability of data

    All data used in this study are provided in the body of the article.

    Additional information

    Publisher’s Note

    Springer Nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.

    Open Access This article is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License, which permits use, sharing, adaptation, distribution and reproduction in any medium or format, as long as you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the Creative Commons licence, and indicate if changes were made. The images or other third party material in this article are included in the article’s Creative Commons licence, unless indicated otherwise in a credit line to the material. If material is not included in the article’s Creative Commons licence and your intended use is not permitted by statutory regulation or exceeds the permitted use, you will need to obtain permission directly from the copyright holder. To view a copy of this licence, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

    Reprints and Permissions

    About this article

    Verify currency and authenticity via CrossMark

    Cite this article

    Adams, K., Heidarzadeh, M. Extratropical cyclone damage to the seawall in Dawlish, UK: eyewitness accounts, sea level analysis and numerical modelling. Nat Hazards (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-022-05692-2

    Download citation

    • Received17 May 2022
    • Accepted17 October 2022
    • Published14 November 2022
    • DOIhttps://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-022-05692-2

    Share this article

    Anyone you share the following link with will be able to read this content:Get shareable link

    Provided by the Springer Nature SharedIt content-sharing initiative

    Keywords

    • Storm surge
    • Cyclone
    • Railway
    • Climate change
    • Infrastructure
    • Resilience
    Fig. 1. (a) Dimensions of the casting with runners (unit: mm), (b) a melt flow simulation using Flow-3D software together with Reilly's model[44], predicted that a large amount of bifilms (denoted by the black particles) would be contained in the final casting. (c) A solidification simulation using Pro-cast software showed that no shrinkage defect was contained in the final casting.

    AZ91 합금 주물 내 연행 결함에 대한 캐리어 가스의 영향

    TianLiabJ.M.T.DaviesaXiangzhenZhuc
    aUniversity of Birmingham, Birmingham B15 2TT, United Kingdom
    bGrainger and Worrall Ltd, Bridgnorth WV15 5HP, United Kingdom
    cBrunel Centre for Advanced Solidification Technology, Brunel University London, Kingston Ln, London, Uxbridge UB8 3PH, United Kingdom

    Abstract

    An entrainment defect (also known as a double oxide film defect or bifilm) acts a void containing an entrapped gas when submerged into a light-alloy melt, thus reducing the quality and reproducibility of the final castings. Previous publications, carried out with Al-alloy castings, reported that this trapped gas could be subsequently consumed by the reaction with the surrounding melt, thus reducing the void volume and negative effect of entrainment defects. Compared with Al-alloys, the entrapped gas within Mg-alloy might be more efficiently consumed due to the relatively high reactivity of magnesium. However, research into the entrainment defects within Mg alloys has been significantly limited. In the present work, AZ91 alloy castings were produced under different carrier gas atmospheres (i.e., SF6/CO2, SF6/air). The evolution processes of the entrainment defects contained in AZ91 alloy were suggested according to the microstructure inspections and thermodynamic calculations. The defects formed in the different atmospheres have a similar sandwich-like structure, but their oxide films contained different combinations of compounds. The use of carrier gases, which were associated with different entrained-gas consumption rates, affected the reproducibility of AZ91 castings.

    연행 결함(이중 산화막 결함 또는 이중막이라고도 함)은 경합금 용융물에 잠길 때 갇힌 가스를 포함하는 공극으로 작용하여 최종 주물의 품질과 재현성을 저하시킵니다. Al-합금 주물을 사용하여 수행된 이전 간행물에서는 이 갇힌 가스가 주변 용융물과의 반응에 의해 후속적으로 소모되어 공극 부피와 연행 결함의 부정적인 영향을 줄일 수 있다고 보고했습니다. Al-합금에 비해 마그네슘의 상대적으로 높은 반응성으로 인해 Mg-합금 내에 포집된 가스가 더 효율적으로 소모될 수 있습니다. 그러나 Mg 합금 내 연행 결함에 대한 연구는 상당히 제한적이었습니다. 현재 작업에서 AZ91 합금 주물은 다양한 캐리어 가스 분위기(즉, SF6/CO2, SF6/공기)에서 생산되었습니다. AZ91 합금에 포함된 연행 결함의 진화 과정은 미세 조직 검사 및 열역학 계산에 따라 제안되었습니다. 서로 다른 분위기에서 형성된 결함은 유사한 샌드위치 구조를 갖지만 산화막에는 서로 다른 화합물 조합이 포함되어 있습니다. 다른 동반 가스 소비율과 관련된 운반 가스의 사용은 AZ91 주물의 재현성에 영향을 미쳤습니다.

    Keywords

    Magnesium alloy, Casting, Oxide film, Bifilm, Entrainment defect, Reproducibility

    1. Introduction

    As the lightest structural metal available on Earth, magnesium became one of the most attractive light metals over the last few decades. The magnesium industry has consequently experienced a rapid development in the last 20 years [1,2], indicating a large growth in demand for Mg alloys all over the world. Nowadays, the use of Mg alloys can be found in the fields of automobiles, aerospace, electronics and etc.[3,4]. It has been predicted that the global consumption of Mg metals will further increase in the future, especially in the automotive industry, as the energy efficiency requirement of both traditional and electric vehicles further push manufactures lightweight their design [3,5,6].

    The sustained growth in demand for Mg alloys motivated a wide interest in the improvement of the quality and mechanical properties of Mg-alloy castings. During a Mg-alloy casting process, surface turbulence of the melt can lead to the entrapment of a doubled-over surface film containing a small quantity of the surrounding atmosphere, thus forming an entrainment defect (also known as a double oxide film defect or bifilm) [7][8][9][10]. The random size, quantity, orientation, and placement of entrainment defects are widely accepted to be significant factors linked to the variation of casting properties [7]. In addition, Peng et al. [11] found that entrained oxides films in AZ91 alloy melt acted as filters to Al8Mn5 particles, trapping them as they settle. Mackie et al. [12] further suggested that entrained oxide films can act to trawl the intermetallic particles, causing them to cluster and form extremely large defects. The clustering of intermetallic compounds made the entrainment defects more detrimental for the casting properties.

    Most of the previous studies regarding entrainment defects were carried out on Al-alloys [7,[13][14][15][16][17][18], and a few potential methods have been suggested for diminishing their negative effect on the quality of Al-alloy castings. Nyahumwa et al.,[16] shows that the void volume within entrainment defects could be reduced by a hot isostatic pressing (HIP) process. Campbell [7] suggested the entrained gas within the defects could be consumed due to reaction with the surrounding melt, which was further verified by Raiszedeh and Griffiths [19].The effect of the entrained gas consumption on the mechanical properties of Al-alloy castings has been investigated by [8,9], suggesting that the consumption of the entrained gas promoted the improvement of the casting reproducibility.

    Compared with the investigation concerning the defects within Al-alloys, research into the entrainment defects within Mg-alloys has been significantly limited. The existence of entrainment defects has been demonstrated in Mg-alloy castings [20,21], but their behaviour, evolution, as well as entrained gas consumption are still not clear.

    In a Mg-alloy casting process, the melt is usually protected by a cover gas to avoid magnesium ignition. The cavities of sand or investment moulds are accordingly required to be flushed with the cover gas prior to the melt pouring [22]. Therefore, the entrained gas within Mg-alloy castings should contain the cover gas used in the casting process, rather than air only, which may complicate the structure and evolution of the corresponding entrainment defects.

    SF6 is a typical cover gas widely used for Mg-alloy casting processes [23][24][25]. Although this cover gas has been restricted to use in European Mg-alloy foundries, a commercial report has pointed out that this cover is still popular in global Mg-alloy industry, especially in the countries which dominated the global Mg-alloy production, such as China, Brazil, India, etc. [26]. In addition, a survey in academic publications also showed that this cover gas was widely used in recent Mg-alloy studies [27]. The protective mechanism of SF6 cover gas (i.e., the reaction between liquid Mg-alloy and SF6 cover gas) has been investigated by several previous researchers, but the formation process of the surface oxide film is still not clearly understood, and even some published results are conflicting with each other. In early 1970s, Fruehling [28] found that the surface film formed under SF6 was MgO mainly with traces of fluorides, and suggested that SF6 was absorbed in the Mg-alloy surface film. Couling [29] further noticed that the absorbed SF6 reacted with the Mg-alloy melt to form MgF2. In last 20 years, different structures of the Mg-alloy surface films have been reported, as detailed below.(1)

    Single-layered film. Cashion [30,31] used X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) and Auger Spectroscopy (AES) to identify the surface film as MgO and MgF2. He also found that composition of the film was constant throughout the thickness and the whole experimental holding time. The film observed by Cashion had a single-layered structure created from a holding time from 10 min to 100 min.(2)

    Double-layered film. Aarstad et. al [32] reported a doubled-layered surface oxide film in 2003. They observed several well-distributed MgF2 particles attached to the preliminary MgO film and grew until they covered 25–50% of the total surface area. The inward diffusion of F through the outer MgO film was the driving force for the evolution process. This double-layered structure was also supported by Xiong’s group [25,33] and Shih et al. [34].(3)

    Triple-layered film. The triple-layered film and its evolution process were reported in 2002 by Pettersen [35]. Pettersen found that the initial surface film was a MgO phase and then gradually evolved to the stable MgF2 phase by the inward diffusion of F. In the final stage, the film has a triple-layered structure with a thin O-rich interlayer between the thick top and bottom MgF2 layers.(4)

    Oxide film consisted of discrete particles. Wang et al [36] stirred the Mg-alloy surface film into the melt under a SF6 cover gas, and then inspect the entrained surface film after the solidification. They found that the entrained surface films were not continues as the protective surface films reported by other researchers but composed of discrete particles. The young oxide film was composed of MgO nano-sized oxide particles, while the old oxide films consist of coarse particles (about 1  µm in average size) on one side that contained fluorides and nitrides.

    The oxide films of a Mg-alloy melt surface or an entrained gas are both formed due to the reaction between liquid Mg-alloy and the cover gas, thus the above-mentioned research regarding the Mg-alloy surface film gives valuable insights into the evolution of entrainment defects. The protective mechanism of SF6 cover gas (i.e., formation of a Mg-alloy surface film) therefore indicated a potential complicated evolution process of the corresponding entrainment defects.

    However, it should be noted that the formation of a surface film on a Mg-alloy melt is in a different situation to the consumption of an entrained gas that is submerged into the melt. For example, a sufficient amount of cover gas was supported during the surface film formation in the studies previously mentioned, which suppressed the depletion of the cover gas. In contrast, the amount of entrained gas within a Mg-alloy melt is finite, and the entrained gas may become fully depleted. Mirak [37] introduced 3.5%SF6/air bubbles into a pure Mg-alloy melt solidifying in a specially designed permanent mould. It was found that the gas bubbles were entirely consumed, and the corresponding oxide film was a mixture of MgO and MgF2. However, the nucleation sites (such as the MgF2 spots observed by Aarstad [32] and Xiong [25,33]) were not observed. Mirak also speculated that the MgF2 formed prior to MgO in the oxide film based on the composition analysis, which was opposite to the surface film formation process reported in previous literatures (i.e., MgO formed prior to MgF2). Mirak’s work indicated that the oxide-film formation of an entrained gas may be quite different from that of surface films, but he did not reveal the structure and evolution of the oxide films.

    In addition, the use of carrier gas in the cover gases also influenced the reaction between the cover gas and the liquid Mg-alloy. SF6/air required a higher content of SF6 than did a SF6/CO2 carrier gas [38], to avoid the ignition of molten magnesium, revealing different gas-consumption rates. Liang et.al [39] suggested that carbon was formed in the surface film when CO2 was used as a carrier gas, which was different from the films formed in SF6/air. An investigation into Mg combustion [40] reported a detection of Mg2C3 in the Mg-alloy sample after burning in CO2, which not only supported Liang’s results, but also indicated a potential formation of Mg carbides in double oxide film defects.

    The work reported here is an investigation into the behaviour and evolution of entrainment defects formed in AZ91 Mg-alloy castings, protected by different cover gases (i.e., SF6/air and SF6/CO2). These carrier gases have different protectability for liquid Mg alloy, which may be therefore associated with different consumption rates and evolution processes of the corresponding entrained gases. The effect of the entrained-gas consumption on the reproducibility of AZ91 castings was also studied.

    2. Experiment

    2.1. Melting and casting

    Three kilograms AZ91 alloy was melted in a mild steel crucible at 700 ± 5 °C. The composition of the AZ91 alloy has been shown in Table 1. Prior to heating, all oxide scale on the ingot surface was removed by machining. The cover gases used were 0.5%SF6/air or 0.5%SF6/CO2 (vol.%) at a flow rate of 6 L/min for different castings. The melt was degassed by argon with a flow rate of 0.3 L/min for 15 min [41,42], and then poured into sand moulds. Prior to pouring, the sand mould cavity was flushed with the cover gas for 20 min [22]. The residual melt (around 1 kg) was solidified in the crucible.

    Table 1. Composition (wt.%) of the AZ91 alloy used in this study.

    AlZnMnSiFeNiMg
    9.40.610.150.020.0050.0017Residual

    Fig. 1(a) shows the dimensions of the casting with runners. A top-filling system was deliberately used to generate entrainment defects in the final castings. Green and Campbell [7,43] suggested that a top-filling system caused more entrainment events (i.e., bifilms) during a casting process, compared with a bottom-filling system. A melt flow simulation (Flow-3D software) of this mould, using Reilly’s model [44] regarding the entrainment events, also predicted that a large amount of bifilms would be contained in the final casting (denoted by the black particles in Fig. 1b).

    Fig. 1. (a) Dimensions of the casting with runners (unit: mm), (b) a melt flow simulation using Flow-3D software together with Reilly's model[44], predicted that a large amount of bifilms (denoted by the black particles) would be contained in the final casting. (c) A solidification simulation using Pro-cast software showed that no shrinkage defect was contained in the final casting.

    Shrinkage defects also affect the mechanical properties and reproducibility of castings. Since this study focused on the effect of bifilms on the casting quality, the mould has been deliberately designed to avoid generating shrinkage defects. A solidification simulation using ProCAST software showed that no shrinkage defect would be contained in the final casting, as shown in Fig. 1c. The casting soundness has also been confirmed using a real time X-ray prior to the test bar machining.

    The sand moulds were made from resin-bonded silica sand, containing 1wt. % PEPSET 5230 resin and 1wt. % PEPSET 5112 catalyst. The sand also contained 2 wt.% Na2SiF6 to act as an inhibitor [45]. The pouring temperature was 700 ± 5 °C. After the solidification, a section of the runner bars was sent to the Sci-Lab Analytical Ltd for a H-content analysis (LECO analysis), and all the H-content measurements were carried out on the 5th day after the casting process. Each of the castings was machined into 40 test bars for a tensile strength test, using a Zwick 1484 tensile test machine with a clip extensometer. The fracture surfaces of the broken test bars were examined using Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM, Philips JEOL7000) with an accelerating voltage of 5–15 kV. The fractured test bars, residual Mg-alloy solidified in the crucible, and the casting runners were then sectioned, polished and also inspected using the same SEM. The cross-section of the oxide film found on the test-bar fracture surface was exposed by the Focused Ion Beam milling technique (FIB), using a CFEI Quanta 3D FEG FIB-SEM. The oxide film required to be analysed was coated with a platinum layer. Then, a gallium ion beam, accelerated to 30 kV, milled the material substrate surrounding the platinum coated area to expose the cross section of the oxide film. EDS analysis of the oxide film’s cross section was carried out using the FIB equipment at accelerating voltage of 30 kV.

    2.2. Oxidation cell

    As previously mentioned, several past researchers investigated the protective film formed on a Mg-alloy melt surface [38,39,[46][47][48][49][50][51][52]. During these experiments, the amount of cover gas used was sufficient, thus suppressing the depletion of fluorides in the cover gas. The experiment described in this section used a sealed oxidation cell, which limited the supply of cover gas, to study the evolution of the oxide films of entrainment defects. The cover gas contained in the oxidation cell was regarded as large-size “entrained bubble”.

    As shown in Fig. 2, the main body of the oxidation cell was a closed-end mild steel tube which had an inner length of 400 mm, and an inner diameter of 32 mm. A water-cooled copper tube was wrapped around the upper section of the cell. When the tube was heated, the cooling system created a temperature difference between the upper and lower sections, causing the interior gas to convect within the tube. The temperature was monitored by a type-K thermocouple located at the top of the crucible. Nie et al. [53] suggested that the SF6 cover gas would react with the steel wall of the holding furnace when they investigated the surface film of a Mg-alloy melt. To avoid this reaction, the interior surface of the steel oxidation cell (shown in Fig. 2) and the upper half section of the thermocouple were coated with boron nitride (the Mg-alloy was not in contact with boron nitride).

    Fig. 2. Schematic of the oxidation cell used to study the evolution of the oxide films of the entrainment defects (unit mm).

    During the experiment, a block of solid AZ91 alloy was placed in a magnesia crucible located at the bottom of the oxidation cell. The cell was heated to 100 °C in an electric resistance furnace under a gas flow rate of 1 L/min. The cell was held at this temperature for 20 min, to replace the original trapped atmosphere (i.e. air). Then, the oxidation cell was further heated to 700 °C, melting the AZ91 sample. The gas inlet and exit valves were then closed, creating a sealed environment for oxidation under a limited supply of cover gas. The oxidation cell was then held at 700 ± 10 °C for periods of time from 5 min to 30 min in 5-min intervals. At the end of each holding time, the cell was quenched in water. After cooling to room temperature, the oxidised sample was sectioned, polished, and subsequently examined by SEM.

    3. Results

    3.1. Structure and composition of the entrainment defects formed in SF6/air

    The structure and composition of the entrainment defect formed in the AZ91 castings under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/air was observed by SEM and EDS. The results indicate that there exist two types of entrainment defects which are sketched in Fig. 3: (1) Type A defect whose oxide film has a traditional single-layered structure and (2) Type B defect, whose oxide film has two layers. The details of these defects were introduced in the following. Here it should be noticed that, as the entrainment defects are also known as biofilms or double oxide film, the oxide films of Type B defect were referred to as “multi-layered oxide film” or “multi-layered structure” in the present work to avoid a confusing description such as “the double-layered oxide film of a double oxide film defect”.

    Fig. 3. Schematic of the different types of entrainment defects found in AZ91 castings. (a) Type A defect with a single-layered oxide film and (b) Type B defect with two-layered oxide film.

    Fig. 4(a-b) shows a Type A defect having a compact single-layered oxide film with about 0.4 µm thickness. Oxygen, fluorine, magnesium and aluminium were detected in this film (Fig. 4c). It is speculated that oxide film is the mixture of fluoride and oxide of magnesium and aluminium. The detection of fluorine revealed that an entrained cover gas was contained in the formation of this defect. That is to say that the pores shown in Fig. 4(a) were not shrinkage defects or hydrogen porosity, but entrainment defects. The detection of aluminium was different with Xiong and Wang’s previous study [47,48], which showed that no aluminium was contained in their surface film of an AZ91 melt protected by a SF6 cover gas. Sulphur could not be clearly recognized in the element map, but there was a S-peak in the corresponding ESD spectrum.

    Fig. 4. (a) A Type A entrainment defect formed in SF6/air and having a single-layered oxide film, (b) the oxide film of this defect, (c) SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the area highlighted in (b).

    Fig. 5(a-b) shows a Type B entrainment defect having a multi-layered oxide film. The compact outer layers of the oxide films were enriched with fluorine and oxygen (Fig. 5c), while their relatively porous inner layers were only enriched with oxygen (i.e., poor in fluorine) and partly grew together, thus forming a sandwich-like structure. Therefore, it is speculated that the outer layer is the mixture of fluoride and oxide, while the inner layer is mainly oxide. Sulphur could only be recognized in the EDX spectrum and could not be clearly identified in the element map, which might be due to the small S-content in the cover gas (i.e., 0.5% volume content of SF6 in the cover gas). In this oxide film, aluminium was contained in the outer layer of this oxide film but could not be clearly detected in the inner layer. Moreover, the distribution of Al seems to be uneven. It can be found that, in the right side of the defect, aluminium exists in the film but its concentration can not be identified to be higher than the matrix. However, there is a small area with much higher aluminium concentration in the left side of the defect. Such an uneven distribution of aluminium was also observed in other defects (shown in the following), and it is the result of the formation of some oxide particles in or under the film.

    Fig. 5. (a) A Type B entrainment defect formed in SF6/air and having a multi-layered oxide film, (b) the oxide films of this defect have grown together, (c) SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the area shown in (b).

    Figs. 4 and 5 show cross sectional observations of the entrainment defects formed in the AZ91 alloy sample cast under a cover gas of SF6/air. It is not sufficient to characterize the entrainment defects only by the figures observed from the two-dimensional section. To have a further understanding, the surface of the entrainment defects (i.e. the oxide film) was further studied by observing the fracture surface of the test bars.

    Fig. 6(a) shows fracture surfaces of an AZ91 alloy tensile test bar produced in SF6/air. Symmetrical dark regions can be seen on both sides of the fracture surfaces. Fig. 6(b) shows boundaries between the dark and bright regions. The bright region consisted of jagged and broken features, while the surface of the dark region was relatively smooth and flat. In addition, the EDS results (Fig. 6c-d and Table 2) show that fluorine, oxygen, sulphur, and nitrogen were only detected in the dark regions, indicating that the dark regions were surface protective films entrained into the melt. Therefore, it could be suggested that the dark regions were an entrainment defect with consideration of their symmetrical nature. Similar defects on fracture surfaces of Al-alloy castings have been previously reported [7]Nitrides were only found in the oxide films on the test-bar fracture surfaces but never detected in the cross-sectional samples shown in Figs. 4 and 5. An underlying reason is that the nitrides contained in these samples may have hydrolysed during the sample polishing process [54].

    Fig. 6. (a) A pair of the fracture surfaces of a AZ91 alloy tensile test bar produced under a cover gas of SF6/air. The dimension of the fracture surface is 5 mm × 6 mm, (b) a section of the boundary between the dark and bright regions shown in (a), (c-d) EDS spectrum of the (c) bright regions and (d) dark regions, (e) schematic of an entrainment defect contained in a test bar.

    Table 2. EDS results (wt.%) corresponding to the regions shown in Fig. 6 (cover gas: SF6/air).

    Empty CellCOMgFAlZnSN
    Dark region in Fig. 6(b)3.481.3279.130.4713.630.570.080.73
    Bright region in Fig. 6(b)3.5884.4811.250.68

    In conjunction with the cross-sectional observation of the defects shown in Figs. 4 and 5, the structure of an entrainment defect contained in a tensile test bar was sketched as shown in Fig. 6(e). The defect contained an entrained gas enclosed by its oxide film, creating a void section inside the test bar. When the tensile force applied on the defect during the fracture process, the crack was initiated at the void section and propagated along the entrainment defect, since cracks would be propagated along the weakest path [55]. Therefore, when the test bar was finally fractured, the oxide films of entrainment defect appeared on both fracture surfaces of the test bar, as shown in Fig. 6(a).

    3.2. Structure and composition of the entrainment defects formed in SF6/CO2

    Similar to the entrainment defect formed in SF6/air, the defects formed under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2 also had two types of oxide films (i.e., single-layered and multi-layered types). Fig. 7(a) shows an example of the entrainment defects containing a multi-layered oxide film. A magnified observation to the defect (Fig. 7b) shows that the inner layers of the oxide films had grown together, presenting a sandwich-like structure, which was similar to the defects formed in an atmosphere of SF6/air (Fig. 5b). An EDS spectrum (Fig. 7c) revealed that the joint area (inner layer) of this sandwich-like structure mainly contained magnesium oxides. Peaks of fluorine, sulphur, and aluminium were recognized in this EDS spectrum, but their amount was relatively small. In contrast, the outer layers of the oxide films were compact and composed of a mixture of fluorides and oxides (Fig. 7d-e).

    Fig. 7. (a) An example of entrainment defects formed in SF6/CO2 and having a multi-layered oxide film, (b) magnified observation of the defect, showing the inner layer of the oxide films has grown together, (c) EDS spectrum of the point denoted in (b), (d) outer layer of the oxide film, (e) SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the area shown in (d).

    Fig. 8(a) shows an entrainment defect on the fracture surfaces of an AZ91 alloy tensile test bar, which was produced in an atmosphere of 0.5%SF6/CO2. The corresponding EDS results (Table 3) showed that oxide film contained fluorides and oxides. Sulphur and nitrogen were not detected. Besides, a magnified observation (Fig. 8b) indicated spots on the oxide film surface. The diameter of the spots ranged from hundreds of nanometres to a few micron meters.

    Fig. 8. (a) A pair of the fracture surfaces of a AZ91 alloy tensile test bar, produced in an atmosphere of SF6/CO2. The dimension of the fracture surface is 5 mm × 6 mm, (b) surface appearance of the oxide films on the fracture surfaces, showing spots on the film surface.

    To further reveal the structure and composition of the oxide film clearly, the cross-section of the oxide film on a test-bar fracture surface was onsite exposed using the FIB technique (Fig. 9). As shown in Fig. 9a, a continuous oxide film was found between the platinum coating layer and the Mg-Al alloy substrate. Fig. 9 (b-c) shows a magnified observation to oxide films, indicating a multi-layered structure (denoted by the red box in Fig. 9c). The bottom layer was enriched with fluorine and oxygen and should be the mixture of fluoride and oxide, which was similar to the “outer layer” shown in Figs. 5 and 7, while the only-oxygen-enriched top layer was similar to the “inner layer” shown in Figs. 5 and 7.

    Fig. 9. (a) A cross-sectional observation of the oxide film on the fracture surface of the AZ91 casting produced in SF6/CO2, exposed by FIB, (b) a magnified observation of area highlighted in (a), and (c) SEM-EDS elements map of the area shown in (b), obtained by CFEI Quanta 3D FEG FIB-SEM.

    Except the continuous film, some individual particles were also observed in or below the continuous film, as shown in Fig. 9. An Al-enriched particle was detected in the left side of the oxide film shown in Fig. 9b and might be speculated to be spinel Mg2AlO4 because it also contains abundant magnesium and oxygen elements. The existing of such Mg2AlO4 particles is responsible for the high concentration of aluminium in small areas of the observed film and the uneven distribution of aluminium, as shown in Fig. 5(c). Here it should be emphasized that, although the other part of the bottom layer of the continuous oxide film contains less aluminium than this Al-enriched particle, the Fig. 9c indicated that the amount of aluminium in this bottom layer was still non-negligible, especially when comparing with the outer layer of the film. Below the right side of the oxide film shown in Fig. 9b, a particle was detected and speculated to be MgO because it is rich in Mg and O. According to Wang’s result [56], lots of discrete MgO particles can be formed on the surface of the Mg melt by the oxidation of Mg melt and Mg vapor. The MgO particles observed in our present work may be formed due to the same reasons. While, due to the differences in experimental conditions, less Mg melt can be vapored or react with O2, thus only a few of MgO particles formed in our work. An enrichment of carbon was also found in the film, revealing that CO2 was able to react with the melt, thus forming carbon or carbides. This carbon concentration was consistent with the relatively high carbon content of the oxide film shown in Table 3 (i.e., the dark region). In the area next to the oxide film.

    Table 3. EDS results (wt.%) corresponding to the regions shown in Fig. 8 (cover gas: SF6/ CO2).

    Empty CellCOMgFAlZnSN
    Dark region in Fig. 8(a)7.253.6469.823.827.030.86
    Bright region in Fig. 8(a)2.100.4482.8313.261.36

    This cross-sectional observation of the oxide film on a test bar fracture surface (Fig. 9) further verified the schematic of the entrainment defect shown in Fig. 6(e). The entrainment defects formed in different atmospheres of SF6/CO2 and SF6/air had similar structures, but their compositions were different.

    3.3. Evolution of the oxide films in the oxidation cell

    The results in Section 3.1 and 3.2 have shown the structures and compositions of entrainment defects formed in AZ91 castings under cover gases of SF6/air and SF6/CO2. Different stages of the oxidation reaction may lead to the different structures and compositions of entrainment defects. Although Campbell has conjectured that an entrained gas may react with the surrounding melt, it is rarely reported that the reaction occurring between the Mg-alloy melt and entrapped cover gas. Previous researchers normally focus on the reaction between a Mg-alloy melt and the cover gas in an open environment [38,39,[46][47][48][49][50][51][52], which was different from the situation of a cover gas trapped into the melt. To further understand the formation of the entrainment defect in an AZ91 alloy, the evolution process of oxide films of the entrainment defect was further studied using an oxidation cell.

    Fig. 10 (a and d) shows a surface film held for 5 min in the oxidation cell, protected by 0.5%SF6/air. There was only one single layer consisting of fluoride and oxide (MgF2 and MgO). In this surface film. Sulphur was detected in the EDS spectrum, but its amount was too small to be recognized in the element map. The structure and composition of this oxide film was similar to the single-layered films of entrainment defects shown in Fig. 4.

    Fig. 10. Oxide films formed in the oxidation cell under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/air and held at 700 °C for (a) 5 min; (b) 10 min; (c) 30 min, and (d-f) the SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000) corresponding to the oxide film shown in (a-c) respectively, (d) 5 min; (e) 10 min; (f) 30 min. The red points in (c and f) are the location references, denoting the boundary of the F-enriched layer in different element maps.

    After a holding time of 10 min, a thin (O, S)-enriched top layer (around 700 nm) appeared upon the preliminary F-enriched film, forming a multi-layered structure, as shown in Fig. 10(b and e). The thickness of the (O, S)-enriched top layer increased with increased holding time. As shown in Fig. 10(c and f), the oxide film held for 30 min also had a multi-layered structure, but the thickness of its (O, S)-enriched top layer (around 2.5 µm) was higher than the that of the 10-min oxide film. The multi-layered oxide films shown in Fig. 10(b-c) presented a similar appearance to the films of the sandwich-like defect shown in Fig. 5.

    The different structures of the oxide films shown in Fig. 10 indicated that fluorides in the cover gas would be preferentially consumed due to the reaction with the AZ91 alloy melt. After the depletion of fluorides, the residual cover gas reacted further with the liquid AZ91 alloy, forming the top (O, S)-enriched layer in the oxide film. Therefore, the different structures and compositions of entrainment defects shown in Figs. 4 and 5 may be due to an ongoing oxidation reaction between melt and entrapped cover gas.

    This multi-layered structure has not been reported in previous publications concerning the protective surface film formed on a Mg-alloy melt [38,[46][47][48][49][50][51]. This may be due to the fact that previous researchers carried out their experiments with an un-limited amount of cover gas, creating a situation where the fluorides in the cover gas were not able to become depleted. Therefore, the oxide film of an entrainment defect had behaviour traits similar to the oxide films shown in Fig. 10, but different from the oxide films formed on the Mg-alloy melt surface reported in [38,[46][47][48][49][50][51].

    Similar with the oxide films held in SF6/air, the oxide films formed in SF6/CO2 also had different structures with different holding times in the oxidation cell. Fig. 11(a) shows an oxide film, held on an AZ91 melt surface under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2 for 5 min. This film had a single-layered structure consisting of MgF2. The existence of MgO could not be confirmed in this film. After the holding time of 30 min, the film had a multi-layered structure; the inner layer was of a compact and uniform appearance and composed of MgF2, while the outer layer is the mixture of MgF2 and MgO. Sulphur was not detected in this film, which was different from the surface film formed in 0.5%SF6/air. Therefore, fluorides in the cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2 were also preferentially consumed at an early stage of the film growth process. Compared with the film formed in SF6/air, the MgO in film formed in SF6/CO2 appeared later and sulphide did not appear within 30 min. It may mean that the formation and evolution of film in SF6/air is faster than SF6/CO2. CO2 may have subsequently reacted with the melt to form MgO, while sulphur-containing compounds accumulated in the cover gas and reacted to form sulphide in very late stage (may after 30 min in oxidation cell).

    Fig. 11. Oxide films formed in the oxidation cell under a cover gas of 0.5%SF6/CO2, and their SEM-EDS element maps (using Philips JEOL7000). They were held at 700 °C for (a) 5 min; (b) 30 min. The red points in (b) are the location references, denoting the boundary between the top and bottom layers in the oxide film.

    4. Discussion

    4.1. Evolution of entrainment defects formed in SF6/air

    HSC software from Outokumpu HSC Chemistry for Windows (http://www.hsc-chemistry.net/) was used to carry out thermodynamic calculations needed to explore the reactions which might occur between the trapped gases and liquid AZ91 alloy. The solutions to the calculations suggest which products are most likely to form in the reaction process between a small amount of cover gas (i.e., the amount within a trapped bubble) and the AZ91-alloy melt.

    In the trials, the pressure was set to 1 atm, and the temperature set to 700 °C. The amount of the cover gas was assumed to be 7 × 10−7 kg, with a volume of approximately 0.57 cm3 (3.14 × 10−8 kmol) for 0.5%SF6/air, and 0.35 cm3 (3.12 × 10−8 kmol) for 0.5%SF6/CO2. The amount of the AZ91 alloy melt in contact with the trapped gas was assumed to be sufficient to complete all reactions. The decomposition products of SF6 were SF5, SF4, SF3, SF2, F2, S(g), S2(g) and F(g) [57][58][59][60].

    Fig. 12 shows the equilibrium diagram of the thermodynamic calculation of the reaction between the AZ91 alloy and 0.5%SF6/air. In the diagram, the reactants and products with less than 10−15 kmol have not been shown, as this was 5 orders of magnitude less than the amount of SF6 present (≈ 1.57 × 10−10 kmol) and therefore would not affect the observed process in a practical way.

    Fig. 12. An equilibrium diagram for the reaction between 7e-7 kg 0.5%SF6/air and a sufficient amount of AZ91 alloy. The X axis is the amount of AZ91 alloy melt having reacted with the entrained gas, and the vertical Y-axis is the amount of the reactants and products.

    This reaction process could be divided into 3 stages.

    Stage 1: The formation of fluorides. the AZ91 melt preferentially reacted with SF6 and its decomposition products, producing MgF2, AlF3, and ZnF2. However, the amount of ZnF2 may have been too small to be detected practically (1.25 × 10−12 kmol of ZnF2 compared with 3 × 10−10 kmol of MgF2), which may be the reason why Zn was not detected in any the oxide films shown in Sections 3.13.3. Meanwhile, sulphur accumulated in the residual gas as SO2.

    Stage 2: The formation of oxides. After the liquid AZ91 alloy had depleted all the available fluorides in the entrapped gas, the amount of AlF3 and ZnF2 quickly reduced due to a reaction with Mg. O2(g) and SO2 reacted with the AZ91 melt, forming MgO, Al2O3, MgAl2O4, ZnO, ZnSO4 and MgSO4. However, the amount of ZnO and ZnSO4 would have been too small to be found practically by EDS (e.g. 9.5 × 10−12 kmol of ZnO,1.38 × 10−14 kmol of ZnSO4, in contrast to 4.68 × 10−10 kmol of MgF2, when the amount of AZ91 on the X-axis is 2.5 × 10−9 kmol). In the experimental cases, the concentration of F in the cover gas is very low, whole the concentration f O is much higher. Therefore, the stage 1 and 2, i.e, the formation of fluoride and oxide may happen simultaneously at the beginning of the reaction, resulting in the formation of a singer-layered mixture of fluoride and oxide, as shown in Figs. 4 and 10(a). While an inner layer consisted of oxides but fluorides could form after the complete depletion of F element in the cover gas.

    Stages 1- 2 theoretically verified the formation process of the multi-layered structure shown in Fig. 10.

    The amount of MgAl2O4 and Al2O3 in the oxide film was of a sufficient amount to be detected, which was consistent with the oxide films shown in Fig. 4. However, the existence of aluminium could not be recognized in the oxide films grown in the oxidation cell, as shown in Fig. 10. This absence of Al may be due to the following reactions between the surface film and AZ91 alloy melt:(1)

    Al2O3 + 3Mg + = 3MgO + 2Al, △G(700 °C) = -119.82 kJ/mol(2)

    Mg + MgAl2O4 = MgO + Al, △G(700 °C) =-106.34 kJ/molwhich could not be simulated by the HSC software since the thermodynamic calculation was carried out under an assumption that the reactants were in full contact with each other. However, in a practical process, the AZ91 melt and the cover gas would not be able to be in contact with each other completely, due to the existence of the protective surface film.

    Stage 3: The formation of Sulphide and nitride. After a holding time of 30 min, the gas-phase fluorides and oxides in the oxidation cell had become depleted, allowing the melt reaction with the residual gas, forming an additional sulphur-enriched layer upon the initial F-enriched or (F, O)-enriched surface film, thus resulting in the observed multi-layered structure shown in Fig. 10 (b and c). Besides, nitrogen reacted with the AZ91 melt until all reactions were completed. The oxide film shown in Fig. 6 may correspond to this reaction stage due to its nitride content. However, the results shows that the nitrides were not detected in the polished samples shown in Figs. 4 and 5, but only found on the test bar fracture surfaces. The nitrides may have hydrolysed during the sample preparation process, as follows [54]:(3)

    Mg3N2 + 6H2O =3Mg(OH)2 + 2NH3↑(4)

    AlN+ 3H2O =Al(OH)3 + NH3

    In addition, Schmidt et al. [61] found that Mg3N2 and AlN could react to form ternary nitrides (Mg3AlnNn+2, n= 1, 2, 3…). HSC software did not contain the database of ternary nitrides, and it could not be added into the calculation. The oxide films in this stage may also contain ternary nitrides.

    4.2. Evolution of entrainment defects formed in SF6/CO2

    Fig. 13 shows the results of the thermodynamic calculation between AZ91 alloy and 0.5%SF6/CO2. This reaction processes can also be divided into three stages.

    Fig. 13. An equilibrium diagram for the reaction between 7e-7 kg 0.5%SF6/CO2 and a sufficient amount of AZ91 alloy. The X axis denotes the amount of Mg alloy melt having reacted with the entrained gas, and the vertical Y-axis denotes the amounts of the reactants and products.

    Stage 1: The formation of fluorides. SF6 and its decomposition products were consumed by the AZ91 melt, forming MgF2, AlF3, and ZnF2. As in the reaction of AZ91 in 0.5%SF6/air, the amount of ZnF2 was too small to be detected practically (1.51 × 10−13 kmol of ZnF2 compared with 2.67 × 10−10 kmol of MgF2). Sulphur accumulated in the residual trapped gas as S2(g) and a portion of the S2(g) reacted with CO2, to form SO2 and CO. The products in this reaction stage were consistent with the film shown in Fig. 11(a), which had a single layer structure that contained fluorides only.

    Stage 2: The formation of oxides. AlF3 and ZnF2 reacted with the Mg in the AZ91 melt, forming MgF2, Al and Zn. The SO2 began to be consumed, producing oxides in the surface film and S2(g) in the cover gas. Meanwhile, the CO2 directly reacted with the AZ91 melt, forming CO, MgO, ZnO, and Al2O3. The oxide films shown in Figs. 9 and 11(b) may correspond to this reaction stage due to their oxygen-enriched layer and multi-layered structure.

    The CO in the cover gas could further react with the AZ91 melt, producing C. This carbon may further react with Mg to form Mg carbides, when the temperature reduced (during solidification period) [62]. This may be the reason for the high carbon content in the oxide film shown in Figs. 89. Liang et al. [39] also reported carbon-detection in an AZ91 alloy surface film protected by SO2/CO2. The produced Al2O3 may be further combined with MgO, forming MgAl2O4 [63]. As discussed in Section 4.1, the alumina and spinel can react with Mg, causing an absence of aluminium in the surface films, as shown in Fig. 11.

    Stage 3: The formation of Sulphide. the AZ91 melt began to consume S2(g) in the residual entrapped gas, forming ZnS and MgS. These reactions did not occur until the last stage of the reaction process, which could be the reason why the S-content in the defect shown Fig. 7(c) was small.

    In summary, thermodynamic calculations indicate that the AZ91 melt will react with the cover gas to form fluorides firstly, then oxides and sulphides in the last. The oxide film in the different reaction stages would have different structures and compositions.

    4.3. Effect of the carrier gases on consumption of the entrained gas and the reproducibility of AZ91 castings

    The evolution processes of entrainment defects, formed in SF6/air and SF6/CO2, have been suggested in Sections 4.1 and 4.2. The theoretical calculations were verified with respect to the corresponding oxide films found in practical samples. The atmosphere within an entrainment defect could be efficiently consumed due to the reaction with liquid Mg-alloy, in a scenario dissimilar to the Al-alloy system (i.e., nitrogen in an entrained air bubble would not efficiently react with Al-alloy melt [64,65], however, nitrogen would be more readily consumed in liquid Mg alloys, commonly referred to as “nitrogen burning” [66]).

    The reaction between the entrained gas and the surrounding liquid Mg-alloy converted the entrained gas into solid compounds (e.g. MgO) within the oxide film, thus reducing the void volume of the entrainment defect and hence probably causing a collapse of the defect (e.g., if an entrained gas of air was depleted by the surrounding liquid Mg-alloy, under an assumption that the melt temperature is 700 °C and the depth of liquid Mg-alloy is 10 cm, the total volume of the final solid products would be 0.044% of the initial volume taken by the entrapped air).

    The relationship between the void volume reduction of entrainment defects and the corresponding casting properties has been widely studied in Al-alloy castings. Nyahumwa and Campbell [16] reported that the Hot Isostatic Pressing (HIP) process caused the entrainment defects in Al-alloy castings to collapse and their oxide surfaces forced into contact. The fatigue lives of their castings were improved after HIP. Nyahumwa and Campbell [16] also suggested a potential bonding of the double oxide films that were in contact with each other, but there was no direct evidence to support this. This binding phenomenon was further investigated by Aryafar et.al.[8], who re-melted two Al-alloy bars with oxide skins in a steel tube and then carried out a tensile strength test on the solidified sample. They found that the oxide skins of the Al-alloy bars strongly bonded with each other and became even stronger with an extension of the melt holding time, indicating a potential “healing” phenomenon due to the consumption of the entrained gas within the double oxide film structure. In addition, Raidszadeh and Griffiths [9,19] successfully reduced the negative effect of entrainment defects on the reproducibility of Al-alloy castings, by extending the melt holding time before solidification, which allowed the entrained gas to have a longer time to react with the surrounding melt.

    With consideration of the previous work mentioned, the consumption of the entrained gas in Mg-alloy castings may diminish the negative effect of entrainment defects in the following two ways.

    (1) Bonding phenomenon of the double oxide films. The sandwich-like structure shown in Fig. 5 and 7 indicated a potential bonding of the double oxide film structure. However, more evidence is required to quantify the increase in strength due to the bonding of the oxide films.

    (2) Void volume reduction of entrainment defects. The positive effect of void-volume reduction on the quality of castings has been widely demonstrated by the HIP process [67]. As the evolution processes discussed in Section 4.14.2, the oxide films of entrainment defects can grow together due to an ongoing reaction between the entrained gas and surrounding AZ91 alloy melt. The volume of the final solid products was significant small compared with the entrained gas (i.e., 0.044% as previously mentioned).

    Therefore, the consumption rate of the entrained gas (i.e., the growth rate of oxide films) may be a critical parameter for improving the quality of AZ91 alloy castings. The oxide film growth rate in the oxidization cell was accordingly further investigated.

    Fig. 14 shows a comparison of the surface film growth rates in different cover gases (i.e., 0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2). 15 random points on each sample were selected for film thickness measurements. The 95% confidence interval (95%CI) was computed under an assumption that the variation of the film thickness followed a Gaussian distribution. It can be seen that all the surface films formed in 0.5%SF6/air grew faster than those formed in 0.5%SF6/CO2. The different growth rates suggested that the entrained-gas consumption rate of 0.5%SF6/air was higher than that of 0.5%SF6/CO2, which was more beneficial for the consumption of the entrained gas.

    Fig. 14. A comparison of the AZ91 alloy oxide film growth rates in 0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2

    It should be noted that, in the oxidation cell, the contact area of liquid AZ91 alloy and cover gas (i.e. the size of the crucible) was relatively small with consideration of the large volume of melt and gas. Consequently, the holding time for the oxide film growth within the oxidation cell was comparatively long (i.e., 5–30 min). However, the entrainment defects contained in a real casting are comparatively very small (i.e., a few microns size as shown in Figs. 36, and [7]), and the entrained gas is fully enclosed by the surrounding melt, creating a relatively large contact area. Hence the reaction time for cover gas and the AZ91 alloy melt may be comparatively short. In addition, the solidification time of real Mg-alloy sand castings can be a few minutes (e.g. Guo [68] reported that a Mg-alloy sand casting with 60 mm diameter required 4 min to be solidified). Therefore, it can be expected that an entrained gas trapped during an Mg-alloy melt pouring process will be readily consumed by the surrounding melt, especially for sand castings and large-size castings, where solidification times are long.

    Therefore, the different cover gases (0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2) associated with different consumption rates of the entrained gases may affect the reproducibility of the final castings. To verify this assumption, the AZ91 castings produced in 0.5%SF6/air and 0.5%SF6/CO2 were machined into test bars for mechanical evaluation. A Weibull analysis was carried out using both linear least square (LLS) method and non-linear least square (non-LLS) method [69].

    Fig. 15(a-b) shows a traditional 2-p linearized Weibull plot of the UTS and elongation of the AZ91 alloy castings, obtained by the LLS method. The estimator used is P= (i-0.5)/N, which was suggested to cause the lowest bias among all the popular estimators [69,70]. The casting produced in SF6/air has an UTS Weibull moduli of 16.9, and an elongation Weibull moduli of 5.0. In contrast, the UTS and elongation Weibull modulus of the casting produced in SF6/CO2 are 7.7 and 2.7 respectively, suggesting that the reproducibility of the casting protected by SF6/CO2 were much lower than that produced in SF6/air.

    Fig. 15. The Weibull modulus of AZ91 castings produced in different atmospheres, estimated by (a-b) the linear least square method, (c-d) the non-linear least square method, where SSR is the sum of residual squares.

    In addition, the author’s previous publication [69] demonstrated a shortcoming of the linearized Weibull plots, which may cause a higher bias and incorrect R2 interruption of the Weibull estimation. A Non-LLS Weibull estimation was therefore carried out, as shown in Fig. 15 (c-d). The UTS Weibull modulus of the SF6/air casting was 20.8, while the casting produced under SF6/CO2 had a lower UTS Weibull modulus of 11.4, showing a clear difference in their reproducibility. In addition, the SF6/air elongation (El%) dataset also had a Weibull modulus (shape = 5.8) higher than the elongation dataset of SF6/CO2 (shape = 3.1). Therefore, both the LLS and Non-LLS estimations suggested that the SF6/air casting has a higher reproducibility than the SF6/CO2 casting. It supports the method that the use of air instead of CO2 contributes to a quicker consumption of the entrained gas, which may reduce the void volume within the defects. Therefore, the use of 0.5%SF6/air instead of 0.5%SF6/CO2 (which increased the consumption rate of the entrained gas) improved the reproducibility of the AZ91 castings.

    However, it should be noted that not all the Mg-alloy foundries followed the casting process used in present work. The Mg-alloy melt in present work was degassed, thus reducing the effect of hydrogen on the consumption of the entrained gas (i.e., hydrogen could diffuse into the entrained gas, potentially suppressing the depletion of the entrained gas [7,71,72]). In contrast, in Mg-alloy foundries, the Mg-alloy melt is not normally degassed, since it was widely believed that there is not a ‘gas problem’ when casting magnesium and hence no significant change in tensile properties [73]. Although studies have shown the negative effect of hydrogen on the mechanical properties of Mg-alloy castings [41,42,73], a degassing process is still not very popular in Mg-alloy foundries.

    Moreover, in present work, the sand mould cavity was flushed with the SF6 cover gas prior to pouring [22]. However, not all the Mg-alloy foundries flushed the mould cavity in this way. For example, the Stone Foundry Ltd (UK) used sulphur powder instead of the cover-gas flushing. The entrained gas within their castings may be SO2/air, rather than the protective gas.

    Therefore, although the results in present work have shown that using air instead of CO2 improved the reproducibility of the final casting, it still requires further investigations to confirm the effect of carrier gases with respect to different industrial Mg-alloy casting processes.

    7. Conclusion

    Entrainment defects formed in an AZ91 alloy were observed. Their oxide films had two types of structure: single-layered and multi-layered. The multi-layered oxide film can grow together forming a sandwich-like structure in the final casting.2.

    Both the experimental results and the theoretical thermodynamic calculations demonstrated that fluorides in the trapped gas were depleted prior to the consumption of sulphur. A three-stage evolution process of the double oxide film defects has been suggested. The oxide films contained different combinations of compounds, depending on the evolution stage. The defects formed in SF6/air had a similar structure to those formed in SF6/CO2, but the compositions of their oxide films were different. The oxide-film formation and evolution process of the entrainment defects were different from that of the Mg-alloy surface films previous reported (i.e., MgO formed prior to MgF2).3.

    The growth rate of the oxide film was demonstrated to be greater under SF6/air than SF6/CO2, contributing to a quicker consumption of the damaging entrapped gas. The reproducibility of an AZ91 alloy casting improved when using SF6/air instead of SF6/CO2.

    Acknowledgements

    The authors acknowledge funding from the EPSRC LiME grant EP/H026177/1, and the help from Dr W.D. Griffiths and Mr. Adrian Carden (University of Birmingham). The casting work was carried out in University of Birmingham.

    Reference

    [1]

    M.K. McNutt, SALAZAR K.

    Magnesium, Compounds & Metal, U.S. Geological Survey and U.S. Department of the Interior

    Reston, Virginia (2013)

    Google Scholar[2]

    Magnesium

    Compounds & Metal, U.S. Geological Survey and U.S. Department of the Interior

    (1996)

    Google Scholar[3]

    I. Ostrovsky, Y. Henn

    ASTEC’07 International Conference-New Challenges in Aeronautics, Moscow (2007), pp. 1-5

    Aug 19-22

    View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[4]

    Y. Wan, B. Tang, Y. Gao, L. Tang, G. Sha, B. Zhang, N. Liang, C. Liu, S. Jiang, Z. Chen, X. Guo, Y. Zhao

    Acta Mater., 200 (2020), pp. 274-286

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[5]

    J.T.J. Burd, E.A. Moore, H. Ezzat, R. Kirchain, R. Roth

    Appl. Energy, 283 (2021), Article 116269

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[6]

    A.M. Lewis, J.C. Kelly, G.A. Keoleian

    Appl. Energy, 126 (2014), pp. 13-20

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[7]

    J. Campbell

    Castings

    Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford (2004)

    Google Scholar[8]

    M. Aryafar, R. Raiszadeh, A. Shalbafzadeh

    J. Mater. Sci., 45 (2010), pp. 3041-3051 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[9]

    R. Raiszadeh, W.D. Griffiths

    Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Process Metall. Mater. Process. Sci., 42 (2011), pp. 133-143 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[10]

    R. Raiszadeh, W.D. Griffiths

    J. Alloy. Compd., 491 (2010), pp. 575-580

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[11]

    L. Peng, G. Zeng, T.C. Su, H. Yasuda, K. Nogita, C.M. Gourlay

    JOM, 71 (2019), pp. 2235-2244 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[12]

    S. Ganguly, A.K. Mondal, S. Sarkar, A. Basu, S. Kumar, C. Blawert

    Corros. Sci., 166 (2020)[13]

    G.E. Bozchaloei, N. Varahram, P. Davami, S.K. Kim

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 548 (2012), pp. 99-105

    View Record in Scopus[14]

    S. Fox, J. Campbell

    Scr. Mater., 43 (2000), pp. 881-886

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[15]

    M. Cox, R.A. Harding, J. Campbell

    Mater. Sci. Technol., 19 (2003), pp. 613-625

    View Record in Scopus[16]

    C. Nyahumwa, N.R. Green, J. Campbell

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 32 (2001), pp. 349-358

    View Record in Scopus[17]

    A. Ardekhani, R. Raiszadeh

    J. Mater. Eng. Perform., 21 (2012), pp. 1352-1362 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[18]

    X. Dai, X. Yang, J. Campbell, J. Wood

    Mater. Sci. Technol., 20 (2004), pp. 505-513

    View Record in Scopus[19]

    E.M. Elgallad, M.F. Ibrahim, H.W. Doty, F.H. Samuel

    Philos. Mag., 98 (2018), pp. 1337-1359 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[20]

    W.D. Griffiths, N.W. Lai

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 38A (2007), pp. 190-196 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[21]

    A.R. Mirak, M. Divandari, S.M.A. Boutorabi, J. Campbell

    Int. J. Cast Met. Res., 20 (2007), pp. 215-220 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[22]

    C. Cingi

    Laboratory of Foundry Engineering

    Helsinki University of Technology, Espoo, Finland (2006)

    Google Scholar[23]

    Y. Jia, J. Hou, H. Wang, Q. Le, Q. Lan, X. Chen, L. Bao

    J. Mater. Process. Technol., 278 (2020), Article 116542

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[24]

    S. Ouyang, G. Yang, H. Qin, S. Luo, L. Xiao, W. Jie

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A, 780 (2020), Article 139138

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[25]

    S.-m. Xiong, X.-F. Wang

    Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China, 20 (2010), pp. 1228-1234

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[26]

    G.V. Research

    Grand View Research

    (2018)

    USA

    Google Scholar[27]

    T. Li, J. Davies

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 51 (2020), pp. 5389-5400 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[28]J.F. Fruehling, The University of Michigan, 1970.

    Google Scholar[29]

    S. Couling

    36th Annual World Conference on Magnesium, Norway (1979), pp. 54-57

    View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[30]

    S. Cashion, N. Ricketts, P. Hayes

    J. Light Met., 2 (2002), pp. 43-47

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[31]

    S. Cashion, N. Ricketts, P. Hayes

    J. Light Met., 2 (2002), pp. 37-42

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[32]

    K. Aarstad, G. Tranell, G. Pettersen, T.A. Engh

    Various Techniques to Study the Surface of Magnesium Protected by SF6

    TMS (2003)

    Google Scholar[33]

    S.-M. Xiong, X.-L. Liu

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 38 (2007), pp. 428-434 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[34]

    T.-S. Shih, J.-B. Liu, P.-S. Wei

    Mater. Chem. Phys., 104 (2007), pp. 497-504

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[35]

    G. Pettersen, E. Øvrelid, G. Tranell, J. Fenstad, H. Gjestland

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A, 332 (2002), pp. 285-294

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[36]

    H. Bo, L.B. Liu, Z.P. Jin

    J. Alloy. Compd., 490 (2010), pp. 318-325

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[37]

    A. Mirak, C. Davidson, J. Taylor

    Corros. Sci., 52 (2010), pp. 1992-2000

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[38]

    B.D. Lee, U.H. Beak, K.W. Lee, G.S. Han, J.W. Han

    Mater. Trans., 54 (2013), pp. 66-73 View PDF

    View Record in Scopus[39]

    W.Z. Liang, Q. Gao, F. Chen, H.H. Liu, Z.H. Zhao

    China Foundry, 9 (2012), pp. 226-230 View PDF

    CrossRef[40]

    U.I. Gol’dshleger, E.Y. Shafirovich

    Combust. Explos. Shock Waves, 35 (1999), pp. 637-644[41]

    A. Elsayed, S.L. Sin, E. Vandersluis, J. Hill, S. Ahmad, C. Ravindran, S. Amer Foundry

    Trans. Am. Foundry Soc., 120 (2012), pp. 423-429[42]

    E. Zhang, G.J. Wang, Z.C. Hu

    Mater. Sci. Technol., 26 (2010), pp. 1253-1258

    View Record in Scopus[43]

    N.R. Green, J. Campbell

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 173 (1993), pp. 261-266

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[44]

    C Reilly, MR Jolly, NR Green

    Proceedings of MCWASP XII – 12th Modelling of Casting, Welding and Advanced Solidifcation Processes, Vancouver, Canada (2009)

    Google Scholar[45]H.E. Friedrich, B.L. Mordike, Springer, Germany, 2006.

    Google Scholar[46]

    C. Zheng, B.R. Qin, X.B. Lou

    Proceedings of the 2010 International Conference on Mechanical, Industrial, and Manufacturing Technologies, ASME (2010), pp. 383-388

    Mimt 2010 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[47]

    S.M. Xiong, X.F. Wang

    Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China, 20 (2010), pp. 1228-1234

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[48]

    S.M. Xiong, X.L. Liu

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 38A (2007), pp. 428-434 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[49]

    T.S. Shih, J.B. Liu, P.S. Wei

    Mater. Chem. Phys., 104 (2007), pp. 497-504

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[50]

    K. Aarstad, G. Tranell, G. Pettersen, T.A. Engh

    Magn. Technol. (2003), pp. 5-10[51]

    G. Pettersen, E. Ovrelid, G. Tranell, J. Fenstad, H. Gjestland

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 332 (2002), pp. 285-294

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[52]

    X.F. Wang, S.M. Xiong

    Corros. Sci., 66 (2013), pp. 300-307

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[53]

    S.H. Nie, S.M. Xiong, B.C. Liu

    Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process., 422 (2006), pp. 346-351

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[54]

    C. Bauer, A. Mogessie, U. Galovsky

    Zeitschrift Fur Metallkunde, 97 (2006), pp. 164-168 View PDF

    CrossRef[55]

    Q.G. Wang, D. Apelian, D.A. Lados

    J. Light Met., 1 (2001), pp. 73-84

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[56]

    S. Wang, Y. Wang, Q. Ramasse, Z. Fan

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 51 (2020), pp. 2957-2974[57]

    S. Hayashi, W. Minami, T. Oguchi, H.J. Kim

    Kag. Kog. Ronbunshu, 35 (2009), pp. 411-415 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[58]

    K. Aarstad

    Norwegian University of Science and Technology

    (2004)

    Google Scholar[59]

    R.L. Wilkins

    J. Chem. Phys., 51 (1969), p. 853

    -&

    View Record in Scopus[60]

    O. Kubaschewski, K. Hesselemam

    Thermo-Chemical Properties of Inorganic Substances

    Springer-Verlag, Belin (1991)

    Google Scholar[61]

    R. Schmidt, M. Strobele, K. Eichele, H.J. Meyer

    Eur. J. Inorg. Chem. (2017), pp. 2727-2735 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[62]

    B. Hu, Y. Du, H. Xu, W. Sun, W.W. Zhang, D. Zhao

    J. Min. Metall. Sect. B-Metall., 46 (2010), pp. 97-103

    View Record in Scopus[63]

    O. Salas, H. Ni, V. Jayaram, K.C. Vlach, C.G. Levi, R. Mehrabian

    J. Mater. Res., 6 (1991), pp. 1964-1981

    View Record in Scopus[64]

    S.S.S. Kumari, U.T.S. Pillai, B.C. Pai

    J. Alloy. Compd., 509 (2011), pp. 2503-2509

    ArticleDownload PDFView Record in Scopus[65]

    H. Scholz, P. Greil

    J. Mater. Sci., 26 (1991), pp. 669-677

    View Record in Scopus[66]

    P. Biedenkopf, A. Karger, M. Laukotter, W. Schneider

    Magn. Technol., 2005 (2005), pp. 39-42

    View Record in Scopus[67]

    H.V. Atkinson, S. Davies

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 31 (2000), pp. 2981-3000 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[68]

    E.J. Guo, L. Wang, Y.C. Feng, L.P. Wang, Y.H. Chen

    J. Therm. Anal. Calorim., 135 (2019), pp. 2001-2008 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[69]

    T. Li, W.D. Griffiths, J. Chen

    Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci., 48A (2017), pp. 5516-5528 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[70]

    M. Tiryakioglu, D. Hudak

    J. Mater. Sci., 42 (2007), pp. 10173-10179 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus[71]

    Y. Yue, W.D. Griffiths, J.L. Fife, N.R. Green

    Proceedings of the 1st International Conference on 3d Materials Science (2012), pp. 131-136 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[72]

    R. Raiszadeh, W.D. Griffiths

    Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Process Metall. Mater. Process. Sci., 37 (2006), pp. 865-871

    View Record in Scopus[73]

    Z.C. Hu, E.L. Zhang, S.Y. Zeng

    Mater. Sci. Technol., 24 (2008), pp. 1304-1308 View PDF

    CrossRefView Record in Scopus

    Fig. 1 Multi-physics phenomena in the laser-material interaction zone

    COMPARISON BETWEEN GREEN AND
    INFRARED LASER IN LASER POWDER BED
    FUSION OF PURE COPPER THROUGH HIGH
    FIDELITY NUMERICAL MODELLING AT MESOSCALE

    316-L 스테인리스강의 레이저 분말 베드 융합 중 콜드 스패터 형성의 충실도 높은 수치 모델링

    W.E. ALPHONSO1*, M. BAYAT1 and J.H. HATTEL1
    *Corresponding author
    1Technical University of Denmark (DTU), 2800, Kgs, Lyngby, Denmark

    ABSTRACT

    L-PBF(Laser Powder Bed Fusion)는 금속 적층 제조(MAM) 기술로, 기존 제조 공정에 비해 부품 설계 자유도, 조립품 통합, 부품 맞춤화 및 낮은 툴링 비용과 같은 여러 이점을 산업에 제공합니다.

    전기 코일 및 열 관리 장치는 일반적으로 높은 전기 및 열 전도성 특성으로 인해 순수 구리로 제조됩니다. 따라서 순동의 L-PBF가 가능하다면 기하학적으로 최적화된 방열판과 자유형 전자코일을 제작할 수 있습니다.

    그러나 L-PBF로 조밀한 순동 부품을 생산하는 것은 적외선에 대한 낮은 광 흡수율과 높은 열전도율로 인해 어렵습니다. 기존의 L-PBF 시스템에서 조밀한 구리 부품을 생산하려면 적외선 레이저의 출력을 500W 이상으로 높이거나 구리의 광흡수율이 높은 녹색 레이저를 사용해야 합니다.

    적외선 레이저 출력을 높이면 후면 반사로 인해 레이저 시스템의 광학 구성 요소가 손상되고 렌즈의 열 광학 현상으로 인해 공정이 불안정해질 수 있습니다. 이 작업에서 FVM(Finite Volume Method)에 기반한 다중 물리학 중간 규모 수치 모델은 Flow-3D에서 개발되어 용융 풀 역학과 궁극적으로 부품 품질을 제어하는 ​​물리적 현상 상호 작용을 조사합니다.

    녹색 레이저 열원과 적외선 레이저 열원은 기판 위의 순수 구리 분말 베드에 단일 트랙 증착을 생성하기 위해 개별적으로 사용됩니다.

    용융 풀 역학에 대한 레이저 열원의 유사하지 않은 광학 흡수 특성의 영향이 탐구됩니다. 수치 모델을 검증하기 위해 단일 트랙이 구리 분말 베드에 증착되고 시뮬레이션된 용융 풀 모양과 크기가 비교되는 실험이 수행되었습니다.

    녹색 레이저는 광흡수율이 높아 전도 및 키홀 모드 용융이 가능하고 적외선 레이저는 흡수율이 낮아 키홀 모드 용융만 가능하다. 레이저 파장에 대한 용융 모드의 변화는 궁극적으로 기계적, 전기적 및 열적 특성에 영향을 미치는 열 구배 및 냉각 속도에 대한 결과를 가져옵니다.

    Laser Powder Bed Fusion (L-PBF) is a Metal Additive Manufacturing (MAM) technology which offers several advantages to industries such as part design freedom, consolidation of assemblies, part customization and low tooling cost over conventional manufacturing processes. Electric coils and thermal management devices are generally manufactured from pure copper due to its high electrical and thermal conductivity properties. Therefore, if L-PBF of pure copper is feasible, geometrically optimized heat sinks and free-form electromagnetic coils can be manufactured. However, producing dense pure copper parts by L-PBF is difficult due to low optical absorptivity to infrared radiation and high thermal conductivity. To produce dense copper parts in a conventional L-PBF system either the power of the infrared laser must be increased above 500W, or a green laser should be used for which copper has a high optical absorptivity. Increasing the infrared laser power can damage the optical components of the laser systems due to back reflections and create instabilities in the process due to thermal-optical phenomenon of the lenses. In this work, a multi-physics meso-scale numerical model based on Finite Volume Method (FVM) is developed in Flow-3D to investigate the physical phenomena interaction which governs the melt pool dynamics and ultimately the part quality. A green laser heat source and an infrared laser heat source are used individually to create single track deposition on pure copper powder bed above a substrate. The effect of the dissimilar optical absorptivity property of laser heat sources on the melt pool dynamics is explored. To validate the numerical model, experiments were conducted wherein single tracks are deposited on a copper powder bed and the simulated melt pool shape and size are compared. As the green laser has a high optical absorptivity, a conduction and keyhole mode melting is possible while for the infrared laser only keyhole mode melting is possible due to low absorptivity. The variation in melting modes with respect to the laser wavelength has an outcome on thermal gradient and cooling rates which ultimately affect the mechanical, electrical, and thermal properties.

    Keywords

    Pure Copper, Laser Powder Bed Fusion, Finite Volume Method, multi-physics

    Fig. 1 Multi-physics phenomena in the laser-material interaction zone
    Fig. 1 Multi-physics phenomena in the laser-material interaction zone
    Fig. 2 Framework for single laser track simulation model including powder bed and substrate (a) computational domain with boundaries (b) discretization of the domain with uniform quad mesh.
    Fig. 2 Framework for single laser track simulation model including powder bed and substrate (a) computational domain with boundaries (b) discretization of the domain with uniform quad mesh.
    Fig. 3 2D melt pool contours from the numerical model compared to experiments [16] for (a) VED = 65 J/mm3 at 7 mm from the beginning of the single track (b) VED = 103 J/mm3 at 3 mm from the beginning of the single track (c) VED = 103 J/mm3 at 7 mm from the beginning of the single track. In the 2D contour, the non-melted region is indicated in blue, and the melted region is indicated by red and green when the VED is 65 J/mm3 and 103 J/mm3 respectively.
    Fig. 3 2D melt pool contours from the numerical model compared to experiments [16] for (a) VED = 65 J/mm3 at 7 mm from the beginning of the single track (b) VED = 103 J/mm3 at 3 mm from the beginning of the single track (c) VED = 103 J/mm3 at 7 mm from the beginning of the single track. In the 2D contour, the non-melted region is indicated in blue, and the melted region is indicated by red and green when the VED is 65 J/mm3 and 103 J/mm3 respectively.
    Fig. 4 3D temperature contour plots of during single track L-PBF process at time1.8 µs when (a) VED = 65 J/mm3 (b) VED = 103 J/mm3 along with 2D melt pool contours at 5 mm from the laser initial position. In the 2D contour, the non-melted region is indicated in blue, and the melted region is indicated by red and green when the VED is 65 J/mm3 and 103 J/mm3 respectively.
    Fig. 4 3D temperature contour plots of during single track L-PBF process at time1.8 µs when (a) VED = 65 J/mm3 (b) VED = 103 J/mm3 along with 2D melt pool contours at 5 mm from the laser initial position. In the 2D contour, the non-melted region is indicated in blue, and the melted region is indicated by red and green when the VED is 65 J/mm3 and 103 J/mm3 respectively.

    References

    [1] L. Jyothish Kumar, P. M. Pandey, and D. I. Wimpenny, 3D printing and additive
    manufacturing technologies. Springer Singapore, 2018. doi: 10.1007/978-981-13-0305-0.
    [2] T. DebRoy et al., “Additive manufacturing of metallic components – Process, structure
    and properties,” Progress in Materials Science, vol. 92, pp. 112–224, 2018, doi:
    10.1016/j.pmatsci.2017.10.001.
    [3] C. S. Lefky, B. Zucker, D. Wright, A. R. Nassar, T. W. Simpson, and O. J. Hildreth,
    “Dissolvable Supports in Powder Bed Fusion-Printed Stainless Steel,” 3D Printing and
    Additive Manufacturing, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 3–11, 2017, doi: 10.1089/3dp.2016.0043.
    [4] J. L. Bartlett and X. Li, “An overview of residual stresses in metal powder bed fusion,”
    Additive Manufacturing, vol. 27, no. January, pp. 131–149, 2019, doi:
    10.1016/j.addma.2019.02.020.
    [5] I. H. Ahn, “Determination of a process window with consideration of effective layer
    thickness in SLM process,” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing
    Technology, vol. 105, no. 10, pp. 4181–4191, 2019, doi: 10.1007/s00170-019-04402-w.

    [6] R. McCann et al., “In-situ sensing, process monitoring and machine control in Laser
    Powder Bed Fusion: A review,” Additive Manufacturing, vol. 45, no. May, 2021, doi:
    10.1016/j.addma.2021.102058.
    [7] M. Bayat et al., “Keyhole-induced porosities in Laser-based Powder Bed Fusion (L-PBF)
    of Ti6Al4V: High-fidelity modelling and experimental validation,” Additive
    Manufacturing, vol. 30, no. August, p. 100835, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2019.100835.
    [8] M. Bayat, S. Mohanty, and J. H. Hattel, “Multiphysics modelling of lack-of-fusion voids
    formation and evolution in IN718 made by multi-track/multi-layer L-PBF,” International
    Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, vol. 139, pp. 95–114, 2019, doi:
    10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.05.003.
    [9] S. D. Jadhav, L. R. Goossens, Y. Kinds, B. van Hooreweder, and K. Vanmeensel, “Laserbased powder bed fusion additive manufacturing of pure copper,” Additive Manufacturing,
    vol. 42, no. March, 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.addma.2021.101990.
    [10] S. D. Jadhav, S. Dadbakhsh, L. Goossens, J. P. Kruth, J. van Humbeeck, and K.
    Vanmeensel, “Influence of selective laser melting process parameters on texture evolution
    in pure copper,” Journal of Materials Processing Technology, vol. 270, no. January, pp.
    47–58, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2019.02.022.
    [11] H. Siva Prasad, F. Brueckner, J. Volpp, and A. F. H. Kaplan, “Laser metal deposition of
    copper on diverse metals using green laser sources,” International Journal of Advanced
    Manufacturing Technology, vol. 107, no. 3–4, pp. 1559–1568, 2020, doi: 10.1007/s00170-
    020-05117-z.
    [12] L. R. Goossens, Y. Kinds, J. P. Kruth, and B. van Hooreweder, “On the influence of
    thermal lensing during selective laser melting,” Solid Freeform Fabrication 2018:
    Proceedings of the 29th Annual International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium – An
    Additive Manufacturing Conference, SFF 2018, no. December, pp. 2267–2274, 2020.
    [13] M. Bayat, V. K. Nadimpalli, D. B. Pedersen, and J. H. Hattel, “A fundamental investigation
    of thermo-capillarity in laser powder bed fusion of metals and alloys,” International
    Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, vol. 166, p. 120766, 2021, doi:
    10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120766.
    [14] H. Chen, Q. Wei, Y. Zhang, F. Chen, Y. Shi, and W. Yan, “Powder-spreading mechanisms
    in powder-bed-based additive manufacturing: Experiments and computational modeling,”
    Acta Materialia, vol. 179, pp. 158–171, 2019, doi: 10.1016/j.actamat.2019.08.030.
    [15] S. K. Nayak, S. K. Mishra, C. P. Paul, A. N. Jinoop, and K. S. Bindra, “Effect of energy
    density on laser powder bed fusion built single tracks and thin wall structures with 100 µm
    preplaced powder layer thickness,” Optics and Laser Technology, vol. 125, May 2020, doi:
    10.1016/j.optlastec.2019.106016.
    [16] G. Nordet et al., “Absorptivity measurements during laser powder bed fusion of pure
    copper with a 1 kW cw green laser,” Optics & Laser Technology, vol. 147, no. April 2021,
    p. 107612, 2022, doi: 10.1016/j.optlastec.2021.107612.
    [17] M. Hummel, C. Schöler, A. Häusler, A. Gillner, and R. Poprawe, “New approaches on
    laser micro welding of copper by using a laser beam source with a wavelength of 450 nm,”
    Journal of Advanced Joining Processes, vol. 1, no. February, p. 100012, 2020, doi:
    10.1016/j.jajp.2020.100012.
    [18] M. Hummel, M. Külkens, C. Schöler, W. Schulz, and A. Gillner, “In situ X-ray
    tomography investigations on laser welding of copper with 515 and 1030 nm laser beam
    sources,” Journal of Manufacturing Processes, vol. 67, no. April, pp. 170–176, 2021, doi:
    10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.04.063.
    [19] L. Gargalis et al., “Determining processing behaviour of pure Cu in laser powder bed
    fusion using direct micro-calorimetry,” Journal of Materials Processing Technology, vol.
    294, no. March, p. 117130, 2021, doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2021.117130.
    [20] A. Mondal, D. Agrawal, and A. Upadhyaya, “Microwave heating of pure copper powder
    with varying particle size and porosity,” Journal of Microwave Power and
    Electromagnetic Energy, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 4315–43110, 2009, doi:
    10.1080/08327823.2008.11688599.

    Fig. 9 Test facility a plan view, b the bottom elevation of the reservoir to the channel (Bell et al. 1992)

    2-D Dam-Break Flow Modeling Based on Weighted Average Flux Method

    Iranian Journal of Science and Technology, Transactions of Civil Engineering volume 46, pages1515–1525 (2022)Cite this article

    Abstract

    천해 방정식을 기반으로 하는 2차원 흐름 모델은 댐 붕괴 흐름을 모델링하기 위해 개발되었습니다. 공간 이산화는 유한 체적 셀 중심 유형 방법에 의해 얻어집니다.

    수치 시스템은 명시적인 방식으로 해결됩니다. 플럭스 모델링은 시간과 공간 모두에서 2차 정확도로 TVD WAF 방식으로 배포되었습니다. 로컬 리만 문제는 셀 인터페이스에서 HLLC 방법으로 해결됩니다. 수치 모델은 모델 결과와 해석 솔루션을 비교하여 검증합니다.

    그런 다음 수치 모델의 결과는 90° 및 180° 편차 각도를 갖는 수로 및 삼각형 바텀 씰 위의 직선 수로에서 사용 가능한 실험 데이터와 비교됩니다. 결과는 댐 파괴파를 예측하는 현재 모델의 합리적인 성능을 확인합니다.

    A two-dimensional flow model based on shallow water equations is developed for modeling dam-break flows. The spatial discretization is obtained by the finite volume cell centered type method. The numerical system is solved in explicit way. The flux modeling has been deployed by TVD WAF scheme with a second-order accuracy in both time and space. The local Riemann problem is solved by the HLLC method in the interface of the cells. The numerical model is verified by comparison of model results and analytical solutions. Then the results of numerical model are compared with available experimental data of dam-break waves in a channel with 90° and 180° deviation angle and in a straight channel over a triangular bottom sill. The results confirm the reasonable performance of the present model in predicting dam-break waves.

    This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

    Keywords

    • Finite volume
    • Shallow water equations
    • Dam-break
    • HLLC
    • TVD
    • WAF
    Fig. 2 Generic control volume and notations
    Fig. 2 Generic control volume and notations
    Fig. 1 The generated grid for a channel with a 180° bend
    Fig. 1 The generated grid for a channel with a 180° bend
    Fig. 4 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of dam-break problem with left dry bed
    Fig. 4 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of dam-break problem with left dry bed
    Fig. 5 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of appearance dry region
    Fig. 5 a Water surface profle and b velocity profle of appearance dry region
    Fig. 6 Comparison of the present model results and exact solution for transcritical fow over a bump with a shock
    Fig. 6 Comparison of the present model results and exact solution for transcritical fow over a bump with a shock
    Fig. 7 Geometry of the reservoir and L-shaped channel: plan view (Soares-Frazao et al. 2019)
    Fig. 7 Geometry of the reservoir and L-shaped channel: plan view (Soares-Frazao et al. 2019)
    Fig. 9 Test facility a plan view, b the bottom elevation of the reservoir to the channel (Bell et al. 1992)
    Fig. 9 Test facility a plan view, b the bottom elevation of the reservoir to the channel (Bell et al. 1992)

    References

    • Ata R, Pavan S, Khelladi S, Toro EF (2013) A Weighted Average Flux (WAF) scheme applied to shallow water equations for real-life applications. Adv Water Resour 62:155–172Article Google Scholar 
    • Aureli F, Maranzoni A, Mignosa P, Ziveri C (2008) A weighted surface-depth gradient method for the numerical integration of the 2D shallow water equations with topography. Adv Water Resour 31(7):962–974Article Google Scholar 
    • Bell SW, Elliot RC, Hanif Chaudhry M (1992) Experimental results of two-dimensional dam-break flows. J Hydraul Res 30(2):225–252Article Google Scholar 
    • Benkhaldoun F, Sari S, Seaid M (2015) Projection finite volume method for shallow water flows. Math Comput Simul 118:87–101MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Chung TJ (2010) Computational fluid dynamics. Cambridge University PressBook Google Scholar 
    • Einfeldt B, Munz CD, Roe PL, Sjögreen B (1991) On Godunov-type methods near low densities. J Comput Phys 92(2):273–295MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Erduran KS, Kutija V, Hewett CJM (2002) Performance of finite volume solutions to the shallow water equations with shock-capturing schemes. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 40(10):1237–1273MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Gallardo JM, Schneider KA, Castro MJ (2019) On a class of two-dimensional incomplete Riemann solvers. J Comput Phys 386:541–567MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Fraccarollo L, Toro EF (1995) Experimental and numerical assessment of the shallow water model for two-dimensional dam-break type problems. J Hydraul Res 33(6):843–864Article Google Scholar 
    • Gupta SC (2019) Numerical grid generation and parallel computations. J Aerosp Eng Technol 5(1):11–22Google Scholar 
    • Hosseinzadeh-Tabrizi A, Ghaeini-Hessaroeyeh M (2015) Coupled dam-break flow and bed load modelling using HLLC-WAF scheme. Water Sci Technol 72(7):1155–1167Article Google Scholar 
    • Kocaman S, Ozmen-Cagatay H (2015) Investigation of dam-break induced shock waves impact on a vertical wall. J Hydrol 525:1–12Article Google Scholar 
    • Liang Q, Borthwick AGL, Stelling G (2004) Simulation of dam-and dyke-break hydrodynamics on dynamically adaptive quadtree grids. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 46(2):127–162Article Google Scholar 
    • Liang D, Lin B, Falconer RA (2007) Simulation of rapidly varying flow using an efficient TVD–MacCormack scheme. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 53(5):811–826Article Google Scholar 
    • Munoz DH, Constantinescu G (2020) 3-D dam break flow simulations in simplified and complex domains. Adv Water Resour 103510
    • Muscat L, Puigt G, Montagnac M, Brenner P (2019) A coupled implicit-explicit time integration method for compressible unsteady flows. J Comput Phys 398:183MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Ozmen-Cagatay H, Kocaman S (2010) Dam-break flows during initial stage using SWE and RANS approaches. J Hydraul Res 48(5):603–611Article Google Scholar 
    • Ozmen-Cagatay H, Kocaman S, Guzel H (2014) Investigation of dam-break flood waves in a dry channel with a hump. J Hydro Environ Res 8(3):304–315Article Google Scholar 
    • Pongsanguansin T, Maleewong M, Mekchay K (2015) Consistent weighted average flux of well-balanced TVD-RK discontinuous galerkin method for shallow water flows. Modelling and simulation in Engineering, pp. 591282
    • Pongsanguansin T, Maleewong M, Mekchay K (2016) Shallow-water simulations by a well-balanced WAF finite volume method: a case study to the great flood in 2011. Thailand Comput Geosci 20(6):1269–1285MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Soares-Frazão S (2007) Experiments of dam-break wave over a triangular bottom sill. J Hydraul Res 45(sup1):19–26MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Soares Frazao S, Abbeels S, Messens M (2019) Dam-break flow in a channel with a 90° bend and mobile bed: experimental and numerical simulations. In: 38th IAHR world congress
    • Toro EF (1992) Riemann problems and the WAF method for solving the two-dimensional shallow water equations. Philos Trans Roy Soc Lond Ser A Phys Eng Sci 338(1649):43–68MathSciNet MATH Google Scholar 
    • Toro EF, Spruce M, Speares W (1994) Restoration of the contact surface in the HLL-Riemann solver. Shock Waves 4(1):25–34Article Google Scholar 
    • Toro EF (2001) Shock-capturing methods for free-surface shallow flows, vol 868. Wiley, New YorkMATH Google Scholar 
    • Toro EF, Garcia-Navarro P (2007) Godunov-type methods for free-surface shallow flows: a review. J Hydraul Res 45(6):736–751Article Google Scholar 
    • Toro, E.F., 2013. Riemann solvers and numerical methods for fluid dynamics: a practical introduction. Springer Science & Business Media.
    • Valiani A, Caleffi V, Zanni A (2002) Case study: Malpasset dam-break simulation using a two-dimensional finite volume method. J Hydraul Eng 128(5):460–472Article Google Scholar 
    • Xia J, Lin B, Falconer RA, Wang G (2010) Modelling dam-break flows over mobile beds using a 2-D coupled approach. Adv Water Resour 33(2):171–183Article Google Scholar 
    • Zia A, Banihashemi MA (2008) Simple efficient algorithm (SEA) for shallow flows with shock wave on dry and irregular beds. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 56(11):2021–2043MathSciNet Article Google Scholar 
    • Zoppou C, Roberts S (2003) Explicit schemes for dam-break simulations. J Hydraul Eng 129(1):11–34Article Google Scholar 
    • Zhou JG, Causon DM, Ingram DM, Mingham CG (2002) Numerical solutions of the shallow water equations with discontinuous bed topography. Int J Numer Meth Fluids 38(8):769–788Article Google Scholar 
    Flow Field in a Sloped Channel with Damaged and Undamaged Piers: Numerical and Experimental Studies

    Flow Field in a Sloped Channel with Damaged and Undamaged Piers: Numerical and Experimental Studies

    Ehsan OveiciOmid Tayari & Navid Jalalkamali
    KSCE Journal of Civil Engineering volume 25, pages4240–4251 (2021)Cite this article

    Abstract

    본 논문은 경사가 완만한 수로에서 손상되거나 손상되지 않은 교각 주변의 유동 패턴을 분석했습니다. 실험은 길이가 12m이고 기울기가 0.008인 직선 수로에서 수행되었습니다. Acoustic Doppler Velocimeter(ADV)를 이용하여 3차원 유속 데이터를 수집하였고, 그 결과를 PIV(Particle Image Velocimetry) 데이터와 분석하여 비교하였습니다.

    다중 블록 옵션이 있는 취수구의 퇴적물 시뮬레이션(SSIIM)은 이 연구에서 흐름의 수치 시뮬레이션을 위해 통합되었습니다. 일반적으로 비교에서 얻은 결과는 수치 데이터와 실험 데이터 간의 적절한 일치를 나타냅니다. 결과는 모든 경우에 수로 입구에서 2m 거리에서 기복적 수압 점프가 발생했음을 보여주었습니다.

    경사진 수로의 최대 베드 전단응력은 2개의 손상 및 손상되지 않은 교각을 설치하기 위한 수평 수로의 12배였습니다. 이와 같은 경사수로 교각의 위치에 따라 상류측 수위는 수평수로의 유사한 조건에 비해 72.5% 감소한 반면, 이 감소량은 경사면에서 다른 경우에 비해 8.3% 감소하였다. 채널 또한 두 교각이 있는 경우 최대 Froude 수는 수평 수로의 5.7배였습니다.

    This paper analyzed the flow pattern around damaged and undamaged bridge piers in a channel with a mild slope. The experiments were carried out on a straight channel with a length of 12 meters and a slope of 0.008. Acoustic Doppler velocimeter (ADV) was employed to collect three-dimensional flow velocity data, and the results were analyzed and compared with particle image velocimetry (PIV) data. Sediment Simulation in Intakes with Multiblock option (SSIIM) was incorporated for the numerical simulation of the flow in this study. Generally, the results obtained from the comparisons referred to the appropriate agreement between the numerical and the experimental data. The results showed that an undular hydraulic jump occurred at a distance of two meters from the channel entrance in every case; the maximum bed shear stress in the sloped channel was 12 times that in a horizontal channel for installing two damaged and undamaged piers. With this position of the piers in the sloped channel, the upstream water level underwent a 72.5% reduction compared to similar conditions in a horizontal channel, while the amount of this water level decrease was equal to 8.3% compared to the other cases in a sloped channel. In addition, with the presence of both piers, the maximum Froude number was 5.7 times that in a horizontal channel.

    This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

    References

    Download references

    Figure 2.1: Types of Landslides[2]

    Landslide flow path modelling
    A Case Study on Aranayaka
    Landslide

    산사태 유로 모델링 : Aranayaka 산사태 사례 연구

    Authors:

    Malithi De Silva at University of Kelaniya

    Malithi De Silva : University of Kelaniya

    N.M.T De Silva
    University of Colombo School of Computing
    2018

    Abstract

    산사태가 발생하기 쉬운 구릉 지역 근처에서 발생하는 최근 인구 증가 및 개발은 취약성을 증가시킵니다. 기후 변화의 영향은 산사태 위험의 가능성을 더욱 높입니다. 따라서 인명 및 재산 피해를 방지하기 위해서는 불안정한 경사면 거동에 대한 적절한 관찰과 분석이 중요합니다.

    산사태 흐름 경로 예측은 산사태 흐름 경로를 결정하는 데 중요하며 위험 매핑의 필수 요소입니다. 그러나 현상의 복잡한 특성과 관련 매개변수의 불확실성으로 인해 흐름 경로 예측은 어려운 작업입니다. 이 작업에서는 Kegalle 지역의 Aranayaka 지역의 주요 산사태 사고를 흐름 경로를 모델링하기 위한 사례 연구로 사용합니다.

    위치에서 디지털 고도 모델을 기반으로 잠재적 소스 영역이 식별되었습니다. 확산 영역 평가는 D8 및 다중 방향 흐름 알고리즘이라는 두 가지 흐름 방향 알고리즘을 기반으로 했습니다. 이 프로토타입 모델을 사용하여 사용자는 슬라이드의 최대 너비, 런아웃 거리 및 슬립 표면적과 같은 산사태 관련 통계를 대화식으로 얻을 수 있습니다.

    모델에서 얻은 결과는 실제 Aranayaka 산사태 데이터 세트와 해당 지역의 산사태 위험 지도와 비교되었습니다. D8 알고리즘을 사용하여 구현된 도구에서 생성된 산사태 흐름 경로는 65% 이상의 일치를 나타내고 다중 방향 흐름 알고리즘은 실제 흐름 경로 및 기타 관련 통계와 69% 이상의 일치를 나타냅니다.

    또한, 생성된 유동 경로 방향과 예상되는 산사태 시작 지점이 실제 산사태 경계 내부에 잘 일치합니다.

    Recent population growth and developments taking place close to landslides prone
    hilly areas increase their vulnerability. Climate change impacts further raise the
    potential of landslide hazard. Therefore, to prevent loss of lives and damage to
    property, proper observation and analysis of unstable slope behavior is crucial.
    Landslide flow path forecasting is important for determining a landslide flow route and
    it is an essential element in hazard mapping. However, due to the complex nature of
    the phenomenon and the uncertainties of associated parameters flow path prediction is
    a challenging task.
    In this work, the major landslide incident at Aranayaka area in Kegalle district is taken
    as the case study to model the flow path. At the location, potential source areas were
    identified on the basis of the Digital Elevation Model. Spreading area assessment was
    based on two flow directional algorithms namely D8 and Multiple Direction Flow
    Algorithm. Using this prototype model, a user can interactively get landslide specific
    statistics such as the maximum width of the slide, runout distance, and slip surface area.
    Results obtained by the model were compared with the actual Aranayaka landslide data
    set the landslide hazard map of the area.
    Landslide flow paths generated from the implemented tool using D8 algorithm shows
    more than 65% agreement and Multiple Direction Flow Algorithm shows more than
    69% agreement with the actual flow paths and other related statistics. Also, the
    generated flow path directions and predicted possible landslide initiation points fit
    inside the actual landslide boundary with good agreement.

    Figure 2.1: Types of Landslides[2]
    Figure 2.1: Types of Landslides[2]
    Figure 2.2: Landslide Glossary [2]
    Figure 2.2: Landslide Glossary [2]

    References

    [1] na, “Landslides 101,” [Online]. Available: https://landslides.usgs.gov/learn/ls101.php.
    [Accessed 20 01 2017].
    [2] U.S. Department of the Interior, “Landslide Types and Processes,” July 2004. [Online].
    Available: https://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/2004/3072/fs-2004-3072.html. [Accessed 20 July 2017].
    [3] “Department of conservation,” 2016. [Online]. Available:
    http://www.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/geologic_hazards/landslides/Pages/LandslideTypes.aspx.
    [Accessed 20 July 2017].
    [4] 22nd May 2016, Aerial Survey report on inundation damages and sediment disasters, 2016.
    [5] Peter V. Gorsevski, Paul Gessler and Randy B. Foltz, “Spatial Prediction of Landslide
    Hazard Using Discriminant Analysis and GIS,” in GIS in the Rockies 2000 Conference and
    Workshop Applications for the 21st Century, Denver, Colorado. , 2000.
    [6] M. Casadei, W. E. Dietrich and N. L. Miller, “Testing A Model For Predicting The Timing
    And Location Of Shallow Landslide Initiation In Soil-Mantled Landscapes,” Earth Surface
    Processes and Landforms, vol. 28, p. 925–950, 2003.
    [7] Roberto Arnaldo Trancoso Gomes, Renato Fontes, Osmar Abílio de Carvalho Júnior, Nelson
    Ferreira and Eurípedes Vargas do Amaral, “Combining Spatial Models for Shallow
    Landslides and Debris-Flows Prediction,” Remote Sensing, no. 5, pp. 2219-2237, 2013.
    [8] P. Bertolo and G. F. Wieczorek, “Calibration of numerical models for small debris flow in
    Yosemite Valley, California, USA,” Documentation and monitoring of landslides and debris
    flows for mathematical modelling and design of mitigation measures, 13 December 2005.
    [9] T. A. Gebreslassie, “Dynamic simulations of landslide runout in cohesive Soils,” Oslo, 2015.
    [10] P. Tarolli and D. G. Tarboton, “A new method for determination of most likely landslide
    initiation points and the evaluation of digital terrain model scale in terrain stability mapping,”
    Hydrology and Earth System Sciences, no. 10, p. 663–677, 2006.
    [11] G.-B. Kim, “Numerical Simulation Of Three-Dimensional Tsunami Generation By Subaerial
    Landslides,” 2013.

    [12] Giuseppe Formetta, Giovanna Capparelli, and Pasqua, “Evaluating performance of simplified
    physically based models for shallow landslide susceptibility,” Hydrol. Earth System, no. 20,
    p. 4585–4603, 2016.
    [13] F. Dai and C. Lee, “Landslide characteristics and slope instability modeling using GIS,
    Lantau Island, Hong Kong,” 2001.
    [14] S. McDougall, “Landslide runout analysis — current practice and challenges,” Canadian
    Geotechnical Colloquium, vol. 57, pp. 605-620, 2017.
    [15] P. Quinn, K. Beven, P. Chevallier And O. Planchon, “The Prediction Of Hillslope Flow Paths
    For Distributed Hydrological Modelling Using Digital Terrain Models,” Hydrological
    Processes, Vol. Vol. 5, Pp. 59-79, 1991.
    [16] V. B., “Comparison of Single and Multiple Flow Direction Algorithm for Computing
    Topographic Parameters in Topmodel,” 2000.
    [17] J.-f. G. P. T. K. T. Guang-ju ZHAO, “Comparison of two different methods for determining
    flow direction in catchment hydrological modeling,” Water Science and Engineering, vol. 2,
    no. 4, pp. 1-15, 2009.
    [18] D. G. Tarboton, “A New Method For The Determination Of Flow Directions And Upslope
    Areas In Grid Digital Elevation Models,” Water Resources Research, Vol. 33, No. 2, P. 33,
    309-319.
    [19] V. Baumann, “Debris flow susceptibility mapping at a regional scale along the National Road
    N7, Argentina,” in CGS Geotechnical Conference, Argentina, 2011.
    [20] Q. Z. Petter Pilesjö, “Theoretical Estimation Of Flow Accumulation From A Grid-Based
    Digital Elevation Model,” In Proceedings Of Gis Am/Fm Asia’97 And Geoinformatics’97
    Conference, Taipei, 1997.
    [21] G. A. D. Y. a. C. S. L. John P. WILSON, “Water in the Landscape: A Review of
    Contemporary Flow Routing Algorithms,” pp. 213-236.
    [22] “MathWorks,” The MathWorks, Inc., [Online]. Available: https://in.mathworks.com/.
    [Accessed 1 10 2017].
    [23] “What is GIS?,” Esri, [Online]. Available: http://www.esri.com/what-is-gis. [Accessed 12 11
    2017].
    [24] P. Barrett, “Paul Barrett,” Wikimedia Foundation, Inc, [Online]. Available:
    http://www.pbarrett.net/techpapers/euclid.pdf. [Accessed 05 01 2018].

    [25] S. S. Gruber, Land-surface parameters and objects in hydrology., Elsevier, 2009.
    [26] “Landscape Evolution Modeling with CHILD,” Community Surface Dynamics Modeling
    System, [Online]. Available:
    http://csdms.colorado.edu/wiki/Labs_Landscape_Evolution_Modeling_With_Child_Part_2.
    [Accessed 13 01 2018].
    [27] M. Cooper, “Depth Recovery through Linear Algebra,” in Line Drawing Interpretation,
    Springer Science & Business Media., p. 118.
    [28] A. P. Nicholas, “Cellular modelling in fluvial geomorphology,” in Earth Surface Processes
    and Landforms, 2005, p. 645–649.
    [29] “Making Successful Maps,” DroneDeploy, [Online]. Available:
    https://support.dronedeploy.com/v1.0/docs/making-successful-maps. [Accessed 15 10 2017].
    [30] “M_Map:A mapping package for Matlab,” rich@eos.ubc.ca, [Online]. Available:
    https://www.eoas.ubc.ca/~rich/map.html. [Accessed 15 01 2018].
    [31] P. Dulanjalee, “Landslide Flow Path Assessment for Susceptibility Mapping at a Regional
    Scale,” in ‘Investing in Disaster Risk Reduction for Resilience’’- NBRO holds 8th Annual
    Symposium, Colombo, 2017.
    [32] L. K. a. D. M. E. Boyagoda, ” Subsurface Geotechnical Characterization,” in International
    Symposium, NBRO, Colombo, Sri Lanka, 2016.
    [33] E. E. Duncan and A. A. Rahman, “An Amalgamation Of 3d Spatial Data Model For Surface
    And Subsurface Spatial Objects.,” in Knowing To Manage The Territory, Protect The
    Environment, Evaluate The Cultural Heritage, Rome, Italy, 2012.

    Figure 2. Schematic diagram for pilot-scale cooling-water circulation system (a) along with a real picture of the system (b).

    Application of Computational Fluid Dynamics in Chlorine-Dynamics Modeling of In-Situ Chlorination Systems for Cooling Systems

    Jongchan Yi 1, Jonghun Lee 1, Mohd Amiruddin Fikri 2,3, Byoung-In Sang 4 and Hyunook Kim 1,*

    Abstract

    염소화는 상대적인 효율성과 저렴한 비용으로 인해 발전소 냉각 시스템에서 생물학적 오염을 제어하는​​데 선호되는 방법입니다. 해안 지역에 발전소가 있는 경우 바닷물을 사용하여 현장에서 염소를 전기화학적으로 생성할 수 있습니다. 이를 현장 전기염소화라고 합니다. 이 접근 방식은 유해한 염소화 부산물이 적고 염소를 저장할 필요가 없다는 점을 포함하여 몇 가지 장점이 있습니다. 그럼에도 불구하고, 이 전기화학적 공정은 실제로는 아직 초기 단계에 있습니다. 이 연구에서는 파일럿 규모 냉각 시스템에서 염소 붕괴를 시뮬레이션하기 위해 병렬 1차 동역학을 적용했습니다. 붕괴가 취수관을 따라 발생하기 때문에 동역학은 전산유체역학(CFD) 코드에 통합되었으며, 이후에 파이프의 염소 거동을 시뮬레이션하는데 적용되었습니다. 실험과 시뮬레이션 데이터는 강한 난류가 형성되는 조건하에서도 파이프 벽을 따라 염소 농도가 점진적인 것으로 나타났습니다. 염소가 중간보다 파이프 표면을 따라 훨씬 더 집중적으로 남아 있다는 사실은 전기 염소화를 기반으로 하는 시스템의 전체 염소 요구량을 감소시킬 수 있었습니다. 현장 전기 염소화 방식의 냉각 시스템은 직접 주입 방식에 필요한 염소 사용량의 1/3만 소비했습니다. 따라서 현장 전기염소화는 해안 지역의 발전소에서 바이오파울링 제어를 위한 비용 효율적이고 환경 친화적인 접근 방식으로 사용될 수 있다고 결론지었습니다.

    Chlorination is the preferred method to control biofouling in a power plant cooling system due to its comparative effectiveness and low cost. If a power plant is located in a coastal area, chlorine can be electrochemically generated in-situ using seawater, which is called in-situ electrochlorination; this approach has several advantages including fewer harmful chlorination byproducts and no need for chlorine storage. Nonetheless, this electrochemical process is still in its infancy in practice. In this study, a parallel first-order kinetics was applied to simulate chlorine decay in a pilot-scale cooling system. Since the decay occurs along the water-intake pipe, the kinetics was incorporated into computational fluid dynamics (CFD) codes, which were subsequently applied to simulate chlorine behavior in the pipe. The experiment and the simulation data indicated that chlorine concentrations along the pipe wall were incremental, even under the condition where a strong turbulent flow was formed. The fact that chlorine remained much more concentrated along the pipe surface than in the middle allowed for the reduction of the overall chlorine demand of the system based on the electro-chlorination. The cooling system, with an in-situ electro-chlorination, consumed only 1/3 of the chlorine dose demanded by the direct injection method. Therefore, it was concluded that in-situ electro-chlorination could serve as a cost-effective and environmentally friendly approach for biofouling control at power plants on coastal areas.

    Keywords

    computational fluid dynamics; power plant; cooling system; electro-chlorination; insitu chlorination

    Figure 1. Electrodes and batch experiment set-up. (a) Two cylindrical electrodes used in this study. (b) Batch experiment set-up for kinetic tests.
    Figure 1. Electrodes and batch experiment set-up. (a) Two cylindrical electrodes used in this study. (b) Batch experiment set-up for kinetic tests.
    Figure 2. Schematic diagram for pilot-scale cooling-water circulation system (a) along with a real picture of the system (b).
    Figure 2. Schematic diagram for pilot-scale cooling-water circulation system (a) along with a real picture of the system (b).
    Figure 3. Free chlorine decay curves in seawater with different TOC and initial chlorine concentration. Each line represents the predicted concentration of chlorine under a given condition. (a) Artificial seawater solution with 1 mg L−1 of TOC; (b) artificial seawater solution with 2 mg L−1 of TOC; (c) artificial seawater solution with 3 mg L−1 of TOC; (d) West Sea water (1.3 mg L−1 of TOC).
    Figure 3. Free chlorine decay curves in seawater with different TOC and initial chlorine concentration. Each line represents the predicted concentration of chlorine under a given condition. (a) Artificial seawater solution with 1 mg L−1 of TOC; (b) artificial seawater solution with 2 mg L−1 of TOC; (c) artificial seawater solution with 3 mg L−1 of TOC; (d) West Sea water (1.3 mg L−1 of TOC).
    Figure 4. Correlation between model and experimental data in the chlorine kinetics using seawater.
    Figure 4. Correlation between model and experimental data in the chlorine kinetics using seawater.
    Figure 5. Free chlorine concentrations in West Sea water under different current conditions in an insitu electro-chlorination system.
    Figure 5. Free chlorine concentrations in West Sea water under different current conditions in an insitu electro-chlorination system.
    Figure 6. Free chlorine distribution along the sampling ports under different flow rates. Each dot represents experimental data, and each point on the black line is the expected chlorine concentration obtained from computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulation with a parallel first-order decay model. The red-dotted line is the desirable concentration at the given flow rate: (a) 600 L min−1 of flow rate, (b) 700 L min−1 of flow rate, (c) 800 L min−1 of flow rate, (d) 900 L min−1 of flow rate.
    Figure 6. Free chlorine distribution along the sampling ports under different flow rates. Each dot represents experimental data, and each point on the black line is the expected chlorine concentration obtained from computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulation with a parallel first-order decay model. The red-dotted line is the desirable concentration at the given flow rate: (a) 600 L min−1 of flow rate, (b) 700 L min−1 of flow rate, (c) 800 L min−1 of flow rate, (d) 900 L min−1 of flow rate.
    Figure 7. Fluid contour images from CFD simulation of the electro-chlorination experiment. Inlet flow rate is 800 L min−1. Outlet pressure was set to 10.8 kPa. (a) Chlorine concentration; (b) expanded view of electrode side in image (a); (c) velocity magnitude; (d) pressure.
    Figure 7. Fluid contour images from CFD simulation of the electro-chlorination experiment. Inlet flow rate is 800 L min−1. Outlet pressure was set to 10.8 kPa. (a) Chlorine concentration; (b) expanded view of electrode side in image (a); (c) velocity magnitude; (d) pressure.
    Figure 8. Chlorine concentration contour in the simulation of full-scale in-situ electro-chlorination with different cathode positions. The pipe diameter is 2 m and the flow rate is 14 m3 s−1. The figure shows 10 m of the pipeline. (a) The simulation result when the cathode is placed on the surface of the pipe wall. (b) The simulation result when the cathode is placed on the inside of the pipe with 100 mm of distance from the pipe wall.
    Figure 8. Chlorine concentration contour in the simulation of full-scale in-situ electro-chlorination with different cathode positions. The pipe diameter is 2 m and the flow rate is 14 m3 s−1. The figure shows 10 m of the pipeline. (a) The simulation result when the cathode is placed on the surface of the pipe wall. (b) The simulation result when the cathode is placed on the inside of the pipe with 100 mm of distance from the pipe wall.
    Figure 9. Comparison of in-situ electro-chlorination and direct chlorine injection in full-scale applications. (a) Estimated chlorine concentrations along the pipe surface. (b) Relative chlorine demands.
    Figure 9. Comparison of in-situ electro-chlorination and direct chlorine injection in full-scale applications. (a) Estimated chlorine concentrations along the pipe surface. (b) Relative chlorine demands.

    References

    1. Macknick, J.; Newmark, R.; Heath, G.; Hallett, K.C. Operational water consumption and withdrawal factors for electricity generating technologies: A review of existing literature. Environ. Res. Lett. 2012, 7, 045802.
    2. Pan, S.-Y.; Snyder, S.W.; Packman, A.I.; Lin, Y.J.; Chiang, P.-C. Cooling water use in thermoelectric power generation and its associated challenges for addressing water-energy nexus. Water-Energy Nexus 2018, 1, 26–41.
    3. Feeley, T.J., III; Skone, T.J.; Stiegel, G.J., Jr.; McNemar, A.; Nemeth, M.; Schimmoller, B.; Murphy, J.T.;
      Manfredo, L. Water: A critical resource in the thermoelectric power industry. Energy 2008, 33, 1–11.
    4. World Nuclear Association. World Nuclear Performance Report 2016; World Nuclear Association: London, UK, 2016.
    5. Pugh, S.; Hewitt, G.; Müller-Steinhagen, H. Fouling during the use of seawater as coolant—The development of a user guide. Heat Transf. Eng. 2005, 26, 35–43.
    6. Satpathy, K.K.; Mohanty, A.K.; Sahu, G.; Biswas, S.; Prasad, M.; Slvanayagam, M. Biofouling and its control in seawater cooled power plant cooling water system—A review. Nucl. Power 2010, 17, 191–242.
    7. Cristiani, P.; Perboni, G. Antifouling strategies and corrosion control in cooling circuits. Bioelectrochemistry 2014, 97, 120–126.
    8. Walker, M.E.; Safari, I.; Theregowda, R.B.; Hsieh, M.-K.; Abbasian, J.; Arastoopour, H.; Dzombak, D.A.; Miller, D.C. Economic impact of condenser fouling in existing thermoelectric power plants. Energy 2012,44, 429–437.
    9. Yi, J.; Ahn, Y.; Hong, M.; Kim, G.-H.; Shabnam, N.; Jeon, B.; Sang, B.-I.; Kim, H. Comparison between OCl−-Injection and In Situ Electrochlorination in the Formation of Chlorate and Perchlorate in Seawater. Appl.Sci. 2019, 9, 229.
    10. Xue, Y.; Zhao, J.; Qiu, R.; Zheng, J.; Lin, C.; Ma, B.; Wang, P. In Situ glass antifouling using Pt nanoparticle coating for periodic electrolysis of seawater. Appl. Surf. Sci. 2015, 357, 60–68.
    11. Mahfouz, A.B.; Atilhan, S.; Batchelor, B.; Linke, P.; Abdel-Wahab, A.; El-Halwagi, M.M. Optimal scheduling of biocide dosing for seawater-cooled power and desalination plants. Clean Technol. Environ. Policy 2011, 13, 783–796.
    12. Rubio, D.; López-Galindo, C.; Casanueva, J.F.; Nebot, E. Monitoring and assessment of an industrial antifouling treatment. Seasonal effects and influence of water velocity in an open once-through seawater cooling system. Appl. Therm. Eng. 2014, 67, 378–387.
    13. European Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (IPPC) Bureau, European Commission. Reference Document on the Application of Best Available Techniques to Industrial Cooling Systems December 2001; European Commission, Tech. Rep: Brussels, Belgium, 2001.
    14. Venkatesan R.; Murthy P. S. Macrofouling Control in Power Plants. In Springer Series on Biofilms; Springer: Berlin/Heidelberg, Germany, 2008.
    15. Kastl, G.; Fisher, I.; Jegatheesan, V. Evaluation of chlorine decay kinetics expressions for drinking water distribution systems modelling. J. Water Supply Res. Technol. AQUA 1999, 48, 219–226.
    16. Fisher, I.; Kastl, G.; Sathasivan, A.; Cook, D.; Seneverathne, L. General model of chlorine decay in blends of surface waters, desalinated water, and groundwaters. J. Environ. Eng. 2015, 141, 04015039.
    17. Fisher, I.; Kastl, G.; Sathasivan, A.; Jegatheesan, V. Suitability of chlorine bulk decay models for planning and management of water distribution systems. Crit. Rev. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2011, 41, 1843–1882.
    18. Fisher, I.; Kastl, G.; Sathasivan, A. Evaluation of suitable chlorine bulk-decay models for water distribution systems. Water Res. 2011, 45, 4896–4908.
    19. Haas, C.N.; Karra, S. Kinetics of wastewater chlorine demand exertion. J. (Water Pollut. Control Fed.) 1984, 56, 170–173.
    20. Zeng, J.; Jiang, Z.; Chen, Q.; Zheng, P.; Huang, Y. The decay kinetics of residual chlorine in cooling seawater simulation experiments. Acta Oceanol. Sin. 2009, 28, 54–59.
    21. Saeed, S.; Prakash, S.; Deb, N.; Campbell, R.; Kolluru, V.; Febbo, E.; Dupont, J. Development of a sitespecific kinetic model for chlorine decay and the formation of chlorination by-products in seawater. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 2015, 3, 772–792.
    22. Al Heboos, S.; Licskó, I. Application and comparison of two chlorine decay models for predicting bulk chlorine residuals. Period. Polytech. Civ. Eng. 2017, 61, 7–13.
    23. Shadloo, M.S.; Oger, G.; Le Touzé, D. Smoothed particle hydrodynamics method for fluid flows, towards industrial applications: Motivations, current state, and challenges. Comput. Fluids 2016, 136, 11–34.
    24. Wols, B.; Hofman, J.; Uijttewaal, W.; Rietveld, L.; Van Dijk, J. Evaluation of different disinfection calculation methods using CFD. Environ. Model. Softw. 2010, 25, 573–582.
    25. Angeloudis, A.; Stoesser, T.; Falconer, R.A. Predicting the disinfection efficiency range in chlorine contact tanks through a CFD-based approach. Water Res. 2014, 60, 118–129.
    26. Zhang, J.; Tejada-Martínez, A.E.; Zhang, Q. Developments in computational fluid dynamics-based modeling for disinfection technologies over the last two decades: A review. Environ. Model. Softw. 2014, 58,71–85.
    27. Lim, Y.H.; Deering, D.D. In Modeling Chlorine Residual in a Ground Water Supply Tank for a Small Community in Cold Conditions, World Environmental and Water Resources Congress 2017; American Society of Civil Engineers: Reston, Virginia, USA, 2017; pp. 124–138.
    28. Hernández-Cervantes, D.; Delgado-Galván, X.; Nava, J.L.; López-Jiménez, P.A.; Rosales, M.; Mora Rodríguez, J. Validation of a computational fluid dynamics model for a novel residence time distribution analysis in mixing at cross-junctions. Water 2018, 10, 733.
    29. Hua, F.; West, J.; Barker, R.; Forster, C. Modelling of chlorine decay in municipal water supplies. Water Res. 1999, 33, 2735–2746.
    30. Jonkergouw, P.M.; Khu, S.-T.; Savic, D.A.; Zhong, D.; Hou, X.Q.; Zhao, H.-B. A variable rate coefficient chlorine decay model. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2009, 43, 408–414.
    31. Nejjari, F.; Puig, V.; Pérez, R.; Quevedo, J.; Cugueró, M.; Sanz, G.; Mirats, J. Chlorine decay model calibration and comparison: Application to a real water network. Procedia Eng. 2014, 70, 1221–1230.
    32. Kohpaei, A.J.; Sathasivan, A.; Aboutalebi, H. Effectiveness of parallel second order model over second and first order models. Desalin. Water Treat. 2011, 32, 107–114.
    33. Powell, J.C.; Hallam, N.B.; West, J.R.; Forster, C.F.; Simms, J. Factors which control bulk chlorine decay rates. Water Res. 2000, 34, 117–126.
    34. Clark, R.M.; Sivaganesan, M. Predicting chlorine residuals in drinking water: Second order model. J. Water Resour. Plan. Manag. 2002, 128, 152–161.
    35. Li, X.; Li, C.; Bayier, M.; Zhao, T.; Zhang, T.; Chen, X.; Mao, X. Desalinated seawater into pilot-scale drinking water distribution system: Chlorine decay and trihalomethanes formation. Desalin. Water Treat. 2016, 57,19149–19159.
    36. United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Chlorine, Total Residual (Spectrophotometric, DPD); EPA-NERL: 330.5; EPA: Cincinnati, OH, USA, 1978.
    37. Polman, H.; Verhaart, F.; Bruijs, M. Impact of biofouling in intake pipes on the hydraulics and efficiency of pumping capacity. Desalin. Water Treat. 2013, 51, 997–1003.
    38. Rajagopal, S.; Van der Velde, G.; Van der Gaag, M.; Jenner, H.A. How effective is intermittent chlorination to control adult mussel fouling in cooling water systems? Water Res. 2003, 37, 329–338.
    39. Bruijs, M.C.; Venhuis, L.P.; Daal, L. Global Experiences in Optimizing Biofouling Control through PulseChlorination®. 2017. Available online: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/318561645_Global_Experiences_in_Optimizing_Biofouling_Co ntrol_through_Pulse-ChlorinationR (accessed on 1 May 2020).
    40. Kim, H.; Hao, O.J.; McAvoy, T.J. Comparison between model-and pH/ORP-based process control for an AAA system. Tamkang J. Sci. Eng. 2000, 3, 165–172.
    41. Brdys, M.; Chang, T.; Duzinkiewicz, K. Intelligent Model Predictive Control of Chlorine Residuals in Water Distribution Systems, Bridging the Gap: Meeting the World’s Water and Environmental Resources Challenges. In Proceedings of the ASCE Water Resource Engineering and Water Resources Planning and Management, July 30–August 2, 2000; pp. 1–11
    Fig. 1. Modified Timelli mold design.

    Characterization of properties of Vanadium, Boron and Strontium addition on HPDC of A360 alloy

    A360 합금의 HPDC에 대한 바나듐, 붕소 및 스트론튬 첨가 특성 특성

    OzenGursoya
    MuratColakb
    KazimTurc
    DeryaDispinarde

    aUniversity of Padova, Department of Management and Engineering, Vicenza, Italy
    bUniversity of Bayburt, Mechanical Engineering, Bayburt, Turkey
    cAtilim University, Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Ankara, Turkey
    dIstanbul Technical University, Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Istanbul, Turkey
    eCenter for Critical and Functional Materials, ITU, Istanbul, Turkey

    ABSTRACT

    The demand for lighter weight decreased thickness and higher strength has become the focal point in the
    automotive industry. In order to meet such requirements, the addition of several alloying elements has been started to be investigated. In this work, the additions of V, B, and Sr on feedability and tensile properties of A360 has been studied. A mold design that consisted of test bars has been produced. Initially, a simulation was carried out to optimize the runners, filling, and solidification parameters. Following the tests, it was found that V addition revealed the highest UTS but low elongation at fracture, while B addition exhibited visa verse. On the other hand, impact energy was higher with B additions.

    더 가벼운 무게의 감소된 두께와 더 높은 강도에 대한 요구는 자동차 산업의 초점이 되었습니다. 이러한 요구 사항을 충족하기 위해 여러 합금 원소의 추가가 조사되기 시작했습니다. 이 연구에서는 A360의 이송성 및 인장 특성에 대한 V, B 및 Sr의 첨가가 연구되었습니다. 시험봉으로 구성된 금형 설계가 제작되었습니다. 처음에는 러너, 충전 및 응고 매개변수를 최적화하기 위해 시뮬레이션이 수행되었습니다. 시험 결과, V 첨가는 UTS가 가장 높지만 파단 연신율은 낮았고, B 첨가는 visa verse를 나타냈다. 반면에 충격 에너지는 B 첨가에서 더 높았다.

    Fig. 1. Modified Timelli mold design.
    Fig. 1. Modified Timelli mold design.
    Fig. 2. Microstructural images (a) unmodified alloy, (b) Sr modified, (c) V added, (d) B added.
    Fig. 2. Microstructural images (a) unmodified alloy, (b) Sr modified, (c) V added, (d) B added.
    Fig. 3. Effect of Sr and V addition on the tensile properties of A360
    Fig. 3. Effect of Sr and V addition on the tensile properties of A360
    Fig. 4. Effect of Sr and B addition on the tensile properties of A360.
    Fig. 4. Effect of Sr and B addition on the tensile properties of A360.
    Fig. 5. Bubbles chart of tensile properties values obtained from Weibull statistics. | Fig. 6. Effect of Sr, V and B addition on the impact properties of A360.
    Fig. 5. Bubbles chart of tensile properties values obtained from Weibull statistics.
    Fig. 6. Effect of Sr, V and B addition on the impact properties of A360.
    Fig. 7. SEM images on the fracture surfaces (a) V added, (b) B added.
    Fig. 7. SEM images on the fracture surfaces (a) V added, (b) B added.

    References

    [1] A. Johanson, Effect of Vanadium on Grain Refinement of Aluminium, Institutt for
    materialteknologi, 2013.
    [2] D.G. McCartney, Grain refining of aluminium and its alloys using inoculants, Int.
    Mater. Rev. 34 (1) (1989) 247–260.
    [3] M.T. Di Giovanni, The Influence of Ni and V Trace Elements on the High
    Temperature Tensile Properties of A356 Aluminium Foundry Alloy, Institutt for
    materialteknologi, 2014.
    [4] D. Casari, T.H. Ludwig, M. Merlin, L. Arnberg, G.L. Garagnani, The effect of Ni and
    V trace elements on the mechanical properties of A356 aluminium foundry alloy in
    as-cast and T6 heat treated conditions, Mater. Sci. Eng., A 610 (2014) 414–426.
    [5] D. Casari, T.H. Ludwig, M. Merlin, L. Arnberg, G.L. Garagnani, Impact behavior of
    A356 foundry alloys in the presence of trace elements Ni and V, J. Mater. Eng.
    Perform. 24 (2) (2015) 894–908.
    [6] T.H. Ludwig, P.L. Schaffer, L. Arnberg, Influence of some trace elements on
    solidification path and microstructure of Al-Si foundry alloys, Metall. Mater. Trans.
    44 (8) (2013) 3783–3796.
    [7] H.A. Elhadari, H.A. Patel, D.L. Chen, W. Kasprzak, Tensile and fatigue properties of
    a cast aluminum alloy with Ti, Zr and V additions, Mater. Sci. Eng., A 528 (28)
    (2011) 8128–8138.
    [8] Y. Wu, H. Liao, K. Zhou, “Effect of minor addition of vanadium on mechanical
    properties and microstructures of as-extruded near eutectic Al–Si–Mg alloy, Mater.
    Sci. Eng., A 602 (2014) 41–48.
    [9] E.S. Dæhlen, The Effect of Vanadium on AlFeSi-Intermetallic Phases in a
    Hypoeutectic Al-Si Foundry Alloy, Institutt for materialteknologi, 2013.
    [10] B. Lin, H. Li, R. Xu, H. Xiao, W. Zhang, S. Li, Effects of vanadium on modification of
    iron-rich intermetallics and mechanical properties in A356 cast alloys with 1.5 wt.
    % Fe, J. Mater. Eng. Perform. 28 (1) (2019) 475–484.
    [11] P.A. Tøndel, G. Halvorsen, L. Arnberg, Grain refinement of hypoeutectic Al-Si
    foundry alloys by addition of boron containing silicon metal, Light Met. (1993)
    783.
    [12] Z. Chen, et al., Grain refinement of hypoeutectic Al-Si alloys with B, Acta Mater.
    120 (2016) 168–178.
    [13] T. Wang, Z. Chen, H. Fu, J. Xu, Y. Fu, T. Li, “Grain refining potency of Al–B master
    alloy on pure aluminum, Scripta Mater. 64 (12) (2011) 1121–1124.
    [14] M. Gorny, ´ G. Sikora, M. Kawalec, Effect of titanium and boron on the stability of
    grain refinement of Al-Cu alloy, Arch. Foundry Eng. 16 (2016).
    [15] O. ¨ Gürsoy, E. Erzi, D. Dıs¸pınar, Ti grain refinement myth and cleanliness of A356
    melt, in: Shape Casting, Springer, 2019, pp. 125–130.
    [16] D. Dispinar, A. Nordmark, J. Voje, L. Arnberg, Influence of hydrogen content and
    bi-film index on feeding behaviour of Al-7Si, in: 138th TMS Annual Meeting, Shape
    Casting, 3rd International Symposium, San Francisco, California, USA, 2009,
    pp. 63–70. February 2009.
    [17] M. Uludag, ˘ R. Çetin, D. Dıs¸pınar, Observation of hot tearing in Sr-B modified A356
    alloy, Arch. Foundry Eng. 17 (2017).
    [18] X.L. Cui, Y.Y. Wu, T. Gao, X.F. Liu, “Preparation of a novel Al–3B–5Sr master alloy
    and its modification and refinement performance on A356 alloy, J. Alloys Compd.
    615 (2014) 906–911.
    [19] F. Wang, Z. Liu, D. Qiu, J.A. Taylor, M.A. Easton, M.-X. Zhang, Revisiting the role
    of peritectics in grain refinement of Al alloys, Acta Mater. 61 (1) (2013) 360–370.
    [20] M. Akhtar, A. Khajuria, Effects of prior austenite grain size on impression creep and
    microstructure in simulated heat affected zones of boron modified P91 steels,
    Mater. Chem. Phys. 249 (2020) 122847.
    [21] M. Akhtar, A. Khajuria, Probing true creep-hardening interaction in weld simulated
    heat affected zone of P91 steels, J. Manuf. Process. 46 (2019) 345–356.
    [22] E.M. Schulson, T.P. Weihs, I. Baker, H.J. Frost, J.A. Horton, Grain boundary
    accommodation of slip in Ni3Al containing boron, Acta Metall. 34 (7) (1986)
    1395–1399.
    [23] I. Baker, E.M. Schulson, J.R. Michael, The effect of boron on the chemistry of grain
    boundaries in stoichiometric Ni3Al, Philos. Mag. A B 57 (3) (Mar. 1988) 379–385.
    [24] S. Zhu, et al., Influences of nickel and vanadium impurities on microstructure of
    aluminum alloys, JOM (J. Occup. Med.) 65 (5) (2013) 584–592.
    [25] D.J. Beerntsen, Effect of vanadium and zirconium on the formation of CrAI 7
    primary crystals in 7075 aluminum alloy, Metall. Mater. Trans. B 8 (3) (1977)
    687–688.
    [26] G. Timelli, A. Fabrizi, S. Capuzzi, F. Bonollo, S. Ferraro, The role of Cr additions
    and Fe-rich compounds on microstructural features and impact toughness of
    AlSi9Cu3 (Fe) diecasting alloys, Mater. Sci. Eng., A 603 (2014) 58–68.
    [27] S. Kirtay, D. Dispinar, Effect of ranking selection on the Weibull modulus
    estimation, Gazi Univ. J. Sci. 25 (1) (2012) 175–187.
    [28] J. Rakhmonov, G. Timelli, F. Bonollo, “The effect of transition elements on hightemperature mechanical properties of Al–Si foundry alloys–A review, Adv. Eng.
    Mater. 18 (7) (2016) 1096–1105.

    Fig. 5. The predicted shapes of initial breach (a) Rectangular (b) V-notch. Fig. 6. Dam breaching stages.

    Investigating the peak outflow through a spatial embankment dam breach

    공간적 제방댐 붕괴를 통한 최대 유출량 조사

    Mahmoud T.GhonimMagdy H.MowafyMohamed N.SalemAshrafJatwaryFaculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Zagazig 44519, Egypt

    Abstract

    Investigating the breach outflow hydrograph is an essential task to conduct mitigation plans and flood warnings. In the present study, the spatial dam breach is simulated by using a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics model, FLOW-3D. The model parameters were adjusted by making a comparison with a previous experimental model. The different parameters (initial breach shape, dimensions, location, and dam slopes) are studied to investigate their effects on dam breaching. The results indicate that these parameters have a significant impact. The maximum erosion rate and peak outflow for the rectangular shape are higher than those for the V-notch by 8.85% and 5%, respectively. Increasing breach width or decreasing depth by 5% leads to increasing maximum erosion rate by 11% and 15%, respectively. Increasing the downstream slope angle by 4° leads to an increase in both peak outflow and maximum erosion rate by 2.0% and 6.0%, respectively.

    유출 유출 수문곡선을 조사하는 것은 완화 계획 및 홍수 경보를 수행하는 데 필수적인 작업입니다. 본 연구에서는 3차원 전산유체역학 모델인 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 공간 댐 붕괴를 시뮬레이션합니다. 이전 실험 모델과 비교하여 모델 매개변수를 조정했습니다.

    다양한 매개변수(초기 붕괴 형태, 치수, 위치 및 댐 경사)가 댐 붕괴에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 연구됩니다. 결과는 이러한 매개변수가 상당한 영향을 미친다는 것을 나타냅니다. 직사각형 형태의 최대 침식율과 최대 유출량은 V-notch보다 각각 8.85%, 5% 높게 나타났습니다.

    위반 폭을 늘리거나 깊이를 5% 줄이면 최대 침식률이 각각 11% 및 15% 증가합니다. 하류 경사각을 4° 증가시키면 최대 유출량과 최대 침식률이 각각 2.0% 및 6.0% 증가합니다.

    Keywords

    Spatial dam breach; FLOW-3D; Overtopping erosion; Computational fluid dynamics (CFD)

    1. Introduction

    There are many purposes for dam construction, such as protection from flood disasters, water storage, and power generationEmbankment failures may have a catastrophic impact on lives and infrastructure in the downstream regions. One of the most common causes of embankment dam failure is overtopping. Once the overtopping of the dam begins, the breach formation will start in the dam body then end with the dam failure. This failure occurs within a very short time, which threatens to be very dangerous. Therefore, understanding and modeling the embankment breaching processes is essential for conducting mitigation plans, flood warnings, and forecasting flood damage.

    The analysis of the dam breaching process is implemented by different techniques: comparative methods, empirical models with dimensional and dimensionless solutions, physical-based models, and parametric models. These models were described in detail [1]Parametric modeling is commonly used to simulate breach growth as a time-dependent linear process and calculate outflow discharge from the breach using hydraulics principles [2]. Alhasan et al. [3] presented a simple one-dimensional mathematical model and a computer code to simulate the dam breaching process. These models were validated by small dams breaching during the floods in 2002 in the Czech Republic. Fread [4] developed an erosion model (BREACH) based on hydraulics principles, sediment transport, and soil mechanics to estimate breach size, time of formation, and outflow discharge. Říha et al. [5] investigated the dam break process for a cascade of small dams using a simple parametric model for piping and overtopping erosion, as well as a 2D shallow-water flow model for the flood in downstream areas. Goodarzi et al. [6] implemented mathematical and statistical methods to assess the effect of inflows and wind speeds on the dam’s overtopping failure.

    Dam breaching studies can be divided into two main modes of erosion. The first mode is called “planar dam breach” where the flow overtops the whole dam width. While the second mode is called “spatial dam breach” where the flow overtops through the initial pilot channel (i.e., a channel created in the dam body). Therefore, the erosion will be in both vertical and horizontal directions [7].

    The erosion process through the embankment dams occurs due to the shear stress applied by water flows. The dam breaching evolution can be divided into three stages [8][9], but Y. Yang et al. [10] divided the breach development into five stages: Stage I, the seepage erosion; Stage II, the initial breach formation; Stage III, the head erosion; Stage IV, the breach expansion; and Stage V, the re-equilibrium of the river channel through the breach. Many experimental tests have been carried out on non-cohesive embankment dams with an initial breach to examine the effect of upstream inflow discharges on the longitudinal profile evolution and the time to inflection point [11].

    Zhang et al. [12] studied the effect of changing downstream slope angle, sediment grain size, and dam crest length on erosion rates. They noticed that increasing dam crest length and decreasing downstream slope angle lead to decreasing sediment transport rate. While the increase in sediment grain size leads to an increased sediment transport rate at the initial stages. Höeg et al. [13] presented a series of field tests to investigate the stability of embankment dams made of various materials. Overtopping and piping were among the failure tests carried out for the dams composed of homogeneous rock-fill, clay, or gravel with a height of up to 6.0 m. Hakimzadeh et al. [14] constructed 40 homogeneous cohesive and non-cohesive embankment dams to study the effect of changing sediment diameter and dam height on the breaching process. They also used genetic programming (GP) to estimate the breach outflow. Refaiy et al. [15] studied different scenarios for the downstream drain geometry, such as length, height, and angle, to minimize the effect of piping phenomena and therefore increase dam safety.

    Zhu et al. [16] examined the effect of headcut erosion on dam breach growth, especially in the case of cohesive dams. They found that the breach growth in non-cohesive embankments is slower than cohesive embankments due to the little effect of headcut. Schmocker and Hager [7] proposed a relationship for estimating peak outflow from the dam breach process.(1)QpQin-1=1.7exp-20hc23d5013H0

    where: Qp = peak outflow discharge.

    Qin = inflow discharge.

    hc = critical flow depth.

    d50 = mean sediment diameter.

    Ho = initial dam height.

    Yu et al. [17] carried out an experimental study for homogeneous non-cohesive embankment dams in a 180° bending rectangular flume to determine the effect of overtopping flows on breaching formation. They found that the main factors influencing breach formation are water level, river discharge, and embankment material diameter.

    Wu et al. [18] carried out a series of experiments to investigate the effect of breaching geometry on both non-cohesive and cohesive embankment dams in a U-bend flume due to overtopping flows. In the case of non-cohesive embankments, the non-symmetrical lateral expansion was noticed during the breach formation. This expansion was described by a coefficient ranging from 2.7 to 3.3.

    The numerical models of the dam breach can be categorized according to different parameters, such as flow dimensions (1D, 2D, or 3D), flow governing equations, and solution methods. The 1D models are mainly used to predict the outflow hydrograph from the dam breach. Saberi et al. [19] applied the 1D Saint-Venant equation, which is solved by the finite difference method to investigate the outflow hydrograph during dam overtopping failure. Because of the ability to study dam profile evolution and breach formation, 2D models are more applicable than 1D models. Guan et al. [20] and Wu et al. [21] employed both 2D shallow water equations (SWEs) and sediment erosion equations, which are solved by the finite volume method to study the effect of the dam’s geometry parameters on outflow hydrograph and dam profile evolution. Wang et al. [22] also proposed a second-order hybrid-type of total variation diminishing (TVD) finite-difference to estimate the breach outflow by solving the 2D (SWEs). The accuracy of (SWEs) for both vertical flow contraction and surface roughness has been assessed [23]. They noted that the accuracy of (SWEs) is acceptable for milder slopes, but in the case of steeper slopes, modelers should be more careful. Generally, the accuracy of 2D models is still low, especially with velocity distribution over the flow depth, lateral momentum exchange, density-driven flows, and bottom friction [24]. Therefore, 3D models are preferred. Larocque et al. [25] and Yang et al. [26] started to use three-dimensional (3D) models that depend on the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) equations.

    Previous experimental studies concluded that there is no clear relationship between the peak outflow from the dam breach and the initial breach characteristics. Some of these studies depend on the sharp-crested weir fixed at the end of the flume to determine the peak outflow from the breach, which leads to a decrease in the accuracy of outflow calculations at the microscale. The main goals of this study are to carry out a numerical simulation for a spatial dam breach due to overtopping flows by using (FLOW-3D) software to find an empirical equation for the peak outflow discharge from the breach and determine the worst-case that leads to accelerating the dam breaching process.

    2. Numerical simulation

    The current study for spatial dam breach is simulated by using (FLOW-3D) software [27], which is a powerful computational fluid dynamics (CFD) program.

    2.1. Geometric presentations

    A stereolithographic (STL) file is prepared for each change in the initial breach geometry and dimensions. The CAD program is useful for creating solid objects and converting them to STL format, as shown in Fig. 1.

    2.2. Governing equations

    The governing equations for water flow are three-dimensional Reynolds Averaged Navier-Stokes equations (RANS).

    The continuity equation:(2)∂ui∂xi=0

    The momentum equation:(3)∂ui∂t+1VFuj∂ui∂xj=1ρ∂∂xj-pδij+ν∂ui∂xj+∂uj∂xi-ρu`iu`j¯

    where u is time-averaged velocity,ν is kinematic viscosity, VF is fractional volume open to flow, p is averaged pressure and -u`iu`j¯ are components of Reynold’s stress. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) technique is used to simulate the free surface profile. Hirt et al. [28] presented the VOF algorithm, which employs the function (F) to express the occupancy of each grid cell with fluid. The value of (F) varies from zero to unity. Zero value refers to no fluid in the grid cell, while the unity value refers to the grid cell being fully occupied with fluid. The free surface is formed in the grid cells having (F) values between zero and unity.(4)∂F∂t+1VF∂∂xFAxu+∂∂yFAyv+∂∂zFAzw=0

    where (u, v, w) are the velocity components in (x, y, z) coordinates, respectively, and (AxAyAz) are the area fractions.

    2.3. Boundary and initial conditions

    To improve the accuracy of the results, the boundary conditions should be carefully determined. In this study, two mesh blocks are used to minimize the time consumed in the simulation. The boundary conditions for mesh block 1 are as follows: The inlet and sides boundaries are defined as a wall boundary condition (wall boundary condition is usually used for bound fluid by solid regions. In the case of viscous flows, no-slip means that the tangential velocity is equal to the wall velocity and the normal velocity is zero), the outlet is defined as a symmetry boundary condition (symmetry boundary condition is usually used to reduce computational effort during CFD simulation. This condition allows the flow to be transferred from one mesh block to another. No inputs are required for this boundary condition except that its location should be defined accurately), the bottom boundary is defined as a uniform flow rate boundary condition, and the top boundary is defined as a specific pressure boundary condition with assigned atmospheric pressure. The boundary conditions for mesh block 2 are as follows: The inlet is defined as a symmetry boundary condition, the outlet is defined as a free flow boundary condition, the bottom and sides boundaries are defined as a wall boundary condition, and the top boundary is defined as a specific pressure boundary condition with assigned atmospheric pressure as shown in Fig. 2. The initial conditions required to be set for the fluid (i.e., water) inside of the domain include configuration, temperature, velocities, and pressure distribution. The configuration of water depends on the dimensions and shape of the dam reservoir. While the other conditions have been assigned as follows: temperature is normal water temperature (25 °c) and pressure distribution is hydrostatic with no initial velocity.

    2.4. Numerical method

    FLOW-3D uses the finite volume method (FVM) to solve the governing equation (Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes) over the computational domain. A finite-volume method is an Eulerian approach for representing and evaluating partial differential equations in algebraic equations form [29]. At discrete points on the mesh geometry, values are determined. Finite volume expresses a small volume surrounding each node point on a mesh. In this method, the divergence theorem is used to convert volume integrals with a divergence term to surface integrals. After that, these terms are evaluated as fluxes at each finite volume’s surfaces.

    2.5. Turbulent models

    Turbulence is the chaotic, unstable motion of fluids that occurs when there are insufficient stabilizing viscous forces. In FLOW-3D, there are six turbulence models available: the Prandtl mixing length model, the one-equation turbulent energy model, the two-equation (k – ε) model, the Renormalization-Group (RNG) model, the two-equation (k – ω) models, and a large eddy simulation (LES) model. For simulating flow motion, the RNG model is adopted to simulate the motion behavior better than the k – ε and k – ω.

    models [30]. The RNG model consists of two main equations for the turbulent kinetic energy KT and its dissipation.εT(5)∂kT∂t+1VFuAx∂kT∂x+vAy∂kT∂y+wAz∂kT∂z=PT+GT+DiffKT-εT(6)∂εT∂t+1VFuAx∂εT∂x+vAy∂εT∂y+wAz∂εT∂z=C1.εTKTPT+c3.GT+Diffε-c2εT2kT

    where KT is the turbulent kinetic energy, PT is the turbulent kinetic energy production, GT is the buoyancy turbulence energy, εT is the turbulent energy dissipation rate, DiffKT and Diffε are terms of diffusion, c1, c2 and c3 are dimensionless parameters, in which c1 and c3 have a constant value of 1.42 and 0.2, respectively, c2 is computed from the turbulent kinetic energy (KT) and turbulent production (PT) terms.

    2.6. Sediment scour model

    The sediment scour model available in FLOW-3D can calculate all the sediment transport processes including Entrainment transport, Bedload transport, Suspended transport, and Deposition. The erosion process starts once the water flows remove the grains from the packed bed and carry them into suspension. It happens when the applied shear stress by water flows exceeds critical shear stress. This process is represented by entrainment transport in the numerical model. After entrained, the grains carried by water flow are represented by suspended load transport. After that, some suspended grains resort to settling because of the combined effect of gravity, buoyancy, and friction. This process is described through a deposition. Finally, the grains sliding motions are represented by bedload transport in the model. For the entrainment process, the shear stress applied by the fluid motion on the packed bed surface is calculated using the standard wall function as shown in Eq.7.(7)ks,i=Cs,i∗d50

    where ks,i is the Nikuradse roughness and Cs,i is a user-defined coefficient. The critical bed shear stress is defined by a dimensionless parameter called the critical shields number as expressed in Eq.8.(8)θcr,i=τcr,i‖g‖diρi-ρf

    where θcr,i is the critical shields number, τcr,i is the critical bed shear stress, g is the absolute value of gravity acceleration, di is the diameter of the sediment grain, ρi is the density of the sediment species (i) and ρf is the density of the fluid. The value of the critical shields number is determined according to the Soulsby-Whitehouse equation.(9)θcr,i=0.31+1.2d∗,i+0.0551-exp-0.02d∗,i

    where d∗,i is the dimensionless diameter of the sediment, given by Eq.10.(10)d∗,i=diρfρi-ρf‖g‖μf213

    where μf is the fluid dynamic viscosity. For the sloping bed interface, the value of the critical shields number is modified according to Eq.11.(11)θ`cr,i=θcr,icosψsinβ+cos2βtan2φi-sin2ψsin2βtanφi

    where θ`cr,i is the modified critical shields number, φi is the angle of repose for the sediment, β is the angle of bed slope and ψ is the angle between the flow and the upslope direction. The effects of the rolling, hopping, and sliding motions of grains along the packed bed surface are taken by the bedload transport process. The volumetric bedload transport rate (qb,i) per width of the bed is expressed in Eq.12.(12)qb,i=Φi‖g‖ρi-ρfρfdi312

    where Φi is the dimensionless bedload transport rate is calculated by using Meyer Peter and Müller equation.(13)Φi=βMPM,iθi-θ`cr,i1.5cb,i

    where βMPM,i is the Meyer Peter and Müller user-defined coefficient and cb,i is the volume fraction of species i in the bed material. The suspended load transport is calculated as shown in Eq.14.(14)∂Cs,i∂t+∇∙Cs,ius,i=∇∙∇DCs,i

    where Cs,i is the suspended sediment mass concentration, D is the diffusivity, and us,i is the grain velocity of species i. Entrainment and deposition are two opposing processes that take place at the same time. The lifting and settling velocities for both entrainment and deposition processes are calculated according to Eq.15 and Eq.16, respectively.(15)ulifting,i=αid∗,i0.3θi-θ`cr,igdiρiρf-1(16)usettling,i=υfdi10.362+1.049d∗,i3-10.36

    where αi is the entrainment coefficient of species i and υf is the kinematic viscosity of the fluid.

    2.7. Grid type

    Using simple rectangular orthogonal elements in planes and hexahedral in volumes in the (FLOW-3D) program makes the mesh generation process easier, decreases the required memory, and improves numerical accuracy. Two mesh blocks were used in a joined form with a size ratio of 2:1. The first mesh block is coarser, which contains the reservoir water, and the second mesh block is finer, which contains the dam. For achieving accuracy and efficiency in results, the mesh size is determined by using a grid convergence test. The optimum uniform cell size for the first mesh block is 0.012 m and for the second mesh block is 0.006 m.

    2.8. Time step

    The maximum time step size is determined by using a Courant number, which controls the distance that the flow will travel during the simulation time step. In this study, the Courant number was taken equal to 0.25 to prevent the flow from traveling through more than one cell in the time step. Based on the Courant number, a maximum time step value of 0.00075 s was determined.

    2.9. Numerical model validation

    The numerical model accuracy was achieved by comparing the numerical model results with previous experimental results. The experimental study of Schmocker and Hager [7] was based on 31 tests with changes in six parameters (d50, Ho, Bo, Lk, XD, and Qin). All experimental tests were conducted in a straight open glass-sided flume. The horizontal flume has a rectangular cross-section with a width of 0.4 m and a height of 0.7 m. The flume was provided with a flow straightener and an intake with a length of 0.66 m. All tested dams were inserted at various distances (XD) from the intake. Test No.1 from this experimental program was chosen to validate the numerical model. The different parameters used in test No.1 are as follows:

    (1) uniform sediment with a mean diameter (d50 = 0.31 mm), (2) Ho = 0.2 m, (3) Bo = 0.2 m, (4) Lk = 0.1 m,

    (5) XD = 1.0 m, (6) Qin = 6.0 lit/s, (7) Su and Sd = 2:1, (8) mass density (ρs = 2650 kg/m3(9) Homogenous and non-cohesive embankment dam. As shown in Fig. 2, the simulation is contained within a rectangular grid with dimensions: 3.56 m in the x-direction (where 0.66 m is used as inlet, 0.9 m as dam base width, and 1.0 m as outlet), in y-direction 0.2 m (dam length), and in the z-direction 0.3 m, which represents the dam height (0.2 m) with a free distance (0.1 m) above the dam. There are two main reasons that this experimental program is preferred for the validation process. The first reason is that this program deals with homogenous, non-cohesive soil, which is available in FLOW-3D. The second reason is that this program deals with small-scale models which saves time for numerical simulation. Finally, some important assumptions were considered during the validation process. The flow is assumed to be incompressible, viscous, turbulent, and three-dimensional.

    By comparing dam profiles at different time instants for the experimental test with the current numerical model, it appears that the numerical model gives good agreement as shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, with an average error percentage of 9% between the experimental results and the numerical model.

    3. Analysis and discussions

    The current model is used to study the effects of different parameters such as (initial breach shapes, dimensions, locations, upstream and downstream dam slopes) on the peak outflow discharge, QP, time of peak outflow, tP, and rate of erosion, E.

    This study consists of a group of scenarios. The first scenario is changing the shapes of the initial breach according to Singh [1], the most predicted shapes are rectangular and V-notch as shown in Fig. 5. The second scenario is changing the initial breach dimensions (i.e., width and depth). While the third scenario is changing the location of the initial breach. Eventually, the last scenario is changing the upstream and downstream dam slopes.

    All scenarios of this study were carried out under the same conditions such as inflow discharge value (Qin=1.0lit/s), dimensions of the tested dam, where dam height (Ho=0.20m), crest width.

    (Lk=0.1m), dam length (Bo=0.20m), and homogenous & non-cohesive soil with a mean diameter (d50=0.31mm).

    3.1. Dam breaching process evolution

    The dam breaching process is a very complex process due to the quick changes in hydrodynamic conditions during dam failure. The dam breaching process starts once water flows reach the downstream face of the dam. During the initial stage of dam breaching, the erosion process is relatively quiet due to low velocities of flow. As water flows continuously, erosion rates increase, especially in two main zones: the crest and the downstream face. As soon as the dam crest is totally eroded, the water levels in the dam reservoir decrease rapidly, accompanied by excessive erosion in the dam body. The erosion process continues until the water levels in the dam reservoir equal the remaining height of the dam.

    According to Zhou et al. [11], the breaching process consists of three main stages. The first stage starts with beginning overtopping flow, then ends when the erosion point directed upstream and reached the inflection point at the inflection time (ti). The second stage starts from the end of the stage1 until the occurrence of peak outflow discharge at the peak outflow time (tP). The third stage starts from the end of the stage2 until the value of outflow discharge becomes the same as the value of inflow discharge at the final time (tf). The outflow discharge from the dam breach increases rapidly during stage1 and stage2 because of the large dam storage capacity (i.e., the dam reservoir is totally full of water) and excessive erosion. While at stage3, the outflow values start to decrease slowly because most of the dam’s storage capacity was run out. The end of stage3 indicates that the dam storage capacity was totally run out, so the outflow equalized with the inflow discharge as shown in Fig. 6 and Fig. 7.

    3.2. The effect of initial breach shape

    To identify the effect of the initial breach shape on the evolution of the dam breaching process. Three tests were carried out with different cross-section areas for each shape. The initial breach is created at the center of the dam crest. Each test had an ID to make the process of arranging data easier. The rectangular shape had an ID (Rec5h & 5b), which means that its depth and width are equal to 5% of the dam height, and the V-notch shape had an ID (V-noch5h & 1:1) which means that its depth is equal to 5% of the dam height and its side slope is equal to 1:1. The comparison between rectangular and V-notch shapes is done by calculating the ratio between maximum dam height at different times (ZMax) to the initial dam height (Ho), rate of erosion, and hydrograph of outflow discharge for each test. The rectangular shape achieves maximum erosion rate and minimum inflection time, in addition to a rapid decrease in the dam reservoir levels. Therefore, the dam breaching is faster in the case of a rectangular shape than in a V-notch shape, which has the same cross-section area as shown in Fig. 8.

    Also, by comparing the hydrograph for each test, the peak outflow discharge value in the case of a rectangular shape is higher than the V-notch shape by 5% and the time of peak outflow for the rectangular shape is shorter than the V-notch shape by 9% as shown in Fig. 9.

    3.3. The effect of initial breach dimensions

    The results of the comparison between the different initial breach shapes indicate that the worst initial breach shape is rectangular, so the second scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the initial rectangular breach dimensions. Groups of tests were carried out with different depths and widths for the rectangular initial breach. The first group had a depth of 5% from the dam height and with three different widths of 5,10, and 15% from the dam height, the second group had a depth of 10% with three different widths of 5,10, and 15%, the third group had a depth of 15% with three different widths of 5,10, and 15% and the final group had a width of 15% with three different heights of 5, 10, and 15% for a rectangular breach shape. The comparison was made as in the previous section to determine the worst case that leads to the quick dam failure as shown in Fig. 10.

    The results show that the (Rec 5 h&15b) test achieves a maximum erosion rate for a shorter period of time and a minimum ratio for (Zmax / Ho) as shown in Fig. 10, which leads to accelerating the dam failure process. The dam breaching process is faster with the minimum initial breach depth and maximum initial breach width. In the case of a minimum initial breach depth, the retained head of water in the dam reservoir is high and the crest width at the bottom of the initial breach (L`K) is small, so the erosion point reaches the inflection point rapidly. While in the case of the maximum initial breach width, the erosion perimeter is large.

    3.4. The effect of initial breach location

    The results of the comparison between the different initial rectangular breach dimensions indicate that the worst initial breach dimension is (Rec 5 h&15b), so the third scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the initial breach location. Three locations were checked to determine the worst case for the dam failure process. The first location is at the center of the dam crest, which was named “Center”, the second location is at mid-distance between the dam center and dam edge, which was named “Mid”, and the third location is at the dam edge, which was named “Edge” as shown in Fig. 11. According to this scenario, the results indicate that the time of peak outflow discharge (tP) is the same in the three cases, but the maximum value of the peak outflow discharge occurs at the center location. The difference in the peak outflow values between the three cases is relatively small as shown in Fig. 12.

    The rates of erosion were also studied for the three cases. The results show that the maximum erosion rate occurs at the center location as shown in Fig. 13. By making a comparison between the three cases for the dam storage volume. The results show that the center location had the minimum values for the dam storage volume, which means that a large amount of water has passed to the downstream area as shown in Fig. 14. According to these results, the center location leads to increased erosion rate and accelerated dam failure process compared with the two other cases. Because the erosion occurs on both sides, but in the case of edge location, the erosion occurs on one side.

    3.5. The effect of upstream and downstream dam slopes

    The results of the comparison between the different initial rectangular breach locations indicate that the worst initial breach location is the center location, so the fourth scenario from this study concentrated on studying the effect of a change in the upstream (Su) and downstream (Sd) dam slopes. Three slopes were checked individually for both upstream and downstream slopes to determine the worst case for the dam failure process. The first slope value is (2H:1V), the second slope value is (2.5H:1V), and the third slope value is (3H:1V). According to this scenario, the results show that the decreasing downstream slope angle leads to increasing time of peak outflow discharge (tP) and decreasing value of peak outflow discharge. The difference in the peak outflow values between the three cases for the downstream slope is 2%, as shown in Fig. 15, but changing the upstream slope has a negligible impact on the peak outflow discharge and its time as shown in Fig. 16.

    The rates of erosion were also studied in the three cases for both upstream and downstream slopes. The results show that the maximum erosion rate increases by 6.0% with an increasing downstream slope angle by 4°, as shown in Fig. 17. The results also indicate that the erosion rates aren’t affected by increasing or decreasing the upstream slope angle, as shown in Fig. 18. According to these results, increasing the downstream slope angle leads to increased erosion rate and accelerated dam failure process compared with the upstream slope angle. Because of increasing shear stress applied by water flows in case of increasing downstream slope.

    According to all previous scenarios, the dimensionless peak outflow discharge QPQin is presented for a fixed dam height (Ho) and inflow discharge (Qin). Fig. 19 illustrates the relationship between QP∗=QPQin and.

    Lr=ho2/3∗bo2/3Ho. The deduced relationship achieves R2=0.96.(17)QP∗=2.2807exp-2.804∗Lr

    4. Conclusions

    A spatial dam breaching process was simulated by using FLOW-3D Software. The validation process was performed by making a comparison between the simulated results of dam profiles and the dam profiles obtained by Schmocker and Hager [7] in their experimental study. And also, the peak outflow value recorded an error percentage of 12% between the numerical model and the experimental study. This model was used to study the effect of initial breach shape, dimensions, location, and dam slopes on peak outflow discharge, time of peak outflow, and the erosion process. By using the parameters obtained from the validation process, the results of this study can be summarized in eight points as follows.1.

    The rectangular initial breach shape leads to an accelerating dam failure process compared with the V-notch.2.

    The value of peak outflow discharge in the case of a rectangular initial breach is higher than the V-notch shape by 5%.3.

    The time of peak outflow discharge for a rectangular initial breach is shorter than the V-notch shape by 9%.4.

    The minimum depth and maximum width for the initial breach achieve maximum erosion rates (increasing breach width, b0, or decreasing breach depth, h0, by 5% from the dam height leads to an increase in the maximum rate of erosion by 11% and 15%, respectively), so the dam failure is rapid.5.

    The center location of the initial breach leads to an accelerating dam failure compared with the edge location.6.

    The initial breach location has a negligible effect on the peak outflow discharge value and its time.7.

    Increasing the downstream slope angle by 4° leads to an increase in both peak outflow discharge and maximum rate of erosion by 2.0% and 6.0%, respectively.8.

    The upstream slope has a negligible effect on the dam breaching process.

    References

    [1]V. SinghDam breach modeling technologySpringer Science & Business Media (1996)Google Scholar[2]Wahl TL. Prediction of embankment dam breach parameters: a literature review and needs assessment. 1998.Google Scholar[3]Z. Alhasan, J. Jandora, J. ŘíhaStudy of dam-break due to overtopping of four small dams in the Czech RepublicActa Universitatis Agriculturae et Silviculturae Mendelianae Brunensis, 63 (3) (2015), pp. 717-729 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[4]D. FreadBREACH, an erosion model for earthen dam failures: Hydrologic Research LaboratoryNOAA, National Weather Service (1988)Google Scholar[5]J. Říha, S. Kotaška, L. PetrulaDam Break Modeling in a Cascade of Small Earthen Dams: Case Study of the Čižina River in the Czech RepublicWater, 12 (8) (2020), p. 2309, 10.3390/w12082309 View PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[6]E. Goodarzi, L. Teang Shui, M. ZiaeiDam overtopping risk using probabilistic concepts–Case study: The Meijaran DamIran Ain Shams Eng J, 4 (2) (2013), pp. 185-197ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[7]L. Schmocker, W.H. HagerPlane dike-breach due to overtopping: effects of sediment, dike height and dischargeJ Hydraul Res, 50 (6) (2012), pp. 576-586 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[8]J.S. Walder, R.M. Iverson, J.W. Godt, M. Logan, S.A. SolovitzControls on the breach geometry and flood hydrograph during overtopping of noncohesive earthen damsWater Resour Res, 51 (8) (2015), pp. 6701-6724View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[9]H. Wei, M. Yu, D. Wang, Y. LiOvertopping breaching of river levees constructed with cohesive sedimentsNat Hazards Earth Syst Sci, 16 (7) (2016), pp. 1541-1551 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[10]Y. Yang, S.-Y. Cao, K.-J. Yang, W.-P. LiYang K-j, Li W-p. Experimental study of breach process of landslide dams by overtopping and its initiation mechanismsJ Hydrodynamics, 27 (6) (2015), pp. 872-883ArticleDownload PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[11]G.G.D. Zhou, M. Zhou, M.S. Shrestha, D. Song, C.E. Choi, K.F.E. Cui, et al.Experimental investigation on the longitudinal evolution of landslide dam breaching and outburst floodsGeomorphology, 334 (2019), pp. 29-43ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[12]J. Zhang, Z.-x. Guo, S.-y. CaoYang F-g. Experimental study on scour and erosion of blocked damWater Sci Eng, 5 (2012), pp. 219-229ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[13]K. Höeg, A. Løvoll, K. VaskinnStability and breaching of embankment dams: Field tests on 6 m high damsInt J Hydropower Dams, 11 (2004), pp. 88-92View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[14]H. Hakimzadeh, V. Nourani, A.B. AminiGenetic programming simulation of dam breach hydrograph and peak outflow dischargeJ Hydrol Eng, 19 (4) (2014), pp. 757-768View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[15]A.R. Refaiy, N.M. AboulAtta, N.Y. Saad, D.A. El-MollaModeling the effect of downstream drain geometry on seepage through earth damsAin Shams Eng J, 12 (3) (2021), pp. 2511-2531ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[16]Y. Zhu, P.J. Visser, J.K. Vrijling, G. WangExperimental investigation on breaching of embankmentsScience China Technological Sci, 54 (1) (2011), pp. 148-155 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[17]M.-H. Yu, H.-Y. Wei, Y.-J. Liang, Y. ZhaoInvestigation of non-cohesive levee breach by overtopping flowJ Hydrodyn, 25 (4) (2013), pp. 572-579ArticleDownload PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[18]S. Wu, M. Yu, H. Wei, Y. Liang, J. ZengNon-symmetrical levee breaching processes in a channel bend due to overtoppingInt J Sedim Res, 33 (2) (2018), pp. 208-215ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[19]O. Saberi, G. ZenzNumerical investigation on 1D and 2D embankment dams failure due to overtopping flowInt J Hydraulic Engineering, 5 (2016), pp. 9-18View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[20]M. Guan, N.G. Wright, P.A. Sleigh2D Process-Based Morphodynamic Model for Flooding by Noncohesive Dyke BreachJ Hydraul Eng, 140 (7) (2014), p. 04014022, 10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000861 View PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[21]W. Wu, R. Marsooli, Z. HeDepth-Averaged Two-Dimensional Model of Unsteady Flow and Sediment Transport due to Noncohesive Embankment Break/BreachingJ Hydraul Eng, 138 (6) (2012), pp. 503-516View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[22]Z. Wang, D.S. BowlesThree-dimensional non-cohesive earthen dam breach model. Part 1: Theory and methodologyAdv Water Resour, 29 (10) (2006), pp. 1528-1545ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[23]Říha J, Duchan D, Zachoval Z, Erpicum S, Archambeau P, Pirotton M, et al. Performance of a shallow-water model for simulating flow over trapezoidal broad-crested weirs. J Hydrology Hydromechanics. 2019;67:322-8.Google Scholar[24]C.B. VreugdenhilNumerical methods for shallow-water flowSpringer Science & Business Media (1994)Google Scholar[25]L.A. Larocque, J. Imran, M.H. Chaudhry3D numerical simulation of partial breach dam-break flow using the LES and k–∊ turbulence modelsJ Hydraul Res, 51 (2) (2013), pp. 145-157 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[26]C. Yang, B. Lin, C. Jiang, Y. LiuPredicting near-field dam-break flow and impact force using a 3D modelJ Hydraul Res, 48 (6) (2010), pp. 784-792 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[27]FLOW-3D. Version 11.1.1 Flow Science, Inc., Santa Fe, NM. https://wwwflow3dcom.Google Scholar[28]C.W. Hirt, B.D. NicholsVolume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundariesJ Comput Phys, 39 (1) (1981), pp. 201-225ArticleDownload PDFGoogle Scholar[29]S.V. PatankarNumerical heat transfer and fluid flow, Hemisphere PublCorp, New York, 58 (1980), p. 288View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[30]M. Alemi, R. MaiaNumerical simulation of the flow and local scour process around single and complex bridge piersInt J Civil Eng, 16 (5) (2018), pp. 475-487 View PDFCrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar

    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition

    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition

    Xiang WangLin-Jie ZhangJie Ning, and Suck-Joo Na
    Published Online:8 Apr 2022https://doi.org/10.1089/3dp.2021.0159

    Abstract

    A 3D numerical model of heat transfer and fluid flow of molten pool in the process of laser wire deposition was presented by computational fluid dynamics technique. The simulation results of the deposition morphology were also compared with the experimental results under the condition of liquid bridge transfer mode. Moreover, they showed a good agreement. Considering the effect of recoil pressure, the morphology of the deposit metal obtained by the simulation was similar to the experiment result. Molten metal at the wire tip was peeled off and flowed into the molten pool, and then spread to both sides of the deposition layer under the recoil pressure. In addition, the results of simulation and high-speed charge-coupled device presented that a wedge transition zone, with a length of ∼6 mm, was formed behind the keyhole in the liquid bridge transfer process, where the height of deposited metal decreased gradually. After solidification, metal in the transition zone retained the original melt morphology, resulting in a decrease in the height of the tail of the deposition layer.

    Keywords

    LWD, CFD, liquid bridge transfer, fluid dynamics, wedge transition zone

    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition
    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition
    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition
    Fluid Thermodynamic Simulation of Ti-6Al-4V Alloy in Laser Wire Deposition

    References

    1. Matthews MJ, Guss G, Khairallah SA, et al. Denudation of metal powder layers in laser powder bed fusion processes. Acta Mater 2016;114:33–42. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    2. Ge WJ, Han SW, Fang YC, et al. Mechanism of surface morphology in electron beam melting of Ti6Al4V based on computational flow patterns. Appl Surf Sci 2017;419:150–158. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    3. Bai XW, Colegrove P, Ding JL, et al. Numerical analyswas of heat transfer and fluid flow in multilayer deposition of PAW-based wire and arc additive manufacturing. Int J Heat Mass Transf 2018;124:504–516. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    4. Torkamany MJ, Kaplan AFH, Ghaini FM. Wire deposition by a laser-induced boiling front. Opt Laser Technol 2015;69:104–112. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    5. Yu Y, Huang W, Wang G. Investigation of melting dynamics of filler wire during wire feed laser welding. J Mec Sci Technol 2013;27:1097–1108. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    6. Ma G, Li L, Chen Y. Effects of beam confgurations on wire melting and transfer behaviors in dual beam laser welding with fller wire. Opt Laser Technol 2017;91:138–148. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    7. Abioye TE, Folkes J, Clare AT. A parametric study of Inconel 625 wire laser deposition. J Mater Process Tech 2013;213:2145–2151. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    8. Wei S, Wang G, Shin YC, et al. Comprehensive modeling of transport phenomena in laser hot-wire deposition process. Int J Heat Mass Transf 2018;125:1356–1368. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    9. Gu H, Li L. Computational fluid dynamic simulation of gravity and pressure effects in laser metal deposition for potential additive manufacturing in space. Int J Heat Mass Transf 2019;140:51–65. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    10. Hu R, Luo M, Liu T, et al. Thermal fluid dynamics of liquid bridge transfer in laser wire deposition 3D printing. Sci Technolf Weld Join 2019;24:1–11. Google Scholar

    11. Chatterjee D, Chakraborty S. A hybrid lattice Boltzmann model for solid–liquid phase transition in presence of fluid flow. Phys Lett A 2006;351:359–367. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    12. Wu L, Cheon J, Kiran DV, et al. CFD simulations of GMA welding of horizontal fillet joints based on coordinate rotation of arc models. J Mater Process Tech 2016;231:221–238. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    13. Gerhard W, Boyer RR, Collings EW. Materials Properties Handbook: Titanium Alloys. ASM International: Almere, The Netherlands, 1994. Google Scholar

    14. Colegrove P, Simiand PE, Varughese A, et al. Evaluation of a drilling model approach to represent laser spot microwelding. In: ASM Proceedings of the international conference: trends in welding research; 2009. Google Scholar

    15. Boivineau M, Cagran C, Doytier D, et al. Thermophysical properties of solid and liquid Ti-6Al-4V (TA6V) alloy. Int J Thermophys 2006;27:507–529. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    16. Shejndlin AE, Kenisarin MM, Chekhovskoj VY. Melting point of yttrium oxide. AN SSSR 1974;216:582–584. Google Scholar

    17. Cho JH, Na SJ. Teflection and Fresnel absorption of laser beam in keyhole. J Phys D Appl Phys 2006;39:5372–5378. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    18. Han SW, Ahn J, Na SJ. A study on ray tracing method for CFD simulations of laser keyhole welding: Progressive search method. Weld World 2016;60:247–258. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    19. Allmen MV. Laser-Beam Interactions with Materials. Springer, Berlin-Heidelberg, 1995. Google Scholar

    20. Dobson PJ. Absorption and scattering of light by small particles. Phys Bull 1984;35:104. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    21. Greses J, Hilton PA, Barlow CY. Plume attenuation under high power Nd:yttritium aluminum garnet laser welding. J Laser Appl 2004;16:9–15. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    22. Shcheglov PY, Uspenskiy SA, Gumenyuk AV, et al. Plume attenuation of laser radiation during high power fiber laser welding. Laser Phys Lett 2011;8:475–480. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    23. Yang P, Liou KN. Effective refractive index for determining ray propagation in an absorbing dielectric particle. J Quant Spectrosc Radiat Transf 2009;110:300–306. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    24. Barber PW. Absorption and scattering of light by small particles. J Colloid Interface Sci 1984;98:290–291. Google Scholar

    25. Hu ZR, Chen X, Yang G, et al. Metal transfer in wire feeding-based electron beam 3D printing: Modes, dynamics, and transition criterion. Int J Heat Mass Transf 2018;126:877–887. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    26. David SA, Babu SS, Vitek JM. Welding: Solidification and microstructure. JOM 2013;55:14–20. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    27. Zhong ML, Liu W. Laser surface cladding: The state of the art and challenges. Proc Inst Mech Eng Part C J Mech Eng Sci 2010;224:1041–1060. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    28. Kobryn PA, Semiatin S. Microstructure and texture evolution during solidification processing of Ti-6Al-4V. J Mater Process Technol 2003;135:330–339. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    29. Debroy T, David S. Physical processes in fusion welding. Rev Mod Phys 1995;67:85–112. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    30. Lee YS, Nordin M, Babu SS, et al. Effect of fluid convection on dendrite arm spacing in laser deposition. Metall Trans B 2014;45:1520–1528. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    31. Rappaz M, David SA, Vitek JM, et al. Development of microstructures in Fe15Ni15Cr single crystal electron beam welds. Metall Trans A 1989;20:1125–1138. CrossrefGoogle Scholar

    그림 1 하천횡단구조물 하류부 횡단구조물 파괴

    유입조건에 따른압력변이로 인한하천횡단구조물 하류물받이공 및 바닥보호공설계인자 도출최종보고서

    주관연구기관 / 홍익대학교 산학협력단
    공동연구기관 / 한국건설기술연구원
    공동연구기관 / 주식회사 지티이

    연구의 목적 및 내용

    하천횡단구조물이 하천설계기준(2009)대로 설계되었음에도 불구하고, 하류부에서 물받이공 및 바닥보호공의 피해가 발생하여, 구조물 본체에 대한 안전성이 현저하 게 낮아지고 있는 실정이다. 하천설계기준이 상류부의 수리특성을 반영하였다고 하나 하류부의 수리특성인 유속의 변동 성분 또는 압력의 변동성분까지 고려하고 있지는 않다. 현재 많은 선행연구에서 이러한 난류적 특성이 구조물에 미치는 영 향에 대해 제시하고 있는 실정이며, 국내 하천에서의 피해 또한 이와 관련이 있다 고 판단된다. 이에 본 연구에서는 난류성분 특히 압력의 변동성분이 물받이공과 바닥보호공에 미치는 영향을 정량적으로 분석하여, 하천 횡단구조물의 치수 안전 성 증대에 기여하고자 한다. 물받이공과 바닥보호공에 미치는 압력의 변동성분 (pressure fluctuation) 영향을 분석하기 위해 크게 3가지로 연구내용을 분류하였 다. 첫 번째는 압력의 변동으로 순간적인 음압구배(adversed pressure gradient) 가 발생할 경우 바닥보호공의 사석 및 블록이 이탈하는 것이다. 이를 확인하기 위 해 정밀한 압력 측정장치를 통해 압력변이를 측정하여, 사석의 이탈 가능성을 검 토할 것이며, 최종적으로 이탈에 대한 한계조건을 도출할 것이다. 두 번째는 압력 의 변동이 물받이공의 진동을 유발시켜 이를 지지하고 있는 지반에 다짐효과를 가 져와 물받이공과 지반사이에 공극이 발생하는 경우이다. 이러한 공극으로 물받이 공은 자중 및 물의 압력을 받게 되어, 결국 휨에 의한 파괴가 발생할 가능성이 있 게 된다. 본 연구에서는 실험을 통하여 압력의 변동과 물받이공의 진동을 동시에 측정하여, 진동이 발생하지 않을 최소 두께를 제시할 것이다. 세 번째는 압력변이 로 인한 물받이공의 진동이 피로파괴로 연결되는 경우이다. 이 현상 또한 수리실 험을 통해 압력변이-피로파괴의 관계를 정량적으로 분석하여, 한계 조건을 제시할 것이다. 본 연구는 국내 보 및 낙차공에서 발생하는 다양한 Jet의 특성을 수리실 험으로 재현해야 하며, 이를 위해 평면 Jet 분사기(plane Jet injector)를 고안/ 제작하여, 효율적인 수리실험을 수행할 것이다. 또한 3차원 수치해석을 통해 실제 스케일에 적용함으로써 연구결과의 활용도 및 적용성을 높이고자 한다.

    Keywords

    압력변이, 물받이공, 바닥보호공, 난류, 진동

     그림 1 하천횡단구조물 하류부 횡단구조물 파괴
    그림 1 하천횡단구조물 하류부 횡단구조물 파괴
    그림 2. 시간에 따른 압력의 변동 양상 및 정의
    그림 2. 시간에 따른 압력의 변동 양상 및 정의
     그림 3. 하천횡단구조물 하류부 도수현상시 발생하는 압력변이 분포도, Fr=8.0 상태이며, 바닥(slab)에 양압과 음압이 지속적으로 작용한다. (Fiorotto & Rinaldo, 2010)
    그림 3. 하천횡단구조물 하류부 도수현상시 발생하는 압력변이 분포도, Fr=8.0 상태이며, 바닥(slab)에 양압과 음압이 지속적으로 작용한다. (Fiorotto & Rinaldo, 2010)
     그림 4. 파괴 개념
    그림 4. 파괴 개념
    그림 6. PIV 측정 원리(www.photonics.com)
    그림 6. PIV 측정 원리(www.photonics.com)
    그림 7. LED회로판 및 BIV기법 기본개념
    그림 7. LED회로판 및 BIV기법 기본개념
    그림 8. BIV측정기법을 적용한 순간이미지 (Lin et al., 2012)
    그림 8. BIV측정기법을 적용한 순간이미지 (Lin et al., 2012)
    그림 9. 감세공의 분류
    그림 9. 감세공의 분류
    그림 17 수리실헐 수로시설: (a) 전체수로전경, (b) Weir 보를 포함한 측면도, (c) 도수조건 실험전경
    그림 17 수리실헐 수로시설: (a) 전체수로전경, (b) Weir 보를 포함한 측면도, (c) 도수조건 실험전경
    그림 18 수리실험 개요도
    그림 18 수리실험 개요도
    그림 127 난류모형별 압력 Data (측정위치는 그림 125 참조)
    그림 127 난류모형별 압력 Data (측정위치는 그림 125 참조)
    그림 128 RNG 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
    그림 128 RNG 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
    그림 129 LES 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
    그림 129 LES 모형을 이용한 수치모의 결과
    그림 130 압력 Data의 필터링
    그림 130 압력 Data의 필터링
    그림 134 Case 1의 흐름특성 분포도 및 그래프
    그림 134 Case 1의 흐름특성 분포도 및 그래프

    참고문헌

    국토기술연구센터 (1998) 하상유지공의 구조설계 지침.

    감사원 (2013) 감사원 결과보고서- 4대강살리기 사업 주요시설물 품질 밑 수질관리 실태.

    국토해양부 (2009) 전국 하천횡단 구조물 설치현황 및 어도 실태조사 보고서. 국토해양부 (2010). 낙동강 살리기 사업 24공구(성주칠곡지구) 실시설계보고서.

    국토해양부 (2012) 보도자료-준공대비 점검결과, 4대강 보 안전 재확인.

    국토해양부 (2012) 국가 및 지방하천 종합정비 마스터플랜.

    국토교통성 (2008) 하천사방기술기준.

    농림부 (1996). 농업생산기반정비사업계획 설계기준. 류권규(역자) (2009). 난류의 수치모의(원저자 : 梶島岳夫, 1999).

    류권규, 마리안 머스테, 로버트 에테마, 윤병만 (2006). “난류 중 부유사의 속도 지체 측정.” 한국수자원학회논문집, 제39권, 제2호, pp.99-108.

    배재현, 이경훈, 신종근, 양용수, 이주희 (2011). “입자영상유속계를 이용한 은어의 유영능력 측정.” 제47권, 제4호, pp.411-418.

    우효섭 (2001). 하천수리학. 청문각.

    한국수자원학회 (2009). 하천설계기준해설.

    한국건설기술연구원 (2014) 입자영상유속계(PIV)를 이용한 하천구조물 주변 유동해석 기법 개발

    한국건설기술연구원 (2017) 보와 하상유지공의 안전성 확보를 위한 물받이와 바닥보호공의 성능평가
    기법에 대한 원천기술개발

    국토기술연구센터 (1998) 하상유지공의 구조설계 지침.

    감사원 (2013) 감사원 결과보고서- 4대강살리기 사업 주요시설물 품질 밑 수질관리 실태. 국토해양부 (2009) 전국 하천횡단 구조물 설치현황 및 어도 실태조사 보고서.

    국토해양부 (2012) 보도자료-준공대비 점검결과, 4대강 보 안전 재확인. 국토해양부 (2012) 국가 및 지방하천 종합정비 마스터플랜.

    국토교통성 (2008) 하천사방기술기준.

    농림부 (1996). 농업생산기반정비사업계획 설계기

    류권규(역자) (2009). 난류의 수치모의(원저자 : 梶島岳夫, 1999).
    류권규, 마리안 머스테, 로버트 에테마, 윤병만 (2006). “난류 중 부유사의 속도 지체 측정.” 한국수자원학회논문집, 제39권, 제2호, pp.99-108.
    배재현, 이경훈, 신종근, 양용수, 이주희 (2011). “입자영상유속계를 이용한 은어의 유영능력 측정.” 제47권, 제4호, pp.411-418.
    우효섭 (2001). 하천수리학. 청문각. 한국수자원학회 (2009). 하천설계기준해설. 한국건설기술연구원 (2014) 입자영상유속계(PIV)를 이용한 하천구조물 주변 유동해석 기법 개발
    한국건설기술연구원 (2017) 보와 하상유지공의 안전성 확보를 위한 물받이와 바닥보호공의 성능평가
    기법에 대한 원천기술개발

    Adrian, R. J., Meinhart, C. D., & Tomkins, C. D. (2000). Vortex organization in the outer
    region of the turbulent boundary layer. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 422, 1-54.
    Anderson, T. W., & Darling, D. A. (1954). A test of goodness of fit. Journal of the American
    statistical association, 49(268), 765-769.
    Altman, E. I. (1968). Financial ratios, discriminant analysis and the prediction of corporate
    bankruptcy. The journal of finance, 23(4), 589-609.
    Barjastehmaleki, S., Fiorotto, V., & Caroni, E. (2016). Spillway stilling basins lining design
    via Taylor hypothesis. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 142(6), 04016010.
    Beheshti, M. R., Khosrojerdi, A., & Borghei, S. M. (2013). Experimental study of air-water
    turbulent flow structures on stepped spillways. International Journal of Physical Sciences,
    8(25), 1362-1370.
    Bligh, W. G. (1910). Dams, barrages and weirs on porous foundations. Engineering News, 64(26),
    708-710.
    Bowers, C. E., &Tsai, F. Y. (1969). Fluctuating pressure in spillway stilling basins. Journal
    of the Hydraulics Division, 95(6), 2071-2080.
    Brater, E. F., King, H. W., Lindell, J. E., & Wei, C. Y. (1976). Handbook of hydraulics for
    the solution of hydraulic engineering problems (Vol. 7). New York: McGraw-Hill.
    Castillo, L. G., Carrillo, J. M., & Sordo-Ward, Á. (2014). Simulation of overflow nappe
    impingement jets. Journal of Hydroinformatics, 16(4), 922-940

    Lin, C., Hsieh, S. C., Lin, I. J., Chang, K. A., & Raikar, R. V. (2012). Flow property and
    self-similarity in steady hydraulic jumps. Experiments in Fluids, 53(5), 1591-1616

    Chanson, H. (1999). The Hydraulics of Open Channel Flow: An Introduction. Physical Modelling
    of Hydraulics.
    Chow, V. T. (1959). Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw Hill Book Company, Inc., New York.
    Christensen, B. A. (1984). “Analysis of Partially Filled Circular Storm Sewers.” J. of
    Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 110, No. 8.
    El-Ragaby, A., El-Salakawy, E., and Benmokrane, B., “Fatigue Life Evaluation of Concrete
    Bridge Deck Slabs Reinforced with Glass FRP Composite Bars,” Journal of Composites for
    Construction, ASCE, Vol. 11, No. 3, 2007, pp. 258-268. (doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)
    1090-0268(2007)11:3(258),
    Fiorotto, V., & Rinaldo, A. (1992). Turbulent pressure fluctuations under hydraulic jumps.
    Journal of Hydraulic Research, 30(4), 499-520.
    Flow Science (2015). FLOW-3D User Manual(Release 11.1.0), Los Alamos, New Mexico.
    González-Betancourt, M. (2016). Uplift force and momenta on a slab subjected to hydraulic
    jump. Dyna, 83(199), 124-133.
    Grinstein, L., & Lipsey, S. I. (2001). Encyclopedia of mathematics education. Routledge.
    Grubbs, F. E., & Beck, G. (1972). Extension of sample sizes and percentage points for
    significance tests of outlying observations. Technometrics, 14(4), 847-854.
    Gylltoft K. (1983): Fracture mechanics models for fatigue in concrete structures. Doctoral
    thesis / Tekniska högskolan i Luleå, 25D, Luleå, 210 pp.
    Herlina, H. and Jirka, G. H. (2008). “Experiments on gas transfer near the air-water
    interface in a grid-stirred tank.” Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 594, pp.183-208.
    IACWD (Interagency Advisory Committee on Water Data). (1982). Guidelines for determining flood
    flow frequency. Bulletin 17B.
    JIRKA, G. H. (2008). Experiments on gas transfer at the air–water interface induced by
    oscillating grid turbulence. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 594, 183-208.
    Kadota, A., Suzuki, K., Rummel, A. C., Weitbrecht, V., & Jirka, G. H. (2007). Shallow flow
    visualization around a single groyne. In Proc. of 7th International Symposium of Particle
    Image Velocimetry (CD-ROM).
    Kazemi, F., Khodashenas, S. R., & Sarkardeh, H. (2016). Experimental study of pressure
    fluctuation in stilling basins. International Journal of Civil Engineering, 14(1), 13-21.
    Klowak, C., Memon, A., and Mufti, A., “Static and fatigue investigation of second generation
    steel-free bridge decks,” Cement & Concrete Composites, ScienceDirect, Elsevier, Vol. 28, No.

    10, 2006, pp. 890-897. (doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.cemconcomp.2006.07.019),
    Koca, K., Noss, C., Anlanger, C., Brand, A., & Lorke, A. (2017). Performance of the Vectrino
    Profiler at the sediment–water interface. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 55(4), 573-581.
    Kolmogorov, A. (1933). Sulla determinazione empirica di una lgge di distribuzione. Inst. Ital.
    Attuari, Giorn., 4, 83-91.
    Leon, A., & Alnahit, A. (2016). A Remotely Controlled Siphon System for Dynamic Water Storage
    Management.
    Lin, C., Hsieh, S., Chang, K. and Raikar, R. (2012). “Flow property and self-similarity in
    steady hydraulic jumps.” Experiments in Fluid, 53, pp. 1591-1616.
    Lopardo, R., Fattor, C. A., Casado, J. M. and Lopardo, M. C. (2004). “Aspects of vibration
    and fatigue of materials related to coherent structures of macroturbulent flows”
    International Conference on Hydraulic of Dams and River Structures.
    Lopardo, R. A., & Romagnoli, M. (2009). Pressure and velocity fluctuations in stilling basins.
    In Advances in Water Resources and Hydraulic Engineering (pp. 2093-2098). Springer, Berlin,
    Heidelberg.
    Sanchez, P. A., Ramirez, G. E., Vergara, R., & Minguillo, F. (1973). Performance of
    Sulfur-Coated Urea Under Intermittently Flooded Rice Culture in Peru 1. Soil Science Society
    of America Journal, 37(5), 789-792.
    Matsui, S., Tokai, D., Higashiyama, H., and Mizukoshi, M., “Fatigue Durability of Fiber
    Reinforced Concrete Decks Under Running Wheel Load,” Proceedings 3rd International Conference
    on Concrete Under Severe Conditions, Ed. N. Banthia, Vancouver, Canada, 2001, pp. 982-991.,
    Mohammadi, S. F., Galgoul, N. S., Starossek, U., & Videiro, P. M. (2016). An efficient time
    domain fatigue analysis and its comparison to spectral fatigue assessment for an offshore
    jacket structure. Marine Structures, 49, 97-115.
    Pothof, I. (2011). Co-current air-water flow in downward sloping pipes. Stichting Deltares
    Pothof, I. W. M., & Clemens, F. H. L. R. (2011). Experimental study of air–water flow in
    downward sloping pipes. International journal of multiphase flow, 37(3), 278-292.
    Ryu, Y., Chang, K. A., & Lim, H. J. (2005). Use of bubble image velocimetry for measurement of
    plunging wave impinging on structure and associated greenwater. Measurement Science and
    Technology, 16(10), 1945.
    Sanjou, M., & Nezu, I. (2009). Turbulence structure and coherent motion in meandering compound
    open-channel flows. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 47(5), 598-610.
    Sargison, J. E., & Percy, A. (2009). Hydraulics of broad-crested weirs with varying side
    slopes. Journal of irrigation and drainage engineering, 135(1), 115-118.

    Sobani, A. (2014). Pressure fluctuations on the slabs of stilling basins under hydraulic jump.
    Song, Y., Chang, K, Ryu, Y. and Kwon, S. (2013). “ Experimental study on flow kinematics and
    impact pressure in liquid sloshing.”, Experiments in Fluid, 54, pp. 1592.
    Stagonas, D., Lara, J. L., Losada, I. J., Higuera, P., Jaime, F. F., & Muller, G. (2014).
    Large scale measurements of wave loads and mapping of impact pressure distribution at the
    underside of wave recurves. In Proceedings of the HYDRALAB IV Joint User Meeting.
    Toso, J. W., & Bowers, C. E. (1988). Extreme pressures in hydraulic-jump stilling basins.
    Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 114(8), 829-843.
    Youn, S. G. and Chang, S. P., “Behavior of Composite Bridge Decks Subjected to Static and
    Fatigue Loading,” Structural Journal, ACI Technical paper, Title No. 95-S23, 1998, pp.
    249-258. (doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.14359/543),

    Figure 3.10: Snapshots of Temperature Profile for Single Track in Keyhole Regime (P = 250W and V = 0.5m/s) at the Preheating Temperature of 100 °C

    Multiscale Process Modeling of Residual Deformation and Defect Formation for Laser Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing

    Qian Chen, PhD
    University of Pittsburgh, 2021

    레이저 분말 베드 퓨전(L-PBF) 적층 제조(AM)는 우수한 기계적 특성으로 그물 모양에 가까운 복잡한 부품을 생산할 수 있습니다. 그러나 빌드 실패 및 다공성과 같은 결함으로 이어지는 원치 않는 잔류 응력 및 왜곡이 L-PBF의 광범위한 적용을 방해하고 있습니다.

    L-PBF의 잠재력을 최대한 실현하기 위해 잔류 변형, 용융 풀 및 다공성 형성을 예측하는 다중 규모 모델링 방법론이 개발되었습니다. L-PBF의 잔류 변형 및 응력을 부품 규모에서 예측하기 위해 고유 변형 ​​방법을 기반으로 하는 다중 규모 프로세스 모델링 프레임워크가 제안됩니다.

    고유한 변형 벡터는 마이크로 스케일에서 충실도가 높은 상세한 다층 프로세스 시뮬레이션에서 추출됩니다. 균일하지만 이방성인 변형은 잔류 왜곡 및 응력을 예측하기 위해 준 정적 평형 유한 요소 분석(FEA)에서 레이어별로 L-PBF 부품에 적용됩니다.

    부품 규모에서의 잔류 변형 및 응력 예측 외에도 분말 규모의 다중물리 모델링을 수행하여 공정 매개변수, 예열 온도 및 스패터링 입자에 의해 유도된 용융 풀 변동 및 결함 형성을 연구합니다. 이러한 요인과 관련된 용융 풀 역학 및 다공성 형성 메커니즘은 시뮬레이션 및 실험을 통해 밝혀졌습니다.

    제안된 부품 규모 잔류 응력 및 왜곡 모델을 기반으로 경로 계획 방법은 큰 잔류 변형 및 건물 파손을 방지하기 위해 주어진 형상에 대한 레이저 스캐닝 경로를 조정하기 위해 개발되었습니다.

    연속 및 아일랜드 스캐닝 전략을 위한 기울기 기반 경로 계획이 공식화되고 공식화된 컴플라이언스 및 스트레스 최소화 문제에 대한 전체 감도 분석이 수행됩니다. 이 제안된 경로 계획 방법의 타당성과 효율성은 AconityONE L-PBF 시스템을 사용하여 실험적으로 입증되었습니다.

    또한 기계 학습을 활용한 데이터 기반 프레임워크를 개발하여 L-PBF에 대한 부품 규모의 열 이력을 예측합니다. 본 연구에서는 실시간 열 이력 예측을 위해 CNN(Convolutional Neural Network)과 RNN(Recurrent Neural Network)을 포함하는 순차적 기계 학습 모델을 제안합니다.

    유한 요소 해석과 비교하여 100배의 예측 속도 향상이 달성되어 실제 제작 프로세스보다 빠른 예측이 가능하고 실시간 온도 프로파일을 사용할 수 있습니다.

    Laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF) additive manufacturing (AM) is capable of producing complex parts near net shape with good mechanical properties. However, undesired residual stress and distortion that lead to build failure and defects such as porosity are preventing broader applications of L-PBF. To realize the full potential of L-PBF, a multiscale modeling methodology is developed to predict residual deformation, melt pool, and porosity formation. To predict the residual deformation and stress in L-PBF at part-scale, a multiscale process modeling framework based on inherent strain method is proposed.

    Inherent strain vectors are extracted from detailed multi-layer process simulation with high fidelity at micro-scale. Uniform but anisotropic strains are then applied to L-PBF part in a layer-by-layer fashion in a quasi-static equilibrium finite element analysis (FEA) to predict residual distortion and stress. Besides residual distortion and stress prediction at part scale, multiphysics modeling at powder scale is performed to study the melt pool variation and defect formation induced by process parameters, preheating temperature and spattering particles. Melt pool dynamics and porosity formation mechanisms associated with these factors are revealed through simulation and experiments.

    Based on the proposed part-scale residual stress and distortion model, path planning method is developed to tailor the laser scanning path for a given geometry to prevent large residual deformation and building failures. Gradient based path planning for continuous and island scanning strategy is formulated and full sensitivity analysis for the formulated compliance- and stress-minimization problem is performed.

    The feasibility and effectiveness of this proposed path planning method is demonstrated experimentally using the AconityONE L-PBF system. In addition, a data-driven framework utilizing machine learning is developed to predict the thermal history at part-scale for L-PBF.

    In this work, a sequential machine learning model including convolutional neural network (CNN) and recurrent neural network (RNN), long shortterm memory unit, is proposed for real-time thermal history prediction. A 100x prediction speed improvement is achieved compared to the finite element analysis which makes the prediction faster than real fabrication process and real-time temperature profile available.

    Figure 1.1: Schematic Overview of Metal Laser Powder Bed Fusion Process [2]
    Figure 1.1: Schematic Overview of Metal Laser Powder Bed Fusion Process [2]
    Figure 1.2: Commercial Powder Bed Fusion Systems
    Figure 1.2: Commercial Powder Bed Fusion Systems
    Figure 1.3: Commercial Metal Components Fabricated by Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing: (a) GE Fuel Nozzle; (b) Stryker Hip Biomedical Implant.
    Figure 1.3: Commercial Metal Components Fabricated by Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing: (a) GE Fuel Nozzle; (b) Stryker Hip Biomedical Implant.
    Figure 2.1: Proposed Multiscale Process Simulation Framework
    Figure 2.1: Proposed Multiscale Process Simulation Framework
    Figure 2.2: (a) Experimental Setup for In-situ Thermocouple Measurement in the EOS M290 Build Chamber; (b) Themocouple Locations on the Bottom Side of the Substrate.
    Figure 2.2: (a) Experimental Setup for In-situ Thermocouple Measurement in the EOS M290 Build Chamber; (b) Themocouple Locations on the Bottom Side of the Substrate.
    Figure 2.3: (a) Finite Element Model for Single Layer Thermal Analysis; (b) Deposition Layer
    Figure 2.3: (a) Finite Element Model for Single Layer Thermal Analysis; (b) Deposition Layer
    Figure 2.4: Core-skin layer: (a) Surface Morphology; (b) Scanning Strategy; (c) Transient Temperature Distribution and Temperature History at (d) Point 1; (e) Point 2 and (f) Point 3
    Figure 2.4: Core-skin layer: (a) Surface Morphology; (b) Scanning Strategy; (c) Transient Temperature Distribution and Temperature History at (d) Point 1; (e) Point 2 and (f) Point 3
    Figure 2.5: (a) Scanning Orientation of Each Layer; (b) Finite Element Model for Micro-scale Representative Volume
    Figure 2.5: (a) Scanning Orientation of Each Layer; (b) Finite Element Model for Micro-scale Representative Volume
    Figure 2.6: Bottom Layer (a) Thermal History; (b) Plastic Strain and (c) Elastic Strain Evolution History
    Figure 2.6: Bottom Layer (a) Thermal History; (b) Plastic Strain and (c) Elastic Strain Evolution History
    Figure 2.7: Bottom Layer Inherent Strain under Default Process Parameters along Horizontal Scanning Path
    Figure 2.7: Bottom Layer Inherent Strain under Default Process Parameters along Horizontal Scanning Path
    Figure 2.8: Snapshots of the Element Activation Process
    Figure 2.8: Snapshots of the Element Activation Process
    Figure 2.9: Double Cantilever Beam Structure Built by the EOS M290 DMLM Process (a) Before and (b) After Cutting off; (c) Faro Laser ScanArm V3 for Distortion Measurement
    Figure 2.9: Double Cantilever Beam Structure Built by the EOS M290 DMLM Process (a) Before and (b) After Cutting off; (c) Faro Laser ScanArm V3 for Distortion Measurement
    Figure 2.10: Square Canonical Structure Built by the EOS M290 DMLM Process
    Figure 2.10: Square Canonical Structure Built by the EOS M290 DMLM Process
    Figure 2.11: Finite Element Mesh for the Square Canonical and Snapshots of Element Activation Process
    Figure 2.11: Finite Element Mesh for the Square Canonical and Snapshots of Element Activation Process
    Figure 2.12: Simulated Distortion Field for the Double Cantilever Beam before Cutting off the Supports: (a) Inherent Strain Method; (b) Simufact Additive 3.1
    Figure 2.12: Simulated Distortion Field for the Double Cantilever Beam before Cutting off the Supports: (a) Inherent Strain Method; (b) Simufact Additive 3.1
    Figure 3.10: Snapshots of Temperature Profile for Single Track in Keyhole Regime (P = 250W and V = 0.5m/s) at the Preheating Temperature of 100 °C
    Figure 3.10: Snapshots of Temperature Profile for Single Track in Keyhole Regime (P = 250W and V = 0.5m/s) at the Preheating Temperature of 100 °C
    s) at the Preheating Temperature of 500 °C
    s) at the Preheating Temperature of 500 °C
    Figure 3.15: Melt Pool Cross Section Comparison Between Simulation and Experiment for Single Track
    Figure 3.15: Melt Pool Cross Section Comparison Between Simulation and Experiment for Single Track

    Bibliography

    [1] I. Astm, ASTM52900-15 Standard Terminology for Additive Manufacturing—General
    Principles—Terminology, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA 3(4) (2015) 5.
    [2] W.E. King, A.T. Anderson, R.M. Ferencz, N.E. Hodge, C. Kamath, S.A. Khairallah, A.M.
    Rubenchik, Laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing of metals; physics, computational,
    and materials challenges, Applied Physics Reviews 2(4) (2015) 041304.
    [3] W. Yan, Y. Lu, K. Jones, Z. Yang, J. Fox, P. Witherell, G. Wagner, W.K. Liu, Data-driven
    characterization of thermal models for powder-bed-fusion additive manufacturing, Additive
    Manufacturing (2020) 101503.
    [4] K. Dai, L. Shaw, Thermal and stress modeling of multi-material laser processing, Acta
    Materialia 49(20) (2001) 4171-4181.
    [5] K. Dai, L. Shaw, Distortion minimization of laser-processed components through control of
    laser scanning patterns, Rapid Prototyping Journal 8(5) (2002) 270-276.
    [6] S.S. Bo Cheng, Kevin Chou, Stress and deformation evaluations of scanning strategy effect in
    selective laser melting, Additive Manufacturing (2017).
    [7] C. Fu, Y. Guo, Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting
    of Ti-6Al-4V, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 136(6) (2014) 061004.
    [8] P. Prabhakar, W.J. Sames, R. Dehoff, S.S. Babu, Computational modeling of residual stress
    formation during the electron beam melting process for Inconel 718, Additive Manufacturing 7
    (2015) 83-91.
    [9] A. Hussein, L. Hao, C. Yan, R. Everson, Finite element simulation of the temperature and
    stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting, Materials & Design
    (1980-2015) 52 (2013) 638-647.
    [10] P.Z. Qingcheng Yang, Lin Cheng, Zheng Min, Minking Chyu, Albert C. To, articleFinite
    element modeling and validation of thermomechanicalbehavior of Ti-6Al-4V in directed energy
    deposition additivemanufacturing, Additive Manufacturing (2016).
    [11] E.R. Denlinger, J. Irwin, P. Michaleris, Thermomechanical Modeling of Additive
    Manufacturing Large Parts, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 136(6) (2014)
    061007.
    [12] E.R. Denlinger, M. Gouge, J. Irwin, P. Michaleris, Thermomechanical model development
    and in situ experimental validation of the Laser Powder-Bed Fusion process, Additive
    Manufacturing 16 (2017) 73-80.
    [13] V.J. Erik R Denlinger, G.V. Srinivasan, Tahany EI-Wardany, Pan Michaleris, Thermal
    modeling of Inconel 718 processed with powder bed fusionand experimental validation using in
    situ measurements, Additive Manufacturing 11 (2016) 7-15.
    [14] N. Patil, D. Pal, H.K. Rafi, K. Zeng, A. Moreland, A. Hicks, D. Beeler, B. Stucker, A
    Generalized Feed Forward Dynamic Adaptive Mesh Refinement and Derefinement Finite Element
    Framework for Metal Laser Sintering—Part I: Formulation and Algorithm Development, Journal
    of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 137(4) (2015) 041001.
    [15] D. Pal, N. Patil, K.H. Kutty, K. Zeng, A. Moreland, A. Hicks, D. Beeler, B. Stucker, A
    Generalized Feed-Forward Dynamic Adaptive Mesh Refinement and Derefinement FiniteElement Framework for Metal Laser Sintering—Part II: Nonlinear Thermal Simulations and
    Validations, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 138(6) (2016) 061003.
    [16] N. Keller, V. Ploshikhin, New method for fast predictions of residual stress and distortion of
    AM parts, Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium, Austin, Texas, 2014, pp. 1229-1237.
    [17] S.A. Khairallah, A.T. Anderson, A. Rubenchik, W.E. King, Laser powder-bed fusion additive
    manufacturing: Physics of complex melt flow and formation mechanisms of pores, spatter, and
    denudation zones, Acta Materialia 108 (2016) 36-45.
    [18] M.J. Matthews, G. Guss, S.A. Khairallah, A.M. Rubenchik, P.J. Depond, W.E. King,
    Denudation of metal powder layers in laser powder bed fusion processes, Acta Materialia 114
    (2016) 33-42.
    [19] A.A. Martin, N.P. Calta, S.A. Khairallah, J. Wang, P.J. Depond, A.Y. Fong, V. Thampy, G.M.
    Guss, A.M. Kiss, K.H. Stone, Dynamics of pore formation during laser powder bed fusion additive
    manufacturing, Nature communications 10(1) (2019) 1987.
    [20] R. Shi, S.A. Khairallah, T.T. Roehling, T.W. Heo, J.T. McKeown, M.J. Matthews,
    Microstructural control in metal laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing using laser beam
    shaping strategy, Acta Materialia (2019).
    [21] S.A. Khairallah, A.A. Martin, J.R. Lee, G. Guss, N.P. Calta, J.A. Hammons, M.H. Nielsen,
    K. Chaput, E. Schwalbach, M.N. Shah, Controlling interdependent meso-nanosecond dynamics
    and defect generation in metal 3D printing, Science 368(6491) (2020) 660-665.
    [22] W. Yan, W. Ge, Y. Qian, S. Lin, B. Zhou, W.K. Liu, F. Lin, G.J. Wagner, Multi-physics
    modeling of single/multiple-track defect mechanisms in electron beam selective melting, Acta
    Materialia 134 (2017) 324-333.
    [23] S. Shrestha, Y. Kevin Chou, A Numerical Study on the Keyhole Formation During Laser
    Powder Bed Fusion Process, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 141(10) (2019).
    [24] S. Shrestha, B. Cheng, K. Chou, An Investigation into Melt Pool Effective Thermal
    Conductivity for Thermal Modeling of Powder-Bed Electron Beam Additive Manufacturing.
    [25] D. Rosenthal, Mathematical theory of heat distribution during welding and cutting, Welding
    journal 20 (1941) 220-234.
    [26] P. Promoppatum, S.-C. Yao, P.C. Pistorius, A.D. Rollett, A comprehensive comparison of the
    analytical and numerical prediction of the thermal history and solidification microstructure of
    Inconel 718 products made by laser powder-bed fusion, Engineering 3(5) (2017) 685-694.
    [27] M. Tang, P.C. Pistorius, J.L. Beuth, Prediction of lack-of-fusion porosity for powder bed
    fusion, Additive Manufacturing 14 (2017) 39-48.
    [28] T. Moran, P. Li, D. Warner, N. Phan, Utility of superposition-based finite element approach
    for part-scale thermal simulation in additive manufacturing, Additive Manufacturing 21 (2018)
    215-219.
    [29] Y. Yang, M. Knol, F. van Keulen, C. Ayas, A semi-analytical thermal modelling approach
    for selective laser melting, Additive Manufacturing 21 (2018) 284-297.
    [30] B. Cheng, S. Shrestha, K. Chou, Stress and deformation evaluations of scanning strategy
    effect in selective laser melting, Additive Manufacturing 12 (2016) 240-251.
    [31] L.H. Ahmed Hussein, Chunze Yan, Richard Everson, Finite element simulation of the
    temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting,
    Materials and Design 52 (2013) 638-647.
    [32] H. Peng, D.B. Go, R. Billo, S. Gong, M.R. Shankar, B.A. Gatrell, J. Budzinski, P. Ostiguy,
    R. Attardo, C. Tomonto, Part-scale model for fast prediction of thermal distortion in DMLS
    additive manufacturing; Part 2: a quasi-static thermo-mechanical model, Austin, Texas (2016).
    [33] M.F. Zaeh, G. Branner, Investigations on residual stresses and deformations in selective laser
    melting, Production Engineering 4(1) (2010) 35-45.
    [34] C. Li, C. Fu, Y. Guo, F. Fang, A multiscale modeling approach for fast prediction of part
    distortion in selective laser melting, Journal of Materials Processing Technology 229 (2016) 703-
    712.
    [35] C. Li, Z. Liu, X. Fang, Y. Guo, On the Simulation Scalability of Predicting Residual Stress
    and Distortion in Selective Laser Melting, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
    140(4) (2018) 041013.
    [36] S. Afazov, W.A. Denmark, B.L. Toralles, A. Holloway, A. Yaghi, Distortion Prediction and
    Compensation in Selective Laser Melting, Additive Manufacturing 17 (2017) 15-22.
    [37] Y. Lee, W. Zhang, Modeling of heat transfer, fluid flow and solidification microstructure of
    nickel-base superalloy fabricated by laser powder bed fusion, Additive Manufacturing 12 (2016)
    178-188.
    [38] L. Scime, J. Beuth, A multi-scale convolutional neural network for autonomous anomaly
    detection and classification in a laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing process, Additive
    Manufacturing 24 (2018) 273-286.
    [39] L. Scime, J. Beuth, Using machine learning to identify in-situ melt pool signatures indicative
    of flaw formation in a laser powder bed fusion additive manufacturing process, Additive
    Manufacturing 25 (2019) 151-165.
    [40] X. Xie, J. Bennett, S. Saha, Y. Lu, J. Cao, W.K. Liu, Z. Gan, Mechanistic data-driven
    prediction of as-built mechanical properties in metal additive manufacturing, npj Computational
    Materials 7(1) (2021) 1-12.
    [41] C. Wang, X. Tan, S. Tor, C. Lim, Machine learning in additive manufacturing: State-of-theart and perspectives, Additive Manufacturing (2020) 101538.
    [42] J. Li, R. Jin, Z.Y. Hang, Integration of physically-based and data-driven approaches for
    thermal field prediction in additive manufacturing, Materials & Design 139 (2018) 473-485.
    [43] M. Mozaffar, A. Paul, R. Al-Bahrani, S. Wolff, A. Choudhary, A. Agrawal, K. Ehmann, J.
    Cao, Data-driven prediction of the high-dimensional thermal history in directed energy deposition
    processes via recurrent neural networks, Manufacturing letters 18 (2018) 35-39.
    [44] A. Paul, M. Mozaffar, Z. Yang, W.-k. Liao, A. Choudhary, J. Cao, A. Agrawal, A real-time
    iterative machine learning approach for temperature profile prediction in additive manufacturing
    processes, 2019 IEEE International Conference on Data Science and Advanced Analytics (DSAA),
    IEEE, 2019, pp. 541-550.
    [45] S. Clijsters, T. Craeghs, J.-P. Kruth, A priori process parameter adjustment for SLM process
    optimization, Innovative developments on virtual and physical prototyping, Taylor & Francis
    Group., 2012, pp. 553-560.
    [46] R. Mertens, S. Clijsters, K. Kempen, J.-P. Kruth, Optimization of scan strategies in selective
    laser melting of aluminum parts with downfacing areas, Journal of Manufacturing Science and
    Engineering 136(6) (2014) 061012.
    [47] J.-P. Kruth, J. Deckers, E. Yasa, R. Wauthlé, Assessing and comparing influencing factors of
    residual stresses in selective laser melting using a novel analysis method, Proceedings of the
    institution of mechanical engineers, Part B: Journal of Engineering Manufacture 226(6) (2012)
    980-991.
    [48] Y. Lu, S. Wu, Y. Gan, T. Huang, C. Yang, L. Junjie, J. Lin, Study on the microstructure,
    mechanical property and residual stress of SLM Inconel-718 alloy manufactured by differing
    island scanning strategy, Optics & Laser Technology 75 (2015) 197-206.
    [49] E. Foroozmehr, R. Kovacevic, Effect of path planning on the laser powder deposition process:
    thermal and structural evaluation, The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing
    Technology 51(5-8) (2010) 659-669.
    [50] L.H. Ahmed Hussein, Chunze Yan, Richard Everson, Finite element simulation of the
    temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting,
    Materials and Design (2013).
    [51] J.-P. Kruth, M. Badrossamay, E. Yasa, J. Deckers, L. Thijs, J. Van Humbeeck, Part and
    material properties in selective laser melting of metals, Proceedings of the 16th international
    symposium on electromachining, 2010, pp. 1-12.
    [52] L. Thijs, K. Kempen, J.-P. Kruth, J. Van Humbeeck, Fine-structured aluminium products with
    controllable texture by selective laser melting of pre-alloyed AlSi10Mg powder, Acta Materialia
    61(5) (2013) 1809-1819.
    [53] D. Ding, Z.S. Pan, D. Cuiuri, H. Li, A tool-path generation strategy for wire and arc additive
    manufacturing, The international journal of advanced manufacturing technology 73(1-4) (2014)
    173-183.
    [54] B.E. Carroll, T.A. Palmer, A.M. Beese, Anisotropic tensile behavior of Ti–6Al–4V
    components fabricated with directed energy deposition additive manufacturing, Acta Materialia
    87 (2015) 309-320.
    [55] D. Ding, Z. Pan, D. Cuiuri, H. Li, A practical path planning methodology for wire and arc
    additive manufacturing of thin-walled structures, Robotics and Computer-Integrated
    Manufacturing 34 (2015) 8-19.
    [56] D. Ding, Z. Pan, D. Cuiuri, H. Li, S. van Duin, N. Larkin, Bead modelling and implementation
    of adaptive MAT path in wire and arc additive manufacturing, Robotics and Computer-Integrated
    Manufacturing 39 (2016) 32-42.
    [57] R. Ponche, O. Kerbrat, P. Mognol, J.-Y. Hascoet, A novel methodology of design for Additive
    Manufacturing applied to Additive Laser Manufacturing process, Robotics and ComputerIntegrated Manufacturing 30(4) (2014) 389-398.
    [58] D.E. Smith, R. Hoglund, Continuous fiber angle topology optimization for polymer fused
    fillament fabrication, Annu. Int. Solid Free. Fabr. Symp. Austin, TX, 2016.
    [59] J. Liu, J. Liu, H. Yu, H. Yu, Concurrent deposition path planning and structural topology
    optimization for additive manufacturing, Rapid Prototyping Journal 23(5) (2017) 930-942.
    [60] Q. Xia, T. Shi, Optimization of composite structures with continuous spatial variation of fiber
    angle through Shepard interpolation, Composite Structures 182 (2017) 273-282.
    [61] C. Kiyono, E. Silva, J. Reddy, A novel fiber optimization method based on normal distribution
    function with continuously varying fiber path, Composite Structures 160 (2017) 503-515.
    [62] C.J. Brampton, K.C. Wu, H.A. Kim, New optimization method for steered fiber composites
    using the level set method, Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 52(3) (2015) 493-505.
    [63] J. Liu, A.C. To, Deposition path planning-integrated structural topology optimization for 3D
    additive manufacturing subject to self-support constraint, Computer-Aided Design 91 (2017) 27-
    45.
    [64] H. Shen, J. Fu, Z. Chen, Y. Fan, Generation of offset surface for tool path in NC machining
    through level set methods, The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology
    46(9-12) (2010) 1043-1047.
    [65] C. Zhuang, Z. Xiong, H. Ding, High speed machining tool path generation for pockets using
    level sets, International Journal of Production Research 48(19) (2010) 5749-5766.
    [66] K.C. Mills, Recommended values of thermophysical properties for selected commercial
    alloys, Woodhead Publishing2002.
    [67] S.S. Sih, J.W. Barlow, The prediction of the emissivity and thermal conductivity of powder
    beds, Particulate Science and Technology 22(4) (2004) 427-440.
    [68] L. Dong, A. Makradi, S. Ahzi, Y. Remond, Three-dimensional transient finite element
    analysis of the selective laser sintering process, Journal of materials processing technology 209(2)
    (2009) 700-706.
    [69] J.J. Beaman, J.W. Barlow, D.L. Bourell, R.H. Crawford, H.L. Marcus, K.P. McAlea, Solid
    freeform fabrication: a new direction in manufacturing, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Norwell,
    MA 2061 (1997) 25-49.
    [70] G. Bugeda Miguel Cervera, G. Lombera, Numerical prediction of temperature and density
    distributions in selective laser sintering processes, Rapid Prototyping Journal 5(1) (1999) 21-26.
    [71] T. Mukherjee, W. Zhang, T. DebRoy, An improved prediction of residual stresses and
    distortion in additive manufacturing, Computational Materials Science 126 (2017) 360-372.
    [72] A.J. Dunbar, E.R. Denlinger, M.F. Gouge, P. Michaleris, Experimental validation of finite
    element modeling for laser powderbed fusion deformation, Additive Manufacturing 12 (2016)
    108-120.
    [73] J. Goldak, A. Chakravarti, M. Bibby, A new finite element model for welding heat sources,
    Metallurgical and Materials Transactions B 15(2) (1984) 299-305.
    [74] J. Liu, Q. Chen, Y. Zhao, W. Xiong, A. To, Quantitative Texture Prediction of Epitaxial
    Columnar Grains in Alloy 718 Processed by Additive Manufacturing, Proceedings of the 9th
    International Symposium on Superalloy 718 & Derivatives: Energy, Aerospace, and Industrial
    Applications, Springer, 2018, pp. 749-755.
    [75] J. Irwin, P. Michaleris, A line heat input model for additive manufacturing, Journal of
    Manufacturing Science and Engineering 138(11) (2016) 111004.
    [76] M. Gouge, J. Heigel, P. Michaleris, T. Palmer, Modeling forced convection in the thermal
    simulation of laser cladding processes, International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing
    Technology 79 (2015).
    [77] J. Heigel, P. Michaleris, E. Reutzel, Thermo-mechanical model development and validation
    of directed energy deposition additive manufacturing of Ti–6Al–4V, Additive manufacturing 5
    (2015) 9-19.
    [78] E.R. Denlinger, J.C. Heigel, P. Michaleris, Residual stress and distortion modeling of electron
    beam direct manufacturing Ti-6Al-4V, Proceedings of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers,
    Part B: Journal of Engineering Manufacture 229(10) (2015) 1803-1813.
    [79] X. Liang, Q. Chen, L. Cheng, Q. Yang, A. To, A modified inherent strain method for fast
    prediction of residual deformation in additive manufacturing of metal parts, 2017 Solid Freeform
    Fabrication Symposium Proceedings, Austin, Texas, 2017.
    [80] X. Liang, L. Cheng, Q. Chen, Q. Yang, A. To, A Modified Method for Estimating Inherent
    Strains from Detailed Process Simulation for Fast Residual Distortion Prediction of Single-Walled
    Structures Fabricated by Directed Energy Deposition, Additive Manufacturing 23 (2018) 471-486.
    [81] L. Sochalski-Kolbus, E.A. Payzant, P.A. Cornwell, T.R. Watkins, S.S. Babu, R.R. Dehoff,
    M. Lorenz, O. Ovchinnikova, C. Duty, Comparison of residual stresses in Inconel 718 simple parts
    made by electron beam melting and direct laser metal sintering, Metallurgical and Materials
    Transactions A 46(3) (2015) 1419-1432.
    [82] P. Mercelis, J.-P. Kruth, Residual stresses in selective laser sintering and selective laser
    melting, Rapid Prototyping Journal 12(5) (2006) 254-265.
    [83] N. Hodge, R. Ferencz, J. Solberg, Implementation of a thermomechanical model for the
    simulation of selective laser melting, Computational Mechanics 54(1) (2014) 33-51.
    [84] A.S. Wu, D.W. Brown, M. Kumar, G.F. Gallegos, W.E. King, An experimental investigation
    into additive manufacturing-induced residual stresses in 316L stainless steel, Metallurgical and
    Materials Transactions A 45(13) (2014) 6260-6270.
    [85] C. Li, J. liu, Y. Guo, Efficient predictive model of part distortion and residual stress in
    selective laser melting, Solid Freeform Fabrication 2016, 2017.
    [86] Y. Zhao, Y. Koizumi, K. Aoyagi, D. Wei, K. Yamanaka, A. Chiba, Molten pool behavior and
    effect of fluid flow on solidification conditions in selective electron beam melting (SEBM) of a
    biomedical Co-Cr-Mo alloy, Additive Manufacturing 26 (2019) 202-214.
    [87] J.-H. Cho, S.-J. Na, Implementation of real-time multiple reflection and Fresnel absorption of
    laser beam in keyhole, Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics 39(24) (2006) 5372.
    [88] Q. Guo, C. Zhao, M. Qu, L. Xiong, L.I. Escano, S.M.H. Hojjatzadeh, N.D. Parab, K. Fezzaa,
    W. Everhart, T. Sun, In-situ characterization and quantification of melt pool variation under
    constant input energy density in laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing process, Additive
    Manufacturing (2019).
    [89] E. Assuncao, S. Williams, D. Yapp, Interaction time and beam diameter effects on the
    conduction mode limit, Optics and Lasers in Engineering 50(6) (2012) 823-828.
    [90] R. Cunningham, C. Zhao, N. Parab, C. Kantzos, J. Pauza, K. Fezzaa, T. Sun, A.D. Rollett,
    Keyhole threshold and morphology in laser melting revealed by ultrahigh-speed x-ray imaging,
    Science 363(6429) (2019) 849-852.
    [91] W. Tan, N.S. Bailey, Y.C. Shin, Investigation of keyhole plume and molten pool based on a
    three-dimensional dynamic model with sharp interface formulation, Journal of Physics D: Applied
    Physics 46(5) (2013) 055501.
    [92] W. Tan, Y.C. Shin, Analysis of multi-phase interaction and its effects on keyhole dynamics
    with a multi-physics numerical model, Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics 47(34) (2014)
    345501.
    [93] R. Fabbro, K. Chouf, Keyhole modeling during laser welding, Journal of applied Physics
    87(9) (2000) 4075-4083.
    [94] Q. Guo, C. Zhao, M. Qu, L. Xiong, S.M.H. Hojjatzadeh, L.I. Escano, N.D. Parab, K. Fezzaa,
    T. Sun, L. Chen, In-situ full-field mapping of melt flow dynamics in laser metal additive
    manufacturing, Additive Manufacturing 31 (2020) 100939.
    [95] Y. Ueda, K. Fukuda, K. Nakacho, S. Endo, A new measuring method of residual stresses with
    the aid of finite element method and reliability of estimated values, Journal of the Society of Naval
    Architects of Japan 1975(138) (1975) 499-507.
    [96] M.R. Hill, D.V. Nelson, The inherent strain method for residual stress determination and its
    application to a long welded joint, ASME-PUBLICATIONS-PVP 318 (1995) 343-352.
    [97] H. Murakawa, Y. Luo, Y. Ueda, Prediction of welding deformation and residual stress by
    elastic FEM based on inherent strain, Journal of the society of Naval Architects of Japan 1996(180)
    (1996) 739-751.
    [98] M. Yuan, Y. Ueda, Prediction of residual stresses in welded T-and I-joints using inherent
    strains, Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology, Transactions of the ASME 118(2)
    (1996) 229-234.
    [99] L. Zhang, P. Michaleris, P. Marugabandhu, Evaluation of applied plastic strain methods for
    welding distortion prediction, Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering 129(6) (2007)
    1000-1010.
    [100] M. Bugatti, Q. Semeraro, Limitations of the Inherent Strain Method in Simulating Powder
    Bed Fusion Processes, Additive Manufacturing 23 (2018) 329-346.
    [101] L. Cheng, X. Liang, J. Bai, Q. Chen, J. Lemon, A. To, On Utilizing Topology Optimization
    to Design Support Structure to Prevent Residual Stress Induced Build Failure in Laser Powder Bed
    Metal Additive Manufacturing, Additive Manufacturing (2019).
    [102] Q. Chen, X. Liang, D. Hayduke, J. Liu, L. Cheng, J. Oskin, R. Whitmore, A.C. To, An
    inherent strain based multiscale modeling framework for simulating part-scale residual
    deformation for direct metal laser sintering, Additive Manufacturing 28 (2019) 406-418.
    [103] S. Osher, J.A. Sethian, Fronts propagating with curvature-dependent speed: algorithms based
    on Hamilton-Jacobi formulations, Journal of computational physics 79(1) (1988) 12-49.
    [104] M.Y. Wang, X. Wang, D. Guo, A level set method for structural topology optimization,
    Computer methods in applied mechanics and engineering 192(1) (2003) 227-246.
    [105] G. Allaire, F. Jouve, A.-M. Toader, Structural optimization using sensitivity analysis and a
    level-set method, Journal of computational physics 194(1) (2004) 363-393.
    [106] Y. Wang, Z. Luo, Z. Kang, N. Zhang, A multi-material level set-based topology and shape
    optimization method, Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 283 (2015)
    1570-1586.
    [107] P. Dunning, C. Brampton, H. Kim, Simultaneous optimisation of structural topology and
    material grading using level set method, Materials Science and Technology 31(8) (2015) 884-894.
    [108] P. Liu, Y. Luo, Z. Kang, Multi-material topology optimization considering interface
    behavior via XFEM and level set method, Computer methods in applied mechanics and
    engineering 308 (2016) 113-133.
    [109] J. Liu, Q. Chen, Y. Zheng, R. Ahmad, J. Tang, Y. Ma, Level set-based heterogeneous object
    modeling and optimization, Computer-Aided Design (2019).
    [110] J. Liu, Q. Chen, X. Liang, A.C. To, Manufacturing cost constrained topology optimization
    for additive manufacturing, Frontiers of Mechanical Engineering 14(2) (2019) 213-221.
    [111] Z. Kang, Y. Wang, Integrated topology optimization with embedded movable holes based
    on combined description by material density and level sets, Computer methods in applied
    mechanics and engineering 255 (2013) 1-13.
    [112] P.D. Dunning, H. Alicia Kim, A new hole insertion method for level set based structural
    topology optimization, International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering 93(1) (2013)
    118-134.
    [113] J.A. Sethian, A fast marching level set method for monotonically advancing fronts,
    Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 93(4) (1996) 1591-1595.
    [114] J.A. Sethian, Level set methods and fast marching methods: evolving interfaces in
    computational geometry, fluid mechanics, computer vision, and materials science, Cambridge
    university press1999.
    [115] C. Le, J. Norato, T. Bruns, C. Ha, D. Tortorelli, Stress-based topology optimization for
    continua, Structural and Multidisciplinary Optimization 41(4) (2010) 605-620.
    [116] A. Takezawa, G.H. Yoon, S.H. Jeong, M. Kobashi, M. Kitamura, Structural topology
    optimization with strength and heat conduction constraints, Computer Methods in Applied
    Mechanics and Engineering 276 (2014) 341-361.
    [117] S. Hochreiter, J. Schmidhuber, Long short-term memory, Neural computation 9(8) (1997)
    1735-1780.
    [118] A. Krizhevsky, I. Sutskever, G.E. Hinton, Imagenet classification with deep convolutional
    neural networks, Advances in neural information processing systems 25 (2012) 1097-1105.
    [119] K. Simonyan, A. Zisserman, Very deep convolutional networks for large-scale image
    recognition, arXiv preprint arXiv:1409.1556 (2014).
    [120] K. He, X. Zhang, S. Ren, J. Sun, Deep residual learning for image recognition, Proceedings
    of the IEEE conference on computer vision and pattern recognition, 2016, pp. 770-778.
    [121] O. Russakovsky, J. Deng, H. Su, J. Krause, S. Satheesh, S. Ma, Z. Huang, A. Karpathy, A.
    Khosla, M. Bernstein, Imagenet large scale visual recognition challenge, International journal of
    computer vision 115(3) (2015) 211-252.
    [122] S. Ren, K. He, R. Girshick, J. Sun, Faster r-cnn: Towards real-time object detection with
    region proposal networks, Advances in neural information processing systems 28 (2015) 91-99.
    [123] E.J. Schwalbach, S.P. Donegan, M.G. Chapman, K.J. Chaput, M.A. Groeber, A discrete
    source model of powder bed fusion additive manufacturing thermal history, Additive
    Manufacturing 25 (2019) 485-498.
    [124] D.G. Duffy, Green’s functions with applications, Chapman and Hall/CRC2015.
    [125] J. Martínez-Frutos, D. Herrero-Pérez, Efficient matrix-free GPU implementation of fixed
    grid finite element analysis, Finite Elements in Analysis and Design 104 (2015) 61-71.
    [126] F. Dugast, P. Apostolou, A. Fernandez, W. Dong, Q. Chen, S. Strayer, R. Wicker, A.C. To,
    Part-scale thermal process modeling for laser powder bed fusion with matrix-free method and GPU
    computing, Additive Manufacturing 37 (2021) 101732.
    [127] A. Vaswani, N. Shazeer, N. Parmar, J. Uszkoreit, L. Jones, A.N. Gomez, Ł. Kaiser, I.
    Polosukhin, Attention is all you need, Advances in neural information processing systems, 2017,
    pp. 5998-6008.
    [128] J. Devlin, M.-W. Chang, K. Lee, K. Toutanova, Bert: Pre-training of deep bidirectional
    transformers for language understanding, arXiv preprint arXiv:1810.04805 (2018).

    3D Numerical Modeling of a Side-Channel Spillway

    3D Numerical Modeling of a Side-Channel Spillway

    Géraldine MilésiStéphane Causse

    Abstract

    Electricité de Tahiti(GDF Suez) 댐의 재건이라는 틀 내에서 Coyne et Bellier는 진단과 Tahiti 댐의 전반적인 연구를 수행했습니다.

    Tahinu는 프랑스령 폴리네시아의 Tahiti 섬에 위치한 37m 높이의 수력 발전 댐입니다. 수문학적 연구의 검토와 프랑스 표준의 적용은 최대 설계 홍수를 500에서 644 m3/s(+30%)로 증가시켰습니다.

    먼저 측수로 여수로(마루 길이 60m)의 1D 수치 모델링을 수행하여 배수 용량을 평가했습니다. 결론은 마루댐과 배수로 수로 측벽의 오버토핑을 유발할 수 있는 배수로의 용량이 충분하지 않다는 것이었습니다.

    그런 다음 이러한 결과를 확인하고 배수로의 특정 구성(정원 아래의 접근 속도와 깊이의 불균일한 분포, 측면 채널 단면의 불규칙한 기하학, 잠긴 둑, 곡선 채널 배수로)을 고려하기 위해, 3D 수치 모델링은 Flow 3D®로 수행되었습니다.

    시뮬레이션은 1D 모델(흐름의 일반적인 패턴, 상류 저수지 수위)보다 더 정확한 결과를 보여주었습니다. 이에 따라 댐 능선의 높이와 여수로 측벽을 설계 및 최적화하여 안전을 위한 충분한 freeboards을 확보하도록 하였습니다.

    Within the framework of the rehabilitation of Electricité de Tahiti (GDF Suez) dams, Coyne et Bellier carried out a diagnosis and an overall study of the Tahinu dam. Tahinu is a 37-m-high earthfill hydroelectric dam, located in the island of Tahiti, French Polynesia. The review of the hydrological study and the application of French standards lead to increase the peak design flood from 500 to 644 m3/s (+30 %). First, a 1D numerical modeling of the side-channel spillway (crest length 60 m) was performed to assess its discharge capacity. The conclusion was an insufficient capacity of the spillway that might induce an overtopping of the crest dam and of the sidewalls of the spillway channel. Then, to confirm these results and to take into account the specific configuration of the spillway (non-uniform distribution of the approach velocity and depth below crest, irregular geometry of the side-channel cross section, submerged weir, curved channel spillway), a 3D numerical modeling was carried out with Flow 3D®. Simulations showed more accurate results than 1D model (general pattern of the flow, upstream reservoir level). Consequently, heightenings of the dam crest and the sidewalls of the spillway channel were designed and optimized to secure sufficient freeboards for safety.

    Keywords

    CFD, Dam, FLOW-3D, Hydraulics, Numerical simulation, Rehabilitation, Submergence, Weir, 저수지, 댐, 측수로, 여수로

    References

    1. 1.Khatsuria, R. M. (2005). Hydraulics of spillways and energy dissipators. New York: Marcel Dekker.Google Scholar
    2. 2.USBR. (1987). Design of small dams (3rd ed.). Washington: US Government printing office.Google Scholar

    Copyright information

    © Springer Science+Business Media Singapore 2014

    About this chapter

    Cite this chapter as:Milési G., Causse S. (2014) 3D Numerical Modeling of a Side-Channel Spillway. In: Gourbesville P., Cunge J., Caignaert G. (eds) Advances in Hydroinformatics. Springer Hydrogeology. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4451-42-0_39

    Forming characteristics and control method of weld bead for GMAW on curved surface

    곡면에 GMAW용 용접 비드의 형성 특성 및 제어 방법

    Forming characteristics and control method of weld bead for GMAW on curved surface

    The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology (2021)Cite this article

    Abstract

    곡면에서 GMAW 기반 적층 가공의 용접 성형 특성은 중력의 영향을 크게 받습니다. 성형면의 경사각이 크면 혹 비드(hump bead)와 같은 심각한 결함이 발생합니다.

    본 논문에서는 양생면에서 용접 비드 형성의 형성 특성과 제어 방법을 연구하기 위해 용접 용융 풀 유동 역학의 전산 모델을 수립하고 제안된 모델을 검증하기 위해 증착 실험을 수행하였습니다.

    결과는 용접 비드 경사각(α)이 증가함에 따라 역류의 속도가 증가하고 상향 용접의 경우 α > 60°일 때 불규칙한 험프 결함이 나타나는 것으로 나타났습니다.

    상부 과잉 액체의 하향 압착력과 하부 상향 유동의 반동력과 표면장력 사이의 상호작용은 용접 혹 형성의 주요 요인이었다. 하향 용접의 경우 양호한 형태를 얻을 수 있었으며, 용접 비드 경사각이 증가함에 따라 용접 높이는 감소하고 용접 폭은 증가하였습니다.

    하향 및 상향 용접을 위한 곡면의 용융 거동 및 성형 특성을 기반으로 험프 결함을 제어하기 위해 위브 용접을 통한 증착 방법을 제안하였습니다.

    성형 궤적의 변화로 인해 용접 방향의 중력 성분이 크게 감소하여 용융 풀 흐름의 안정성이 향상되었으며 복잡한 표면에서 안정적이고 일관된 용접 비드를 얻는 데 유리했습니다.

    하향 용접과 상향 용접 사이의 단일 비드의 치수 편차는 7% 이내였으며 하향 및 상향 혼합 혼합 비드 중첩 증착에서 비드의 변동 편차는 0.45로 GMAW 기반 적층 제조 공정에서 허용될 수 있었습니다.

    이러한 발견은 GMAW를 기반으로 하는 곡선 적층 적층 제조의 용접 비드 형성 제어에 기여했습니다.

    The weld forming characteristics of GMAW-based additive manufacturing on curved surface are dramatically influenced by gravity. Large inclined angle of the forming surface would lead to severe defects such as hump bead. In this paper, a computational model of welding molten pool flow dynamics was established to research the forming characteristic and control method of weld bead forming on cured surface, and deposition experiments were conducted to verify the proposed model. Results indicated that the velocity of backward flows increased with the increase of weld bead tilt angle (α) and irregular hump defects appeared when α > 60° for upward welding. The interaction between the downward squeezing force of the excess liquid at the top and the recoil force of the upward flow at the bottom and the surface tension were primary factors for welding hump formation. For downward welding, a good morphology shape could be obtained, and the weld height decreased and the weld width increased with the increase of weld bead tilt angle. Based on the molten behaviors and forming characteristics on curved surface for downward and upward welding, the method of deposition with weave welding was proposed to control hump defects. Gravity component in the welding direction was significantly reduced due to the change of forming trajectory, which improved the stability of the molten pool flow and was beneficial to obtain stable and consistent weld bead on complex surface. The dimensional deviations of the single bead between downward and upward welding were within 7% and the fluctuation deviation of the bead in multi-bead overlapping deposition with mixing downward and upward welding was 0.45, which could be acceptable in GMAW-based additive manufacturing process. These findings contributed to the weld bead forming control of curve layered additive manufacturing based on GMAW.

    Keywords

    • Molten pool behaviors
    • GMAW-based WAAM
    • Deposition with weave welding
    • Welding on curved surface
    • Fig. 1extended data figure 1
    • Fig. 2extended data figure 2
    • Fig. 3extended data figure 3
    • Fig. 4extended data figure 4
    • Fig. 5extended data figure 5
    • Fig. 6extended data figure 6
    • Fig. 7extended data figure 7
    • Fig. 8extended data figure 8
    • Fig. 9extended data figure 9
    • Fig. 10extended data figure 10
    • Fig. 11extended data figure 11
    • Fig. 12extended data figure 12
    • Fig. 13extended data figure 13
    • Fig. 14extended data figure 14
    • Fig. 15extended data figure 15
    • Fig. 16extended data figure 16
    • Fig. 17extended data figure 17
    • Fig. 18extended data figure 18
    • Fig. 19extended data figure 19
    • Fig. 20extended data figure 20
    • Fig. 21extended data figure 21
    • Fig. 22extended data figure 22
    • Fig. 23extended data figure 23
    • Fig. 24extended data figure 24
    • Fig. 25extended data figure 25
    • Fig. 26extended data figure 26
    • Fig. 27extended data figure 27
    • Fig. 28extended data figure 28
    • Fig. 29extended data figure 29
    • Fig. 30extended data figure 30
    • Fig. 31extended data figure 31
    • Fig. 32extended data figure 32
    • Fig. 33extended data figure 33
    • Fig. 34extended data figure 34
    • Fig. 35extended data figure 35
    • Fig. 36extended data figure 36
    • Fig. 37extended data figure 37
    • Fig. 38extended data figure 38

    References

    1. 1.Williams SW, Martina F, Addison AC, Ding J, Pardal G, Colegrove P (2016) Wire + arc additive manufacturing. Mater Sci Technol (United Kingdom) 32:641–647. https://doi.org/10.1179/1743284715Y.0000000073Article Google Scholar 
    2. 2.Pan ZX, Ding DH, Wu BT, Cuiuri D, Li HJ, Norrish J (2018) Arc welding processes for additive manufacturing: a review. In: Transactions on intelligent welding manufacturing. Springer Singapore, pp 3–24. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5355-9_1
    3. 3.Panchagnula JS, Simhambhatla S (2018) Manufacture of complex thin-walled metallic objects using weld-deposition based additive manufacturing. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 49:194–203. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2017.06.003Article Google Scholar 
    4. 4.Lu S, Zhou J, Zhang JS (2015) Optimization of welding thickness on casting-steel surface for production of forging die. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 76:1411–1419. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-014-6371-9Article Google Scholar 
    5. 5.Huang B, Singamneni SB (2015) Curved layer adaptive slicing (CLAS) for fused deposition modelling. Rapid Prototyp J 21:354–367. https://doi.org/10.1108/RPJ-06-2013-0059Article Google Scholar 
    6. 6.Jin Y, Du J, He Y, Fu GQ (2017) Modeling and process planning for curved layer fused deposition. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 91:273–285. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-016-9743-5Article Google Scholar 
    7. 7.Xie FB, Chen LF, Li ZY, Tang K (2020) Path smoothing and feed rate planning for robotic curved layer additive manufacturing. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2020.101967
    8. 8.Ding YY, Dwivedi R, Kovacevic R (2017) Process planning for 8-axis robotized laser-based direct metal deposition system: a case on building revolved part. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 44:67–76. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2016.08.008Article Google Scholar 
    9. 9.Cho DW, Na SJ (2015) Molten pool behaviors for second pass V-groove GMAW. Int J Heat Mass Transf 88:945–956. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2015.05.021Article Google Scholar 
    10. 10.Cho DW, Na SJ, Cho MH, Lee JS (2013) A study on V-groove GMAW for various welding positions. J Mater Process Technol 213:1640–1652. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2013.02.015Article Google Scholar 
    11. 11.Hejripour F, Valentine DT, Aidun DK (2018) Study of mass transport in cold wire deposition for wire arc additive manufacturing. Int J Heat Mass Transf 125:471–484. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.04.092Article Google Scholar 
    12. 12.Yuan L, Pan ZX, Ding DH, He FY, Duin SV, Li HJ, Li WH (2020) Investigation of humping phenomenon for the multi-directional robotic wire and arc additive manufacturing. Robot Comput Integr Manuf 63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcim.2019.101916
    13. 13.Nguyen MC, Medale M, Asserin O, Gounand S, Gilles P (2017) Sensitivity to welding positions and parameters in GTA welding with a 3D multiphysics numerical model. Numer Heat Transf Part A Appl 71:233–249. https://doi.org/10.1080/10407782.2016.1264747Article Google Scholar 
    14. 14.Gu H, Li L (2019) Computational fluid dynamic simulation of gravity and pressure effects in laser metal deposition for potential additive manufacturing in space. Int J Heat Mass Transf 140:51–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.05.081Article Google Scholar 
    15. 15.Cho MH, Farson DF (2007) Understanding bead hump formation in gas metal arc welding using a numerical simulation. Metall Mater Trans B Process Metall Mater Process Sci 38:305–319. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11663-007-9034-5Article Google Scholar 
    16. 16.Nguyen TC, Weckman DC, Johnson DA, Kerr HW (2005) The humping phenomenon during high speed gas metal arc welding. Sci Technol Weld Join 10:447–459. https://doi.org/10.1179/174329305X44134Article Google Scholar 
    17. 17.Philip Y, Xu ZY, Wang Y, Wang R, Ye X (2019) Investigation of humping defect formation in a lap joint at a high-speed hybrid laser-GMA welding. Results Phys 13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rinp.2019.102341
    18. 18.Hu ZQ, Qin XP, Shao T, Liu HM (2018) Understanding and overcoming of abnormity at start and end of the weld bead in additive manufacturing with GMAW. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 95:2357–2368. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-017-1392-9Article Google Scholar 
    19. 19.Tang SY, Wang GL, Huang C, Li RS, Zhou SY, Zhang HO (2020) Investigation, modeling and optimization of abnormal areas of weld beads in wire and arc additive manufacturing. Rapid Prototyp J 26:1183–1195. https://doi.org/10.1108/RPJ-08-2019-0229Article Google Scholar 
    20. 20.Bai X, Colegrove P, Ding J, Zhou XM, Diao CL, Bridgeman P, Honnige JR, Zhang HO, Williams S (2018) Numerical analysis of heat transfer and fluid flow in multilayer deposition of PAW-based wire and arc additive manufacturing. Int J Heat Mass Transf 124:504–516. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.03.085Article Google Scholar 
    21. 21.Siewert E, Schein J, Forster G (2013) Determination of enthalpy, temperature, surface tension and geometry of the material transfer in PGMAW for the system argon-iron. J Phys D Appl Phys 46. https://doi.org/10.1088/0022-3727/46/22/224008
    22. 22.Goldak J, Chakravarti A, Bibby M (1984) A new finite element model for welding heat sources. Metall Trans B 15:299–305. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02667333Article Google Scholar 
    23. 23.Fachinotti VD, Cardona A (2008) Semi-analytical solution of the thermal field induced by a moving double-ellipsoidal welding heat source in a semi-infinite body. Mec Comput XXVII:1519–1530
    24. 24.Nguyen NT, Mai YW, Simpson S, Ohta A (2004) Analytical approximate solution for double ellipsoidal heat source in finite thick plate. Weld J 83:82–93Google Scholar 
    25. 25.Goldak J, Chakravarti A, Bibby M (1985) A double ellipsoid finite element model for welding heat sources. IIW Doc. No. 212-603-85
    26. 26.Gu Y, Li YD, Yong Y, Xu FL, Su LF (2019) Determination of parameters of double-ellipsoidal heat source model based on optimization method. Weld World 63:365–376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40194-018-00678-wArticle Google Scholar 
    27. 27.Wu CS, Tsao KC (1990) Modelling the three-dimensional fluid flow and heat transfer in a moving weld pool. Eng Comput 7:241–248. https://doi.org/10.1108/eb023811Article Google Scholar 
    28. 28.Zhan XH, Liu XB, Wei YH, Chen JC, Chen J, Liu HB (2017) Microstructure and property characteristics of thick Invar alloy plate joints using weave bead welding. J Mater Process Technol 244:97–105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.01.014Article Google Scholar 
    29. 29.Zhan XH, Zhang D, Liu XB, Chen J, Wei YH, Liu RP (2017) Comparison between weave bead welding and multi-layer multi-pass welding for thick plate Invar steel. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 88:2211–2225. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-016-8926-4Article Google Scholar 
    30. 30.Xu GX, Li L, Wang JY, Zhu J, Li PF (2018) Study of weld formation in swing arc narrow gap vertical GMA welding by numerical modeling and experiment. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 96:1905–1917. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-018-1729-zArticle Google Scholar 
    31. 31.Li YZ, Sun YF, Han QL, Zhang GJ, Horvath I (2018) Enhanced beads overlapping model for wire and arc additive manufacturing of multi-layer multi-bead metallic parts. J Mater Process Technol 252:838–848. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.10.017Article Google Scholar 
    Wave Loads Assessment on Coastal Structures at Inundation Risk Using CFD Modelling

    CFD 모델링을 사용하여 침수 위험이 있는 해안 구조물에 대한 파랑 하중 평가

    Wave Loads Assessment on Coastal Structures at Inundation Risk Using CFD Modellin

    Ana GomesJosé Pinho

    Conference paperFirst Online: 19 November 2021

    지난 수십 년 동안 극한 현상은 심각성과 주민, 기반 시설 및 인류 활동에 대한 위험 증가로 인해 우려를 불러일으켰습니다. 오늘날 해안 구조물이 범람하고 해변 침식 및 기반 시설 파괴가 전 세계 해안에서 흔히 발생합니다. 

    완화에 효율적으로 기여하고 효율적인 방어 조치를 채택하려면 이러한 영향을 예상하는 것이 매우 중요합니다. 대규모 물리적 모델을 기반으로 하는 이전 실험 작업에서 목조 교각 상단의 고가 해안 구조물의 공극과 그에 따른 수평 및 수직 파도력 사이의 관계가 다양한 파도 하중 조건에 대해 연구되었습니다. 

    이러한 실험 결과는 CFD 도구를 사용하여 유체/구조 상호 작용을 시뮬레이션하기 위한 수치 모델에 대한 보정 데이터 역할을 합니다. 주어진 파도 조건에 대해 물과 구조물 베이스 레벨 사이의 공극 높이를 다르게 하여 세 가지 시나리오를 시뮬레이션했습니다. 

    수치 결과를 물리적 모델 결과와 비교하면 수치적으로 구한 수평력과 수직력의 최대값은 각각 평균 ​​14.4%와 25.4%의 상대차로 만족할 만합니다. 또한 구조물을 지지하는 교각에 작용하는 압력과 전단응력을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 실제 수치모델을 적용하였으며, 서로 다른 공극의 높이를 고려하고 각각의 CPU 시뮬레이션 시간을 평가하였습니다. 

    이러한 방식으로 CFD 모델의 운영 모델링 기능을 평가하여 조기 경보 시스템 내에서 최종 사용에 대한 예측 선행 시간 제한을 결정했습니다.

    키워드

    Coastal risk, Elevated coastal structure, Numerical simulation, Flow-3D® , 해안 위험, 높은 해안 구조, 수치 시뮬레이션

    References

    1. 1.Neumann B, Vafeidis AT, Zimmermann J, Nicholls RJ (2015) Future coastal population growth and exposure to sea-level rise and coastal flooding-a global assessment. PloS one, n. 10(3), p. X-XGoogle Scholar
    2. 2.Jones B, O’Neill BC (2016) Spatially explicit global population scenarios consistent with the Shared Socioeconomic Pathways. Environmental Research Letters, N. 11(8):1–10Google Scholar
    3. 3.Talbot J (2005) Repairing Florida’s Escambia Bay Bridge. Associated Construction Publications, available online at http://www.acppubs.com/article/CA511040
    4. 4.Kennedy A, Rogers S, Sallenger A, Gravois U, Zachry B, Dosa M, Zarama F (2011a) Building destruction from wave and surge on the bolivar peninsula during hurricane Ike. J. Waterw. Port, Coast. Ocean Eng. 137 (3), 132–141Google Scholar
    5. 5.Tomiczek T, Kennedy A, Rogers S (2014) Collapse limit state fragilities of woodframed residences from storm surge and waves during hurricane Ike. J. Waterw. Port, Coast. Ocean Eng. 140 (1), 43–55Google Scholar
    6. 6.Dentale F, Donnarumma G, Pugliese Carratelli E (2014a) Simulation of flow within armour blocks in a breakwater. J Coast Res 30(3):528–536CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    7. 7.Peregrine DH (2003) Water wave impact on walls. Annu Rev Fluid Mech 35:23–43CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    8. 8.Cuomo G, Piscopia R, Allsop W (2011) Evaluation of wave impact loads on caisson breakwaters based on joint probability of impact maxima and rise times. Coast Eng 58(1):9–27CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    9. 9.Faltinsen OM, Landrini M, Greco M (2004) Slamming in marine applications. J Eng Math 48(3–4):187–217CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    10. 10.Peregrine DH. et al (2005) Violent water wave impact on a wall. In: Proceedings of 14th Aha Huliko Winter Workshop, Honolulu, HawaiiGoogle Scholar
    11. 11.Cuomo G, Tirindelli M, Allsop W (2007) Wave in deck loads on exposed jetties. Coast Eng 54(9):657–679CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    12. 12.Azadbakht M, Yim SC (2015) Simulation and estimation of tsunami loads on bridge superstructures. J Waterw Port Coast Ocean Eng 141(2):20CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    13. 13.Wiebe DM, Park H, Cox DT (2014) Application of the Goda pressure formulae for horizontal wave loads on elevated structures. KSCE J. Civ. EngGoogle Scholar
    14. 14.Hayatdavoodi M, Seiffert B, Ertekin RC (2015) Experiments and calculations of cnoidal wave loads on a flat plate in shallow-water. J. Ocean Eng. Mar. Energy 1(1):77–99CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    15. 15.Wei Z, Dalrymple RA (2016) Numerical study on mitigating tsunami force on bridges by an SPH model. J. Ocean. Eng. Mar. Energy 2(365):365–380CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    16. 16.Bradner, C., Schumacher, T., Cox, D., Higgins, C.: Experimental Setup for a largescale bridge superstructure model subjected to waves. J. Waterw. Port, Coast. Ocean Eng. 137 (1), 3–11 (2011)Google Scholar
    17. 17.Xiao H, Huang W (2008) Numerical modeling of wave runup and forces on an idealized beachfront house. Ocean Eng 35(1):106–116CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    18. 18.Do T, van de Lindt JW, Cox D (2016) Performance-based design methodology for inundated elevated coastal structures subjected to wave load. Eng Struct 117:250–262CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    19. 19.Lara JL, Garcia N, Losada IJ (2006) RANS modeling applied to random wave interaction with submerged permeable structures. Coastal Eng 53(5–6):395–417CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    20. 20.Meringolo DD, Aristodemo F, Veltri P (2015) SPH numerical modeling of wave–perforated breakwater interaction. Coast Eng 101:48–68CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    21. 21.Al-Banaa K, Liu PLF (2007) Numerical study on the hydraulic performance of submerged porous breakwater under solitary wave attack. J Coast Res 50:201–205Google Scholar
    22. 22.Gomes, A., Pinho, J.L.S., Valente, T., Antunes do Carmo, J.S., V. Hegde, A.: Performance Assessment of a Semi-Circular Breakwater through CFD Modelling. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 2020, 8, 226 (2020).Google Scholar
    23. 23.Flow Sciences Inc. Flow-3D User Manual, release 9.4, Santa Fe, NM, USA (2009).Google Scholar
    24. 24.Smith, H., Foster., D.L.: Modeling of flow around a cylinder over a scoured bed. J. Waterw., Port, Coastal, Ocean Eng.131(1),14–24 (2005).Google Scholar
    25. 25.Richardson JE, Panchang VG (1998) Three-dimensional simulation of scour-inducing flow at bridge piers. J Hydraul Eng 124(5):530–540CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    26. 26.Jin J, Meng B (2011) Computation of wave loads on the superstructures of coastal highway bridges. Ocean Eng 38(17–18):2185–2200CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    27. 27.Dentale F, Donnarumma G, Pugliese Carratelli E (2014b) Numerical wave interaction with tetrapods breakwater. Int. J. Nav. Arch. Ocean 6:13Google Scholar
    28. 28.Carratelli EP, Viccione G, Bovolin V (2016) Free surface flow impact on a vertical wall: a numerical assessment. Theor. Comput. Fluid Mech. 30(5):403–414CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    29. 29.Cavallaro, L., Dentale, F., Donnarumma, G., Foti, E., Musumeci, R.E., Pugliese Carratelli, E.: Rubble mound breakwater overtopping: estimation of the reliability of a 3D numerical simulation, In: ICCE 2012, Interntional Conference on Coastal Engineering, Santander, Spain (2012).Google Scholar
    30. 30.Vanneste, D., Suzuki, T., Altomare, C.: Comparison of numerical models for wave overtoping and impact on storm return walls. In: ICCE 2014, International Conference on Coastal Engineering, Seoul, Korea (2014).Google Scholar
    31. 31.Park H, Tomiczek T, Cox DT, van de Lindt JW, Lomonaco P (2017) Experimental modeling of horizontal and vertical wave forces on an elevated coastal structure. Coast Eng 128:58–74CrossRefGoogle Scholar
    32. 32.Isfahani AHG, Brethour JM (2009) On the Implementation of Two-Equation Turbulence Models in FLOW-3D; FSI-09-TN86; Flow Science: Santa Fe. NM, USAGoogle Scholar
    33. 33.Novais-Barbosa J (1985) Mecânica dos Fluidos e Hidráulica Geral Vol 1 e II Porto Editora, PortoGoogle Scholar
    34. 34.Le Méhauté B (1976) An Introduction to Hydrodynamics and Water Waves. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg, GermanyCrossRefGoogle Scholar
    Fig. 11. Velocity vectors along x-direction through the center of the box culvert for B0, B30, B50, and B70 respectively.

    Numerical investigation of scour characteristics downstream of blocked culverts

    막힌 암거 하류의 세굴 특성 수치 조사

    NesreenTahabMaged M.El-FekyaAtef A.El-SaiadaIsmailFathya
    aDepartment of Water and Water Structures Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Zagazig 44519, Egypt
    bLab Manager, Faculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Zagazig 44519, Egypt

    Abstract

    횡단 구조물을 통한 막힘은 안정성을 위협하는 위험한 문제 중 하나입니다. 암거의 막힘 형상 및 하류 세굴 특성에 미치는 영향에 관한 연구는 거의 없습니다.

    이 연구의 목적은 수면과 세굴 모두에서 상자 암거를 통한 막힘의 작용을 수치적으로 논의하는 것입니다. 이를 위해 FLOW 3D v11.1.0을 사용하여 퇴적물 수송 모델을 조사했습니다.

    상자 암거를 통한 다양한 차단 비율이 연구되었습니다. FLOW 3D 모델은 실험 데이터로 보정되었습니다. 결과는 FLOW 3D 프로그램이 세굴 다운스트림 상자 암거를 정확하게 시뮬레이션할 수 있음을 나타냅니다.

    막힌 경우에 대한 속도 분포, 최대 세굴 깊이 및 수심을 플롯하고 비차단된 사례(기본 사례)와 비교했습니다.

    그 결과 암거 높이의 70% 차단율은 상류의 수심을 암거 높이의 2.3배 증가시키고 평균 유속은 기본 경우보다 3배 더 증가시키는 것으로 입증되었다. 막힘 비율의 함수로 상대 최대 세굴 깊이를 추정하는 방정식이 만들어졌습니다.

    Blockage through crossing structures is one of the dangerous problems that threaten its stability. There are few researches concerned with blockage shape in culverts and its effect on characteristics of scour downstream it.

    The study’s purpose is to discuss the action of blockage through box culvert on both water surface and scour numerically. A sediment transport model has been investigated for this purpose using FLOW 3D v11.1.0. Different ratios of blockage through box culvert have been studied. The FLOW 3D model was calibrated with experimental data.

    The results present that the FLOW 3D program was capable to simulate accurately the scour downstream box culvert. The velocity distribution, maximum scour depth and water depths for blocked cases have been plotted and compared with the non-blocked case (base case).

    The results proved that the blockage ratio 70% of culvert height makes the water depth upstream increases by 2.3 times of culvert height and mean velocity increases by 3 times more than in the base case. An equation has been created to estimate the relative maximum scour depth as a function of blockage ratio.

    1. Introduction

    Local scour is the removal of granular bed material by the action of hydrodynamic forces. As the depth of scour hole increases, the stability of the foundation of the structure may be endangered, with a consequent risk of damage and failure [1]. So the prediction and control of scour is considered to be very important for protecting the water structures from failure. Most previous studies were designed to study the different factors that impact on scour and their relationship with scour hole dimensions like fluid characteristics, flow conditions, bed properties, and culvert geometry. Many previous researches studied the effect of flow rate on scour hole by information Froude number or modified Froude number [2][3][4][5][6]. Cesar Mendoza [6] found a good correlation between the scour depth and the discharge Intensity (Qg−.5D−2.5). Breusers and Raudkiv [7] used shear velocity in the outlet-scour prediction procedure. Ali and Lim [8] used the densimetric Froude number in estimation of the scour depth [1][8][9][10][11][12][13][14]. “The densimetric Froude number presents the ratio of the tractive force on sediment particle to the submerged specific weight of the sediment” [15](1)Fd=uρsρ-1gD50

    Ali and Lim [8] pointed to the consequence of tailwater depth on scour behavior [1][2][8][13]. Abida and Townsend [2] indicated that the maximum depth of local scour downstream culvert was varying with the tailwater depth in three ways: first, for very shallow tailwater depths, local scouring decreases with a decrease in tailwater depth; second, when the ratio of tailwater depth to culvert height ranged between 0.2 and 0.7, the scour depth increases with decreasing tailwater depth; and third for a submerged outlet condition. The tailwater depth has only a marginal effect on the maximum depth of scour [2]. Ruff et al. [16] observed that for materials having similar mean grain sizes (d50) but different standard deviations (σ). As (σ) increased, the maximum scour hole depth decreased. Abt et al. [4] mentioned to role of soil type of maximum scour depth. It was noticed that local scour was more dangerous for uniform sands than for well-graded mixtures [1][2][4][9][17][18]. Abt et al [3][19] studied the culvert shape effect on scour hole. The results evidenced that the culvert shape has a limited effect on outlet scour. Under equivalent discharge conditions, it was noted that a square culvert with height equal to the diameter of a circular culvert would reduce scour [16][20]. The scour hole dimension was also effected by the culvert slope. Abt et al. [3][21] showed that the culvert slope is a key element in estimating the culvert flow velocity, the discharge capacity, and sediment transport capability. Abt et al. [21][22] tested experimentally culvert drop height effect on maximum scour depth. It was observed that as the drop height was increasing, the depth of scour was also increasing. From the previous studies, it could have noticed that the most scour prediction formula downstream unblocked culvert was the function of densimetric Froude number, soil properties (d50, σ), tailwater depth and culvert opening size. Blockage is the phenomenon of plugging water structures due to the movement of water flow loaded with sediment and debris. Water structures blockage has a bad effect on water flow where it causes increasing of upstream water level that may cause flooding around the structure and increase of scour rate downstream structures [23][24]. The blockage phenomenon through was studied experimentally and numerical [15][25][26][27][28][29][30][31][32][33]. Jaeger and Lucke [33] studied the debris transport behavior in a natural channel in Australia. Froude number scale model of an existing culvert was used. It was noticed that through rainfall event, the mobility of debris was impressed by stream shape (depth and width). The condition of the vegetation (size and quantities) through the catchment area was the main factor in debris transport. Rigby et al. [26] reported that steep slope was increasing the ability to mobilize debris that form field data of blocked culverts and bridges during a storm in Wollongong city.

    Streftaris et al. [32] studied the probability of screen blockage by debris at trash screens through a numerical model to relate between the blockage probability and nature of the area around. Recently, many commercial computational fluid programs (CFD) such as SSIIM, Fluent, and FLOW 3D are used in the analysis of the scour process. Scour and sediment transport numerical model need to validate by using experimental data or field data [34][35][36][37][38]. Epely-Chauvin et al. [36] investigated numerically the effect of a series of parallel spur diked. The experimental data were compared by SSIIM and FLOW 3D program. It was found that the accuracy of calibrated FLOW 3D model was better than SSIIM model. Nielsen et al. [35] used the physical model and FLOW 3D model to analyze the scour process around the pile. The soil around the pile was uniform coarse stones in the physical models that were simulated by regular spheres, porous media, and a mixture of them. The calibrated porous media model can be used to determine the bed shear stress. In partially blocked culverts, there aren’t many studies that explain the blockage impact on scour dimensions. Sorourian et al. [14][15] studied the effect of inlet partial blockage on scour characteristics downstream box culvert. It resulted that the partial blockage at the culvert inlet could be the main factor in estimating the depth of scour. So, this study is aiming to investigate the effects of blockage through a box culvert on flow and scour characteristics by different blockage ratios and compares the results with a non-blocked case. Create a dimensionless equation relates the blockage ratio of the culvert with scour characteristics downstream culvert.

    2. Experimental data

    The experimental work of the study was conducted in the Hydraulics and Water Engineering Laboratory, Faculty of Engineering, Zagazig University, Egypt. The flume had a rectangular cross-section of 66 cm width, 65.5 cm depth, and 16.2 m long. A rectangular culvert was built with 0.2 m width, 0.2 m height and 3.00 m long with θ = 25° gradually outlet and 0.8 m fixed apron. The model was located on the mid-point of the channel. The sediment part was extended for a distance 2.20 m with 0.66 m width and 0.20 m depth of coarse sand with specific weight 1.60 kg/cm3, d50 = 2.75 mm and σ (d90/d50) = 1.50. The particle size distribution was as shown in Fig. 1. The experimental model was tested for different inlet flow (Q) of 25, 30, 34, 40 l/s for different submerged ratio (S) of 1.25, 1.50, 1.75.

    3. Dimensional analysis

    A dimensional analysis has been used to reduce the number of variables which affecting on the scour pattern downstream partial blocked culvert. The main factors affecting the maximum scour depth are:(2)ds=f(b.h.L.hb.lb.Q.ud.hu.hd.D50.ρ.ρs.g.ls.dd.ld)

    Fig. 2 shows a definition sketch of the experimental model. The maximum scour depth can be written in a dimensionless form as:(3)dsh=f(B.Fd.S)where the ds/h is the relative maximum scour depth.

    4. Numerical work

    The FLOW 3D is (CFD) program used by many researchers and appeared high accuracy in solving hydrodynamic and sediment transport models in the three dimensions. Numerical simulation with FLOW 3D was performed to study the impacts of blockage ratio through box culvert on shear stress, velocity distribution and the sediment transport in terms of the hydrodynamic features (water surface, velocity and shear stress) and morphological parameters (scour depth and sizes) conditions in accurately and efficiently. The renormalization group (RNG) turbulence model was selected due to its high ability to predict the velocity profiles and turbulent kinetic energy for the flow through culvert [39]. The one-fluid incompressible mode was used to simulate the water surface. Volume of fluid (VOF) method was employed in FLOW 3D to tracks a liquid interface through arbitrary deformations and apply the correct boundary conditions at the interface [40].1.

    Governing equations

    Three-dimensional Reynolds-averaged Navier Stokes (RANS) equation was applied for incompressible viscous fluid motion. The continuity equation is as following:(4)VF∂ρ∂t+∂∂xρuAx+∂∂yρvAy+∂∂zρwAz=RDIF(5)∂u∂t+1VFuAx∂u∂x+vAy∂u∂y+ωAz∂u∂z=-1ρ∂P∂x+Gx+fx(6)∂v∂t+1VFuAx∂v∂x+vAy∂v∂y+ωAz∂v∂z=-1ρ∂P∂y+Gy+fy(7)∂ω∂t+1VFuAx∂ω∂x+vAy∂ω∂y+ωAz∂ω∂z=-1ρ∂P∂z+Gz+fz

    ρ is the fluid density,

    VF is the volume fraction,

    (x,y,z) is the Cartesian coordinates,

    (u,v,w) are the velocity components,

    (Ax,Ay,Az) are the area fractions and

    RDIF is the turbulent diffusion.

    P is the average hydrodynamic pressure,

    (Gx, Gy, Gz) are the body accelerations and

    (fx, fy, fz) are the viscous accelerations.

    The motion of sediment transport (suspended, settling, entrainment, bed load) is estimated by predicting the erosion, advection and deposition process as presented in [41].

    The critical shields parameter is (θcr) is defined as the critical shear stress τcr at which sediments begin to move on a flat and horizontal bed [41]:(8)θcr=τcrgd50(ρs-ρ)

    The Soulsby–Whitehouse [42] is used to predict the critical shields parameter as:(9)θcr=0.31+1.2d∗+0.0551-e(-0.02d∗)(10)d∗=d50g(Gs-1ν3where:

    d* is the dimensionless grain size

    Gs is specific weight (Gs = ρs/ρ)

    The entrainment coefficient (0.005) was used to scale the scour rates and fit the experimental data. The settling velocity controls the Soulsby deposition equation. The volumetric sediment transport rate per width of the bed is calculated using Van Rijn [43].2.

    Meshing and geometry of model

    After many trials, it was found that the uniform cell size with 0.03 m cell size is the closest to the experimental results and takes less time. As shown in Fig. 3. In x-direction, the total model length in this direction is 700 cm with mesh planes at −100, 0, 300, 380 and 600 cm respectively from the origin point, in y-direction, the total model length in this direction is 66 cm at distances 0, 23, 43 and 66 cm respectively from the origin point. In z-direction, the total model length in this direction is 120 cm. with mesh planes at −20, 0, 20 and 100 cm respectively.3.

    Boundary condition

    As shown in Fig. 4, the boundary conditions of the model have been defined to simulate the experimental flow conditions accurately. The upstream boundary was defined as the volume flow rate with a different flow rate. The downstream boundary was defined as specific pressure with different fluid elevation. Both of the right side, the left side, and the bottom boundary were defined as a wall. The top boundary defined as specified pressure with pressure value equals zero.

    5. Validation of experimental results and numerical results

    The experimental results investigated the flow and scour characteristics downstream culvert due to different flow conditions. The measured value of maximum scour depth is compared with the simulated depth from FLOW 3D model as shown in Fig. 5. The scour results show that the simulated results from the numerical model is quite close to the experimental results with an average error of 3.6%. The water depths in numerical model results is so close to the experimental results as shown in Fig. 6 where the experiment and numerical results are compared at different submerged ratios and flow rates. The results appear maximum error percentage in water depths upstream and downstream the culvert is about 2.37%. This indicated that the FLOW 3D is efficient for the prediction of maximum scour depth and the flow depths downstream box culvert.

    6. Computation time

    The run time was chosen according to reaching to the stability limit. Hydraulic stability was achieved after 50 s, where the scour development may still go on. For run 1, the numerical simulation was run for 1000 s as shown in Fig. 7 where it mostly reached to scour stability at 800 s. The simulation time was taken 500 s at about 95% of scour stability.

    7. Analysis and discussions

    Fig. 8 shows the study sections where sec 1 represents to upstream section, sec2 represents to inside section and sec3 represents to downstream stream section. Table 1 indicates the scour hole dimensions at different blockage case. The symbol (B) represents to blockage and the number points to blockage ratio. B0 case signifies to the non-blocked case, B30 is that blockage height is 30% to the culvert height and so on.

    Table 1. The scour results of different blockage ratio.

    Casehb cmB = hb/hQ lit/sSFdd50 mmds/h measuredls/hdd/hld/hds/h estimated
    B000351.261.692.50.581.500.275.000.46
    B3060.30351.261.682.50.481.250.274.250.40
    B50100.50351.221.742.50.451.100.244.000.37
    B70140.70351.231.732.50.431.500.165.500.33

    7.1. Scour hole geometry

    The scour hole geometry mainly depends on the properties of soil of the bed downstream the fixed apron. From Table 1, the results show that the maximum scour depth in B0 case is about 0.58 of culvert height while the maximum deposition in B0 is 0.27 culvert height. There is a symmetric scour hole as shown in Fig. 9 in B0 case. An asymmetric scour hole is created in B50 and B70 due to turbulences that causes the deviation of the jet direction from the center of the flume where appear in Fig. 11 and Fig. 19.